Engineering your future

Citation preview

2006 Postgraduate Handbook Faculty of Engineering Undergraduate Information for Local Students

ENGINEERINGmelbourne innovate & lead

>>

Faculty ofyour Engineering Engineer future

World-class researchers and professionals in the Faculty of Engineering share their knowledge with postgraduate students through coursework and research programs in a collegial environment. This enriching experience continues to lay the foundation for life-long learning and personal development with a global view.

Professor Jannie van Deventer Dean, Faculty of Engineering

Welcome from the Dean In 1861 we were the first university in Australia to offer engineering courses. Today the Faculty of Engineering provides a progressive, dynamic and competitive environment that attracts staff and students of outstanding ability. Our international reputation is reflected by the fact that in 2005 The Times Higher Education Supplement ranked the University of Melbourne as number 19 on the list of the world’s best universities. The Faculty’s number of citations per paper, a measure of the quality of our research, is the highest of all engineering faculties in Australia. Our academic staff are often recognised internationally as leaders in their field, and many of our higher degree graduates have achieved eminence in their own right. The Faculty has recently appointed new professors of biomedical engineering, bio-nanomaterials and sustainable technology. In 2005 we introduced a number of innovative new Masters programs, including Biomedical Engineering, with subjects in bio-signals, bio-informatics, bio-mechanics and bio-cellular engineering. As a result of the well-publicised shortage of project management skills there has been an increasing demand for the Master of Engineering Project Management course and a new Master of Engineering Management was introduced to compliment our exisiting postgraduate

>

engineering management programs. There has been increased investment by industry in information technology (IT) recently, so that an increased demand can be expected for IT, software engineering and telecommunications courses. We believe that postgraduate education involves much more than just the acquisition of advanced technical knowledge and the generation of research results. Our philosophy is that the holistic development of the individual is as important as the development of ability to be able to synthesise, analyse, create and organise. Leadership and entrepreneurial skills are promoted within a team environment at the cutting edge of technological innovation relevant to industrial practice. This attribute of Melbourne higher degree graduates allows them to pursue opportunities in senior management and leadership in addition to conventional technical careers. I welcome you to share your professional development with many other University of Melbourne postgraduate students, who combine a great lifestyle and social environment with an exciting intellectual experience.

Welcome from the Dean ...................................................................................................................... 2 Engineering Highlights .......................................................................................................................... 5 News from Alumni ............................................................................................................................. 11 Coursework Programs ........................................................................................................................ 13 Types of Postgraduate Coursework Awards ................................................................................ 13 Coursework Programs: Type, Discipline & Duration .................................................................... 14 Coursework Programs in Communications .................................................................................. 15 Distributed Computing............................................................................................................. 15 Geographic Information Systems & Technology .................................................................... 16 Information Technology ........................................................................................................... 19 Software Systems Engineering ............................................................................................... 21 Telecommunications Engineering ........................................................................................... 22 Coursework Programs in Environmental Engineering (including Built )....................................... 23 Development Technologies ..................................................................................................... 23 Energy Studies ......................................................................................................................... 24 Engineering Structures ............................................................................................................ 25 Environmental Engineering ...................................................................................................... 26 Water Resources Management .............................................................................................. 27 Coursework Programs in Management ....................................................................................... 28 Engineering Management ...................................................................................................... 28 Engineering Project Management ........................................................................................... 30 Utilities Management (Infrastructure) ..................................................................................... 31 Coursework Programs in Biomedical Engineering ....................................................................... 32 Electives List ....................................................................................................................................... 33 Subjects .............................................................................................................................................. 35 Explanation of Subject Codes ....................................................................................................... 35 Subject Descriptions ........................................................................................................................... 37 Research Programs ............................................................................................................................ 65 Masters Preliminary Studies ......................................................................................................... 65 Masters Degrees by Research ..................................................................................................... 65 Special Masters Degrees .............................................................................................................. 65 Research Degrees & Areas of Specialisation ............................................................................... 66 Conversion from Masters to PhD Candidature ............................................................................ 68 PhD Programs ............................................................................................................................... 68 Doctorate Programs ...................................................................................................................... 68 Research Programs by Department ............................................................................................. 69 Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering .................................................................................... 69 Civil & Environmental Engineering .......................................................................................... 69 Computer Science & Software Engineering ........................................................................... 69 Electrical & Electronic Engineering .......................................................................................... 69 Geomatics ................................................................................................................................ 70 Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering .............................................................................. 70 Engineering Departments .................................................................................................................. 71 Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering ......................................................................................... 71 Civil & Environmental Engineering ................................................................................................ 76 Computer Science & Software Engineering................................................................................. 80 Electrical & Electronic Engineering ............................................................................................... 84 Geomatics ..................................................................................................................................... 88 Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering.................................................................................... 91 Research Centres ............................................................................................................................... 95 ARC Special Research Centre for Particulate Fluids Processing (PFPC) ................................ 95 ARC Special Research Centre for Ultra-Broadband Information Networks (CUBIN) ............. 95 Centre for Geographic Information Systems & Modelling ..................................................... 96 Centre of Spatial Data Infrastructures & Land Administration................................................ 96 Cooperative Research Centre for Bioproducts ....................................................................... 96 Ewater ...................................................................................................................................... 96 Cooperative Research Centre for Greenhouse Gas Technologies ......................................... 97 Cooperative Research Centre for Irrigation Futures ............................................................... 97 Cooperative Research Centre for Smart Internet Technology ............................................... 97 Cooperative Research Centre for Spatial Information ............................................................ 97 The International Technologies Centre (IDTC) ........................................................................ 98 National ICT Australia (NICTA) ................................................................................................. 98

continued over page

Engineering at Melbourne

>

3

Engineering > postgraduate

Contents

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Contents (cont.)

4

>

Applying for Courses .......................................................................................................................... 99 Entry Requirements ...................................................................................................................... 99 Academic Requirements ......................................................................................................... 99 English Language Requirements............................................................................................. 99 Faculty of Engineering English Language Alternative ........................................................... 100 Application Process: Australian Students ................................................................................... 100 Application Process: International Students ............................................................................... 101 Candidature ................................................................................................................................. 102 Fees: Australian Students ........................................................................................................... 104 Fees: International Students ....................................................................................................... 105 Scholarships: Australian Students............................................................................................... 105 Scholarships: International Students .......................................................................................... 106 Travelling Scholarships ................................................................................................................ 107 Joint Academic Scholarships Online Network (JASON) ............................................................ 107 The University ................................................................................................................................... 109 Living in Melbourne ............................................................................................................... 109 Quality Postgraduate Education ............................................................................................ 109 Important Dates 2006 ............................................................................................................ 110 Library Services ...................................................................................................................... 111 Support Network for Postgraduates...................................................................................... 111 Other Services ....................................................................................................................... 112 Alumni .................................................................................................................................... 112 Accommodation .................................................................................................................... 113 Living Costs ............................................................................................................................ 113 Health Insurance: International Students .............................................................................. 116 Obtaining a Student Visa ....................................................................................................... 116 Part-time Employment ........................................................................................................... 116 Career Opportunities.............................................................................................................. 116 Sources of Information .......................................................................................................... 118 Appendix ........................................................................................................................................... 119 Legislation & Prescriptions.......................................................................................................... 119 General Informative Statement on Privacy Policy ...................................................................... 122 University Map .................................................................................................................................. 123

University of Melbourne ranked Number 1 in Australia, Number 19 in the world The University of Melbourne has been ranked No. 1 in Australia and No. 19 in the world in university rankings released by the Times Higher Education Supplement (THES). Melbourne – the only Australian university ranked in the top 20 in the world – has moved from No 22 spot in the THES’ 2004 rankings. It joins a list of well-known American and British universities and the Universities of Beijing and Tokyo. The overall ranking follows Melbourne’s top ranking in Australia by the THES in biomedicine, arts and humanities and social sciences. Indeed, Melbourne is now recognised as one of the finest universities internationally. The THES rankings are based on a range of quantitative and qualitative measures, including the views of thousands of academics across the world. Vice-Chancellor Professor Glyn Davis says the THES rankings are important news for the University

community, for the staff and students whose internationally-regarded work has contributed to Melbourne’s excellent position. “This overall ranking confirms what we had already seen in the earlier-released discipline rankings. They showed that Melbourne’s international reputation has grown significantly in several fields and that the work of our researchers is highly-regarded and highly-cited by their peers.” Professor Davis says that the University’s strong performance in international rankings confirms that Melbourne’s aim to be one of the finest universities in the world can be achieved. “It is a testament to the esteem that Melbourne’s research enjoys internationally across a range of disciplines. This will certainly help in our quest to continue to recruit excellent staff and students to the University from around the world.”

Engineering at Melbourne

Engineering Highlights

>

5

Top fluid scientist wins Clunies Ross Award & is honoured by the British Society of Rheology In 2004 Laureate Professor David Boger was honoured by the Clunies Ross Foundation and the British Society of Rheology for his work in nonNewtonian fluid mechanics.

The body of knowledge built up as a result of Professor Boger’s work is central to such activities as food processing, the manufacture of plastics, even the functioning of our joints. This knowledge is also part of one of Australia’s biggest growth industries and potentially one of its most lucrative – the export of knowledge.

Novel gas technologies will help cut industry’s carbon dioxide input to global warming Alarm bells have been ringing over global warming for decades, but governments are unable to agree on how to prevent it. University of Melbourne scientists are buying them time by finding novel ways to capture waste carbon dioxide from industry so that it can be permanently stored underground out of harm’s way. The University is a key partner in the Cooperative Research Centre for Greenhouse Gas Technologies (CO2CRC) which is developing advanced technologies and systems for the capture and storage of a significant proportion of the 500 million tonnes of carbon dioxide Australia produces each year.

Professor David Boger

Engineering > postgraduate

The British Society of Rheology award is international and made once in four years. The citation specifically recognised the application of his work in industry, with particular reference to the work associated with environmental waste minimisation in the coal, oil and minerals industries worldwide. His work in nonNewtonian fluid mechanics is recognised worldwide and a special class of elastic liquids carry his name - Boger fluids.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Research network aims to ‘crisis-proof’ Infrastructure

6

The University of Melbourne and Engineers Australia have launched an initiative to strengthen Australia’s critical Infrastructure against natural and human-caused disasters. The Research Network for Engineering a Secure Australia (RNESA) will seek solutions to emerging security problems associated with Australia’s critical infrastructure, including its bridges, buildings, and government and public facilities such as transport, energy, water, telecommunication and information systems. RNESA draws together a network of leading Australian research groups with elements from civil, environmental, mechanical and chemical engineering, bioengineering and information technology to help produce innovative engineering solutions to these problems.

Technology will speed x-ray screening Landmine detection, medical imaging and airport baggage screening could all take less time with a new technology developed by Professor Rob Evans and Mr Paul Scoullar from the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering. The technology is believed to make X-ray and gamma-ray detection up to 50 times faster and provides a long awaited solution to a problem known as ‘pulse pile-up’. X-ray and gamma-ray detectors are used across a wide range of applications, including land mine detection, baggage and cargo screening, mineral analysis, oil exploration and medical imaging. The detectors work by monitoring how easily the rays pass through materials being inspected.

Endeavour Exhibition Young engineers help health with novel technology

Endeavour is an annual event that attracts the major players in industry. It is an interactive fusion of engineering achievements, industry developments and community awareness. University of Melbourne engineering students have developed solutions to help diagnose and treat osteoporosis and Parkinson’s disease. Osteoporosis is the deterioration of bone density common in many elderly and frail people. The students utilised the knowledge that bone density is related to muscle strength to design a portable and cost-effective device to accurately test muscle strength, which can then be used in the future to infer a patient’s bone density. A virtual reality system is being developed as a diagnostic tool that can help predict the onset of Parkinson’s disease. Patients wear a highly sensitive data-glove capable of measuring finger flexure and minute hand movements.

Student technology to help cut irrigation losses University of Melbourne engineering students have developed technologies to be integrated into a national project that could cut water losses from irrigation by half. The final-year students from Electrical & Electronic Engineering have developed accurate, reliable and cost-effective technologies that will contribute to cutting water wastage from irrigation and the saving of millions of dollars. These include water level sensors, accurate modelling of channel flows, computer programs to operate control gates and fault detection devices.

Researchers crunch numbers to control crowds

Researchers have developed a mathematical model which can predict and prevent dangerous crowd situations. In what is believed to be a world-first, Engineering’s Dr Ris Lee and her supervisor Professor Roger Hughes from the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, have developed a model for predicting when people are at greatest risk of being trampled or crushed in large crowds. Using data from some of the world’s most notorious crowd disasters, Dr Lee has tested a mathematical theory to develop a system that can warn of impending crushes within five minutes. These predictions could be used by organisers of events to suggest when crowd barriers should be collapsed, or when other crowd control methods such as directing the speed and flow of pedestrians could be implemented. Professor Hughes said the research could have great implications for the organisers of major events, which attract large crowds such as rock concerts, festivals and sporting events such as the upcoming Commonwealth Games. More than 2000 people are killed annually in crushing incidents.

Development of tsunami warning system Researchers from the Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering and Veterninary Science have been awarded funding for the establishment of a virtual organisation for tsunami related data analysis using grid technology.

Engineering at Melbourne

More than 2000 people are killed annually in crushing incidents.

7

The project will consist of the creation of a virtual organisation for tsunami research and analysis in order to enhance the development of earthquake and tsunami warning systems. Due to geologically remote areas involved, the sharing of seismic, tidal and other locally gathered tsunami related information is critical to issuing a warning. The researchers will establish a virtual grid where all groups involved in tsunami-related research can share and access information.

Engineering celebrates teaching excellence

The Presentation Ceremony is an opportunity for the Faculty to recognise the achievements of students as well as its teaching staff. The recipients of the Awards were selected by a panel and were each awarded a $10,000 grant to support their research activities. The recipients of the 2005 Teaching Excellence Awards were: > Dr Michael Kirley Department of Computer Science & Software Engineering > Dr Christopher Leckie Department of Computer Science & Software Engineering > Dr Chris Manzie Department of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering

Dr Chris Manzie, Dr Christopher Leckie & Dr Michael Kirley - recipients of the 2005 Engineering Teaching Excellence Awards

Engineering > postgraduate

The Dean of Engineering Professor Jannie van Deventer announced the recipients of the Engineering Teaching Excellence Awards at the Faculty’s annual Dean’s Presentation Ceremony.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 8

Barrier reef sensor network research project Dr Stephan Winter gets out and about in Melbourne, logging landmarks for the CEWay navigation system Photo: Joe Armao (Fairfaxphotos)

CEWay will tell you the right way to go Researchers are developing a new breed of navigation system tuned to how the human brain thinks. Research to develop the new navigation system – aimed at helping people find their way in unfamiliar surroundings – recently won Australian Research Council Linkage funding. Called Cognitively Ergonomic Wayfinding Directions for Location-Based Services (CEWay), the system is being developed by a University team in collaboration with Sensis, Telstra Research Laboratories, and Webraska. Research into CEWay is based in the Department of Geomatics and the Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering. Lead researcher Dr Stephan Winter from the Department of Geomatics sees the new system being a major step forward from current navigation systems such as car navigation systems or tourist guides because it will require less precise positioning information. “The main benefit that CEWay will hold over current systems is that it will be designed around how we think. It’s based on landmarks. For example, rather than being told to ‘go straight for 450 metres then turn left’, the new technology is more likely to tell you to ‘head towards the church and turn left after passing the hospital’.” The researchers expect the finished product to be available in three years and hope to trial a system during Melbourne’s Commonwealth Games next year.

Border protection, infrastructure security and the environment are set to benefit from a University of Melbourne-led international sensor network research project on Australia’s Great Barrier Reef. Outcomes of the Distributed Sensor Networks (DSN) project, which involves researchers from Australia, the Netherlands and the USA, will include ‘smart’ network techniques for modelling the effects of pollution on the reef. The sensor network research, led by Melbourne’s Associate Professor Marimuthu Palaniswami (Computer Science and Software Engineering), brings more than $1 million to Melbourne from Federal Government International Science Linkages program funding totalling $2.95m for nine new projects. The research is part of a larger initiative of the Australian Research Council Research Network on Intelligent Sensors, Sensor Networks and Information Processing headed by Associate Professor Palaniswami. Associate Professor Palaniswami says sensor networks can consist of large numbers of sensors of different types all interconnected via low data-rate communication links. “Sensor networks provide the ability to gather reliable and accurate information from a range of sources, enabling early warnings and rapid coordination of responses to potential threats. This includes the ability to enhance national security against hostile threats as well as the ability to save lives through environmental monitoring of natural disasters and hazardous environments.

From left, Associate Professor Marimuthu Palaniswami, Research Fellow Dr Thomas Hanselmann, and PhD researchers Bharat Sundaram, Alistair Shilton, and Jayavardhana Rama. Photo: Les O’Rourke

One of the major outcomes will be a distributed environmental monitoring sensor network in the Great Barrier Reef which will position Australia at the world forefront of this technology.

Engineering at Melbourne

The data obtained from this sensor network will provide valuable scientific information enabling a greater understanding of the environmental impact due to pollution, urban development, and climate change.” The team will also develop sensor network applications, based on unmanned aerial vehicles, to provide advanced, coordinated and low-cost monitoring of the Australian continent. “The development and application of this technology will provide viable and effective techniques for safeguarding Australia from various threats, both hostile and naturally occurring.” source: UniNews http://uninews.unimelb.edu.au

Reversing the brain drain 9

How ‘the Melbourne experience’ drew five highachieving ICT alumni back to their roots

Dr Vanessa Teague and Dr Anthony Wirth are new lecturers this year in the Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering (CSSE). They have been friends since 1996 when they were Melbourne undergraduates and active in the Melbourne University Debating Society. Each won the Rowden White Prize as the University’s top thirdyear Science student – Anthony in 1998 and Vanessa in 1999. Completing PhDs in Computer Science in the USA, at Stanford and Princeton respectively, both decided recently to return to Australia – to the University of Melbourne particularly – to begin their academic careers. They were drawn partly by the prospect of working with internationally recognised colleagues who had once taught and supervised them, the quality of life and village campus environment at Melbourne, and the University’s large pool of excellent undergraduates. It was also a plus that academic career paths in Australia tend to be more flexible and family-friendly than their equivalents in the USA, and that they saw promising academic and technology career opportunities in Australia.

Dr Vanessa Teague and Dr Anthony Wirth with Professor Rao Kotagiri, Head of the Department of Computer Science & Software Engineering CSSE Head Professor Rao Kotagiri welcomes the return of Dr Teague and Dr Wirth as another success for his Department in attracting top quality young career academics to the University – especially given the perceived ‘brain drain’ of young Australian scientists to the USA. Dr Teague and Dr Wirth join three other Australian academics CSSE has hired recently from North America – Associate Professor Steven Bird, Dr Tim Baldwin, and Dr Lawrence Cavedon. Their decisions to come back to Australia reflected individual career, family and lifestyle considerations but common to all was an attraction to return to “the Melbourne experience” they had known as undergraduates. Professor Kotagiri says each has brought with them expertise which helps place Melbourne among the top universities in the world for language technology, machine learning and information retrieval research. source: UniNews http://uninews.unimelb.edu.au

Engineering > postgraduate

It’s called the ‘brain drain’. Bright young Australians leave the ‘quiet’ of the antipodes for the international ‘big time’ – a wide world of opportunities in research, academia and enterprise. In the past few years, the Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering has hired five Australians who did PhDs abroad, all of them Melbourne undergraduate alumni. Individual career, family and lifestyle considerations brought them home but common to all was one seminal experience.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 10

Geoff Stevens wins ExxonMobil Award Leading chemical and biomolecular engineer and Director of the Particulate Fluids Processing Centre (PFPC), Professor Geoff Stevens has been awarded the 2005 ExxonMobil Award. The Award recognises significant ongoing contributions to chemical engineering through innovations or related research publications. Professor Stevens is cited for his contributions to a diverse range of research and industrial interests, including the emerging area of carbon dioxide sequestration through his key role in the CRC for Greenhouse Gas Technologies. His work in the extraction of carbon dioxide from gas streams stems from broad research interests in fields such as the solvent extraction of metals, particle separation from liquid waste streams, membrane technologies, emulsion stability, and soft tissue engineering and biocompatible materials. The Award cites Professor Stevens for key contributions in all these fields and notes his current research collaborations in the USA, China, Germany, and in Antarctica (through the Australian Antarctic Division). Examples of his current research cited include the development of new fluids for drug extraction and a unique understanding of the role of deformation in the interaction between droplets and the part this plays in emulsion stability. source: UniNews http://uninews.unimelb.edu.au

European Space Agency collaboration In preparation for the European Space Agency’s (ESA) SMOS (Soil Moisture and Ocean Salinity) mission, arrangements are currently underway for an intense one-month campaign that will bring researchers from all over the world to the Goulburn River Catchment test site, in New South Wales. The campaign for validating the operation of SMOS (coSMOS) will be carried out in late 2005 and is designed to ensure that the mission’s soil moisture retrieval algorithms are finely tuned and properly validated before the satellite launches in 2007. SMOS is the second Earth Explorer Opportunity mission to be implemented as part of ESA’s Living Planet Programme. The main aim of the mission is to further the development of climatological, meteorological and hydrological models by observing soil moisture over the Earth’s landmasses, and seasurface salinity over the oceans. Not only will the SMOS mission further our understanding of the Earth system, but it will also demonstrate a new measuring technique by adopting a completely new approach in the field of remote sensing. The development of the mission requires essential work in the field to study various effects on the signal. Jeff Walker from the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering is coordinating activities at the Goulburn River Catchment test site. “Planning the logistics of such an important and extensive period of campaign activities is altogether a challenging task and involves a number of institutes.” The Goulburn River test site was chosen for the campaign as it has been intensively monitored and studied for soil moisture. Data from the SMOS satellite will be used for improving weather forecasts and water resource management, as these require regular and frequent monitoring of surface soil moisture. source: European Space Agency

News from Alumni

News from Alumni Country of origin - France Master of Applied Science in Geomatics “The whole experience was magical, and left me with precious memories of international friends, my supervisors, and my studies at the University of Melbourne” “You cannot create experience. You must undergo it. These were the words of the French philosopher Albert Camus. Inspired by this, I have always tried to create my own opportunities by being proactive and determined. Interested in scientific issues as well as technology used to solve complex problems, I did a Bachelor of Electrical Engineering at ENSIEG (Ecole Nationale Supérieure d’Ingénieurs Eletriciens de Grenoble) in the city of Grenoble, south-east of France. During my studies, I decided to go beyond my “French horizon”, in order to improve my English skills (which were very limited!) and to be directly in contact with students from various cultural backgrounds. I managed to go on exchange for a semester exchange in Australia, at the University of Melbourne, in the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering. After graduation in France - I was missing koalas and kangaroos more and more. I also wanted to pursue my engineering studies, so I flew back to Melbourne to undertake a Master of Applied Science (by research) in the Department of Geomatics. My Masters was an invaluable experience. It exceeded my expectations. My research topic was a remote-sensing project applied to the environment. I found that the research facilities as well as the people

I met in Geomatics were exceptional. I also had the fantastic opportunity to tutor French and Maths, and participate in conferences regarding my research. The whole experience was magical, and left me with precious memories of international friends, my supervisors, and my studies. Now I am back again in Paris and have been working with SAGEM, a high-technology French group specialised in communications and defence and security systems. Thanks to my international experience as well as my analytical skills, I moved to the biometric Department of SAGEM, as a systems engineer. I will get to travel a lot since SAGEM is world leader in this area and thus has many contracts overseas. My Masters was definitely a key point in getting this promotion and I am extremely happy with my current work and academic choices I have made.”

Faculty of Engineering Postgraduate Manager Irene Brown, Dean of Engineering Professor Jannie van Deventer and Wenzhe Tang (PhD, Civil Engineering, Melbourne) at the front entrance of Tsinghua University, China where Dr Tang is a Research Fellow.

Engineering > postgraduate

Camille Prost

>

11

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Dr Phiphat Bijayendrayodhin

12

Country of origin - Thailand PhD in Mechanical Engineering “I plan to send my children to study at Melbourne University. I want them to have the great experience I had”

“Before coming to Melbourne I had graduated with a Bachelor degree in Chemical Engineering from Kasetsart University, Thailand followed by a Graduate Diploma in Thermal Technology from King’s Mongkut University of Technology, Thailand. At present I am working as a project development manager. My company is the biggest automotive parts suppliers in Thailand. I supervise ten engineers. My job is developing the manufacturing process for parts that my company wins bids to manufacture. I have to look after the project from design of automotive parts until the start of mass production. There are many unexpected problems which arise when you do research. The problem solving skills I have developed have helped me become a more systematic thinker, and to be more self-disciplined. Whilst I may not be using the theories acquired during study, I use the skills I developed. I was very impressed with the level of care and encouragement shown by my supervisor. Life in Melbourne is close to an ideal life. I didn’t have to buy a car as I could go everywhere in Melbourne via, train, tram and bus. It is a very safe city - I could walk in the night time without looking over my shoulder.”

conferences and seminars, on a wide range of topics. Many of these topics were introduced to me in the Masters course.”

Deepa Nagar

Country of origin - India Master of Information Technology (MIT) “I come from a part of India where most people consider higher education in Australia as a back up option to studying in the US. I had completed my Bachelors in Electronics Engineering from the University of Kerala in India and I was thinking of doing a postgraduate course in the USA in IT, as I was looking for a career change. From the University of Melbourne’s handbook, I found out that the university offers flexible IT courses perfectly suited to my needs. On joining the Masters in Information Technology, I was impressed and delighted by everything the university had to offer. This included extremely proficient and helpful faculty staff, amazing facilities – both academic and social, and last but not the least, I have made friends from all over the world. These are some of the reason why I went back to University of Melbourne for my Masters by Research degree leading to PhD in Computer Science. Today, on my way to reaching my goal, I enjoy the research facilities and excellent supervision offered by one of the best research institutions in the world.”

Lindawati Wardani (Linda)

Country of origin - Indonesia Master of Telecommunications Engineering “I would definitely recommend the University of Melbourne”

Jean-Patrick Jerome Louis

Country of origin - Republic of Mauritius Master of Telecommunication Engineering “The course I did at the University of Melbourne has been extremely relevant to my job”

“I am currently working for the National Regulatory Authority (NRA) of the Republic of Mauritius, the Information and Communication Technologies Authority (ICTA). I joined this institution in February 2003 as Trainee Telecom/Radiocom Engineer. Later, I was promoted to the position of Manager of Engineering and Licensing Department. This year I was promoted to Director. My Master of Telecommunication Engineering degree has helped me in securing this job, in promotion and in my work. What is particularly helpful to me is the practical orientation of the course. As an example, we learnt financial analysis methods related to the design of telecommunication networks. Now, in my work, I am involved in the evaluation of the proposed business plans of licence applicants. I have the chance to participate in international

“My first degree was a Bachelor of Electrical Engineering from Purdue University, Indiana, USA. I chose the University of Melbourne for my Masters, because of its proximity to Indonesia, and it’s reputation. The University of Melbourne is one of the oldest in Australia, and has a good reputation both in Engineering and international services. I work at the Agency for the Assessment and Application of Technology, and as a lecturer in Informatics in Jakarta. My job requires me to have knowledge about how to monitor and evaluate projects/activities conducted in the agency I am working at, and then write a report on the overall performance of those activities/projects. Skills I developed in my course that I use in my current position are my analytical and problem solving skills. The University of Melbourne has very friendly staff who were ready to help and assist us, as international students, in whatever problem we were facing. Melbourne is a nice and warm city, one of the biggest city in Australia, however it still maintains many natural areas. It’s a nice place to spend the time.”

Coursework Programs

Coursework Programs

Types of Postgraduate Coursework Awards Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate A graduate/postgraduate certificate provides students with an opportunity to undertake a short course in a particular area of a chosen discipline. It also provides the opportunity to gain the knowledge and skills necessary for a new direction in professional development and specialisation. This award takes 6 months or 1 semester to complete on a full-time basis. Entry into a graduate/postgraduate certificate requires an undergraduate degree of at least three years duration, not necessarily in the same area as the proposed area of study. On successful completion of a graduate/postgraduate certificate a student may be eligible to enrol in a graduate/postgraduate diploma in the same discipline. In these circumstances the graduate/postgraduate certificate may be used in partial fulfillment of the graduate/postgraduate diploma. Normally a student continuing in Engineering in the same discipline, would enrol in the Postgraduate Certificate whereas a student changing disciplines would enrol in the Graduate Certificate.

Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma A graduate/postgraduate diploma provides students with an opportunity to study subjects in their area of interest, gain experience in carrying out a small research project, update their knowledge of the

research and theoretical preoccupations current in their selected field and develop their ability to pursue their own inquiries. A graduate/postgraduate diploma course may also act as an alternative to a masters preliminary program in order to provide students with a recognised entry qualification for the masters by coursework. The graduate/postgraduate diploma takes 12 months to complete on a full-time basis. Entry into the graduate diploma requires an undergraduate degree of at least 3 years duration, not necessarily in the same area as the desired field of study. Entry into the postgraduate diploma requires an undergraduate degree of at least three years duration with a major or sequence in the desired area of study or in a closely related discipline.

Preliminary Studies On successful completion of this course a student should have acquired knowledge of the technical characteristics of a selected area of study, including the characteristics embodied in the objectives of the relevant coursework subjects selected as preparation for study at the postgraduate level.

Coursework Masters The masters by coursework programs offered by the Faculty provide students with the opportunity for advanced specialist or professional training in a particular discipline or an interdisciplinary area. Entry into a master by coursework requires a four year degree at honours level or the equivalent. A masters by coursework may be offered which includes preliminary study usually equivalent to undertaking a graduate/postgraduate certificate or diploma to meet entry requirements for the masters. In such cases the masters by coursework degree will

Engineering > postgraduate

The Faculty of Engineering offers a wide range of postgraduate study by coursework. Coursework programs provide an opportunity for advanced specialisation and professional training. Courses range from 6 months to 24 months on a full-time basis. Entry requirements depend on the specific course.

>

13

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 14

take an additional period of time, usually two years on a full-time basis.

Research Programs

In general there are three types of masters by coursework:

For Masters by Research and PhD see the Research Programs section of this Handbook.

(1) 12 month coursework (100 points) This type usually consists solely of coursework but some students may be able to undertake a small research project. (2) 18 month coursework (150 points) There are two types: • solely by coursework but some students may be able to include a small research project • twelve months coursework followed by a substantial research project of at least 6 months duration. (3) Two years by coursework & research (200 points) Two years of coursework and research with a maximum of 25 points research.

Coursework Programs: Type, Discipline & Duration

* Please note: 100 points equals 1 year of full-time study; 1 subject equals 12.5 points unless otherwise indicated

Area of Study

Courses

Points Required

Page

Distributed Computing

Masters

100, 150 or 200

15

Geographic Information Systems and Geographic Information Technology

Grad Certificate Grad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

16 18

Information Technology

Masters

100, 150

19

Software Systems Engineering

Masters

100

21

Telecommunications Engineering

Grad Certificate Grad Diploma Masters

50 100 100

22

Development Technologies

Grad/PGrad Certificate Grad/PGrad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

23

Energy Studies

Grad/PGrad Certificate Grad/PGrad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

24

Engineering Structures

PGrad Certificate PGrad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

25

Environmental Engineering

Grad/PGrad Certificate Grad/PGrad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

26

Water Resources Management

Grad/PGrad Certificate Grad/PGrad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

27

Engineering Management

Grad Certificate Grad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150 or 200

28

Engineering Project Management

Grad/PGrad Certificate Grad/PGrad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

30

Utilities Management (Infrastructure)

Grad/PGrad Certificate Grad/PGrad Diploma Masters

50 100 100, 150

31

Masters

100, 150

32

Communications

Environment (including Built)

Management

Other Biomedical Engineering

Distributed Computing Master of Engineeering in Distributed Computing (MEDC) Program Director: Dr Raj Buyya E: [email protected] The MEDC addresses demand from the emerging information and communication technology (ICT) market with a knowledge emphasis on the use of industry standard and Internet-based distributed computing technologies in the development of networked enterprise systems and their applications. The key aspects of this Masters program are: > it has been designed to provide expertise for developing service-oriented, enterprise computing systems and applications that need to operate in wired/wireless network environments. These enterprise systems can scale from a single to multiple organisations > it promotes the utilisation of industry standard distributed computing technologies such as J2EE and .NET > about half of the course focuses on highly specialised distributed computing topics such as: distributed systems, cluster and grid computing, distributed algorithms, mobile systems programming, sensor networks and Web services > it includes a compulsory team-based project work that emphasises the design and development of distributed computing technologies and their application in e-Science and e-Business areas. Entry Requirements The MEDC program offers three different entry levels determined by academic background and work experience in computing. Entry Level 1 (200 points) A three-year undergraduate degree in Science or Engineering including mathematics and at least one programming subject with a final year grade average of at least 65% and two years of relevant documented work experience or A four-year degree in Science or Engineering including mathematics and at least one programming subject with a final year grade average of at least 65%. Entry Level 2 (150 points) A three-year undergraduate degree in Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, Information Technology or related

Entry Level 3 (100 points) A three-year undergraduate degree in Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, Information Technology or related discipline with a final year average grade of at least 65% and studies in parallel and distributed computing related subjects at an advanced level and two years of relevant documented work experience or A four-year undergraduate degree in Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, Information Technology or related discipline with a final year average grade of at least 65% and studies in parallel and distributed computing related subjects at an advanced undergraduate level.

15

Course Structure Group A subjects: subjects that bring students upto-date with advanced computer science concepts, techniques and tools. Group B subjects: advanced study in distributed computing technologies and its applications. This group consists of three subgroups: B1 is a core and compulsory subject (433-652); B2 comprises core and recommended subjects; and B3 consists of a group of elective subjects. Group C subject: a practice-oriented or researchoriented project in distributed computing. The selection of a project will be on an individual or team basis and depends on a student’s background and the availability of supervision. With permission from the Program Director, subjects in Group A and B may be substituted by other suitable studies. Entry Level

Number of Subjects

Total Points

Group A

Group B

Group C

1

4

10

1

200

2

0

10

1

150

3

0

6

1

100

Group A 433-351 Database Systems 433-352 Operating Systems 433-520 Programming & Software Development 433-521 Algorithms & Complexity 433-522 Internet Technologies

Engineering > postgraduate

Coursework Programs in Communications

or A four-year undergraduate degree in Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, Information Technology or related discipline with a final year average grade of at least 65%.

Coursework Programs

discipline with a final year average grade of at least 65% and at least two years of relevant documented work experience

Group B

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

B1: Core & Compulsory Subject 433-652 Distributed Systems

16

B2: Core & Recommended Subjects 433-620 Engineering for Internet Applications 433-653 Mobile Computing Systems Programming 433-654 Sensor Networks & Applications 433-655 Distributed Algorithms 433-677 Networks & Parallel Processing 433-678 Cluster & Grid Computing 433-682 Software Agents B3: Elective Subjects 433-621 Web Technologies & Applications 433-643 IT Project Management 433-645 Software System Security (not offered in 2006) 433-646 Systems Requirements Engineering 433-661 High-Performance Database Systems 433-679 Evolutionary & Neural Computation 433-681 Agent Programming Languages (not offered in 2006) 433-684 Machine Learning Group C 433-659 Distributed Computing Project (25 points)

Geographic Information Systems & Technology Course Coordinator: Professor Ian Bishop E: [email protected] There are five awards offered in the area of geographic information technology and geomatic science. The following table provides information on the entry requirements and duration of each award as well as the typical progression pathway through the different courses offered dependent on an applicant’s entry level. Award

Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Typical Progression Pathway

Grad Certificate in Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

3 year pass 6 months level degree (50 or other points) tertiary education with at least 2 years industry experience

Grad Dip in GIS

Grad Diploma in Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

3 year pass 1 year level degree (100 or other points) degree with at least 2 years industry experience

Master of Geomatic Eng MApp Sci MGeoIT

Grad Diploma in Geomatic Science

3 year pass 1 year level degree (100 in Surveying points) or Geomatics or other qualification in an allied technical discipline and at least 2 years industry experience

Master of Geomatic Eng MApp Sci MGeoIT

Master of Geographic Information Technology (MGeoIT)

4 year degree or 3 year degree and at least 2 years documented industry experience

1 year (100 points)

Masters by Research PhD

Master of Applied Science GIS (by coursework)

4 year honours level degree or other tertiary education with at least 2 years documented industry experience

18 months PhD (150 points)

Graduate Diploma in Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

The Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Systems (GIS) provides applicants with a short, introductory-level coursework qualification in spatial information science and technology.

The Graduate Diploma in Geographic Information Systems is primarily designed to meet the needs of graduates active in disciplines such as land administration, natural resource management, facility information management, environmental management and urban planning who wish to gain a sound working knowledge of the theory, technology and applications of GIS and associated science and technology. Such graduates are likely to come from areas such as engineering, geomatics, geography, planning, environmental science, agriculture and forestry.

Intake Intake for this course is normally limited to Semester 1 of each year due to the introductory nature of the subjects. Course Structure Students will be required to enrol in and pass four 12.5 point subjects totalling 50 points. Applicants must take the compulsory subject and three elective subjects from the following list: Compulsory Subject: 12.5 points 451-610 Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems Elective Subjects: 37.5 points 121-542 Geographical Analysis and GIS 451-447 Photogrammetry 451-607 Land Administration 451-608 Spatial Analysis 451-609 Remote Sensing 451-611 Spatial Visualisation 451-613 Scripting & Programming in GIS 451-614 Distributed Spatial Computing 451-617 Fundamentals of Positioning Technologies 451-624 Management of GIS 451-627 Developing Spatial Data Infrastructure 451-628 Location Based Services (not offered in 2006) 451-629 Advanced Topics in GIScience 451-666 Spatial Databases

The course is aimed at developing: • a sound knowledge of the theory and practice of GIS and associated subjects such as remote sensing, environmental visualisation, and spatial analysis • a wide appreciation of the range of purposes for which GIS and spatial information science in general can be applied • strong practical skills in using and applying GIS and associated technologies to solve problems in fields such as land administration, natural resource management, facility management, environmental science, geography, planning, agriculture and forestry.

17

Intake Intake for this course is normally limited to Semester 1 of each year however mid-year entry may be arranged with prior approval from the Course Coordinator. Course Structure The structure of this course has been designed to accommodate people of diverse academic and professional backgrounds. Students are required to enrol in and pass eight 12.5 point subjects totaling 100 points. Students are required to take a combination of compulsory and elective subjects from the following list: Compulsory Subjects: 25 points 451-609 Remote Sensing 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS Elective Subjects: 75 points 121-454 Computer-Aided Policymaking 121-542 Geographical Analysis & GIS 451-447 Photogrammetry 451-607 Land Administration 451-608 Spatial Analysis 451-611 Spatial Visualisation 451-612 Research Project GIS 451-613 Scripting & Programming in GIS 451-614 Distributed Spatial Computing 451-617 Fundamentals of Positioning Technologies 451-624 Management of GIS 451-625 Investigative Project (25 points) 451-627 Developing Spatial Data Infrastructure 451-628 Location Based Services (not offered in 2006) 451-629 Advanced Topics in GIScience 451-666 Spatial Databases

Engineering > postgraduate

The course is aimed at developing: • a fundamental understanding of the theoretical principles and practical aspects relating to GIS and associated disciplines • an appreciation of the diverse range of purposes to which GIS and spatial information science in general can be applied • basic practical skills in using and applying GIS and remote sensing to solve problems in fields such as land administration, natural resource management, facility management, environmental science, geography, planning, agriculture and forestry.

Courses

Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 18

Note: • a student may take other relevant GIS-related subjects offered by other departments and faculties with approval of the Course Coordinator • subjects 451-612 Research Project GIS and 451-625 Investigative Project (25.0 points) are not routinely taken by students. These subjects are available in special cases to meet the needs of students who are required to undertake investigative study in a discipline not taught in the available coursework • 451-625 Investigative Project (25.0 points) is taken over two semesters. To take this subject during the summer semester requires the written approval of the Course Coordinator.

Graduate Diploma in Geomatic Science The Graduate Diploma in Geomatic Science is designed to provide an intensive continuing education program for surveyors of some years standing who desire to be re-skilled in aspects of modern geomatics science and technology. The course aims to meet the demands of graduates in allied disciplines presently working in the surveying and mapping industry, and who require specialist skills in specific areas of geomatics science. The course also provides the opportunity for graduates in surveying or geomatics from developing countries to become skilled in modern geomatic processes. This award may serve as a preliminary studies program for those students intending to enter the Master of Geomatic Engineering course.

451-612 Research Project GIS 451-613 Scripting & Programming in GIS 451-617 Fundamentals of Positioning Technologies 451-625 Investigative Project (25 points) 451-627 Developing Spatial Data Infrastructure 451-628 Location Based Services (not offered in 2006) 451-629 Advanced Topics in GIScience 451-666 Spatial Databases Note: • subject 451-625 Investigative Project (25 points) is optional, however, students wishing to progress to the Master of Geomatic Engineering are advised to take this subject • students are not permitted to take any more than 25 points at a 200-level • 451-612 Research Project GIS is normally taken in semester 1 or semester 2 but may be taken over the summer semester with the written approval of the Course Coordinator.

Master of Geographic Information Technology (MGeoIT)

The course is aimed at developing knowledge of the underlying theory and processes in measurement science which, in conjunction with a student’s prior training and experience, will allow them to work at an advanced level in either geodesy, photogrammetry or another specialist area in geomatics.

The Master of Geographic Information Technology is designed to meet the needs of graduates employed in a variety of disciplines associated with land administration, natural resource management, facility information management, environmental management, urban planning and conservation, and who wish to gain a detailed knowledge of the theory, technology and applications of geographic information systems (GIS) as a subset of the broader discipline of the management of spatial data. Graduates are likely to come from engineering, surveying, geography, planning, environmental science, agriculture and forestry.

Intake

Course Structure

Intake will normally be limited to Semester 1 of each year however mid-year entry may be arranged with prior approval of the Course Coordinator.

Students are required to complete 100 points of study. The selection of subjects will be based on discussion with the Course Coordinator. Subjects are taken from the following list: 121-542 Geographical Analysis & GIS 451-607 Land Administration 451-608 Spatial Analysis 451-609 Remote Sensing 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS 451-611 Spatial Visualisation 451-612 Research Project GIS 451-613 Scripting & Programming in GIS 451-614 Distributed Spatial Computing 451-617 Fundamentals of Positioning Technologies 451-624 Management of GIS 451-625 Investigative Project (25 points) 451-627 Developing Spatial Data Infrastructure 451-628 Location Based Services (not offered in 2006) 451-629 Advanced Topics in GIScience 451-666 Spatial Databases

Course Structure Students undertake a total of 100 points. The course material is primarily selected from subjects of advanced standing in the Bachelor of Geomatic Engineering course and graduate subjects from the Master of Geographic Information Technology. The particular combination of subjects is chosen in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students should select a course of study that meets their needs from the following list: 451-206 Least Squares & Network Analysis 451-208 Computational Methods in Geomatics 451-332 Imaging in the Geosciences 451-337 Satellite Positioning & Geodesy 451-447 Photogrammetry 451-499 Integrated Spatial Systems 2 451-607 Land Administration 451-608 Spatial Analysis 451-609 Remote Sensing 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS

The coursework component of this award is the same as for the Master of Geographic Information Technology with the addition of a one semester research component 451-650 Investigative Project (50 points). Students may choose relevant GIS-related electives offered by other departments and faculties with written approval from the Course Coordinator. Intake Intake is normally limited to Semester 1 each year however mid-year entry may be arranged with the approval of the Course Coordinator.

Master of Information Technology (MIT) Program Director: Assoc Prof Baikunth Nath E: [email protected] The Master of Information Technology is designed for graduates in engineering and physical sciences seeking professional development and enhancement of their IT knowledge, and for professionals with background in other disciplines working in the IT industry without formal IT qualifications but with a broad interest in the scientific and engineering applications of the technology. The course design also allows exceptional graduates in engineering, physical sciences or a cognate field to acquire research training to proceed to higher degrees by research.

Coursework Programs

Master of Applied Science (Geographic Information Systems)

Information Technology

19

The technological understanding and skills presented in the MIT are in high demand throughout the computing industry as society is being transformed by the emergence of highly connected, high speed high capacity networks, and a knowledge-based global eeconomy. The course allows considerable flexibility, and individuals select their own program from the subjects on offer. The three major strands of study are: • Internet Software Development: understanding web software technologies and building web applications • Intelligent Systems: understanding and developing intelligent systems for business applications • E-Business Technologies: understanding and applying technologies to business functions. There is no compulsory thesis component in the program. When a student is interested in research he/she may undertake a research project under the supervision of a member of academic staff and document the outcome in a written report. The program is designed to: • provide understanding and expertise in a number of key areas of information technology • provide an introduction to research skills in a selected area • improve analytical skills and competencies in problem solving • improve oral and written communication skills. The program is accredited by the Australian Computer Society (ACS). Note: applicants with substantial background in academic computing may be offered a one year program comprising 100 points.

Engineering > postgraduate

Note: • students with no previous GIS experience are expected to take subjects: 451-609 and 451-610 • students may choose up to two relevant GISrelated electives offered by other departments and faculties with the written approval of the Course Coordinator • the 121 subject prefix denotes the subject is offered by the School of Anthropology, Geography and Environmental Studies.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Entry Requirements Applicants must have either: • a four-year degree in Engineering or the physical sciences and which includes mathematics at a minimum level of second year and at least one programming subject, as well as a final year grade average of at least 65% (University of Melbourne equivalent). Applicants with a four-year degree with a substantial component of formal studies in computing may be eligible for advanced standing of up to 50 points or • an appropriate 3-year degree with a final year grade average of at least 65% (University of Melbourne equivalent) as well as a minimum of two years documented relevant work experience with exposure to programming in the IT industry. Duration Three semesters full-time study or equivalent part-time when applicable. Course Structure 20

Completion of twelve 12.5 point subjects or ten 12.5 point subjects and an Information Technology Project (or Minor Research Project) of 25 points. The program has two groups of subjects: • Group A: consists of foundation subjects that bring students up-to-date with modern computing concepts, techniques and tools. A student will choose a maximum of four of these subjects • Group B: offers advanced study in information technologies and their applications. Subjects are typically taught with a combination of input from academics and practitioners. Students are expected to have their own PCs/laptops to complete the course. Limited additional access to the university computing laboratories may be available outside set class time. With written permission from the Program Director subjects in Groups A and/or Group B may be substituted by other relevant subjects. Note: Not all subjects are offered every year. Students seeking definitive details should contact the Department of Computer Science & Software Engineering prior to commencement. Group A: Foundation Subjects (maximum of four) 433-520 Planning & Software Development 433-521 Algorithms & Complexity 433-522 Internet Technologies 615-570 Database Systems & Information Modelling 615-572 Information Systems Analysis & Design Group B: Advanced IT Subjects (3 or 4 subjects) 433-620 Engineering for Internet Applications 433-621 Web Technologies Protocols & Applications 615-670 Internet Software Development Principles 615-671 e-Business Applications & Architectures

Group B: Remaining Subjects 433-643 IT Project Management 433-645 Software Systems Security (not offered in 2006) 433-646 Systems Requirements Engineering 433-652 Distributed Systems 433-653 Mobile Computing Systems Programming 433-654 Sensor Networks & Applications 433-655 Distributed Algorithms 433-667 Text and Document Management 433-661 High Performance Database Systems 433-677 Networks & Parallel Processing 433-678 Cluster and Grid Computing 433-679 Evolutionary & Neural Computation 433-681 Agent Programming Languages (not offered in 2006) 433-682 Software Agents 433-684 Machine Learning 433-690 IT Research Project (25 points) 433-693 Directed Studies 6A 433-695 Advanced Topic in Computer Science (not offered in 2006) 615-610 Research Methods in Information Systems 615-627 Information Systems Management (not offered in 2006) 615-636 Interaction Design & Usability 615-645 Information Systems Modelling 615-652 Connected Technologies in Organisations 615-653 Consumer-oriented e-Commerce 615-655 Business-to-Business eCommerce (not offered in 2006) 615-656 Knowledge Management Systems 615-657 Enterprise Systems 615-659 Information Systems Project Management 615-661 Innovation & Entrepreneurship in IT 615-662 Information Systems Change Management 615-663 Information Systems in an International Context 615-667 eCommerce Security 615-672 Pervasive Computing 615-690 Minor Research Project in IS (25 points)

Program Director: Assoc Prof Baikunth Nath E: [email protected] The MSSE allows graduates of computer science to study current computer science and software engineering topics at an advanced level. The course allows considerable flexibility and students select their own program from the available subjects. The technological skills presented in the MSSE are in high demand throughout the computing industry. The course covers a wide range of subjects enabling students to choose areas a variety of specializations, for example: • Artificial Intelligence: understanding and building intelligent systems • Information Management: database and information retrieval systems and associated technologies for the management of data • Software Engineering: modern software engineering principles and methodologies. The program is designed to: • provide a solid foundation for students who want to develop their career in the broad field of computing • provide a thorough understanding of key areas of computer science • provide an introduction to research skills in a selected area • improve oral and written communication skills. The program is accredited by the Australian Computer Society (ACS). Entry Requirements Academic entry requirements are: • a four year degree with a substantial computing content with an average final year mark of at least 70% (University of Melbourne equivalent) or • a four year degree in a related discipline together with considerable industry experience in the field of computing or software engineering or • consideration will also be given to applicants with a three year degree in a computing-related discipline or equivalent and who have completed the Postgraduate Diploma in Science (Computer Science) at the University of Melbourne with a mark of 75% or higher.

An applicant’s computing background should also include good knowledge of several specialised areas, such as: artificial intelligence; computability and logic; operating systems; databases; human-computer interaction; computer networks; compilers; computer graphics and software engineering. An applicant must have studied mathematics or statistics at the equivalent of a second year University level. Course Structure Eight subjects of 12.5 points each or six subjects of 12.5 points plus a small research project of 25 points. The research project involves an investigation and preparation of a substantial written report under the supervision of an academic staff member. Enrolment in this subject requires the approval of the Program Director.

Coursework Programs

Master of Software Systems Engineering (MSSE)

21

Students must complete a minimum of six subjects at a 600-level from those taught by the Department. In addition to these specialised masters level subjects, students may with the approval of the Program Director take up to two subjects from the Master of Telecommunications Engineering offered by the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering. For 2006 these subjects are: 431-620 Fundamentals of Network Design 431-621 Multimedia Network Design 431-625 Internet Engineering Note: Not all subjects are offered every year. Students seeking definitive details should contact the Department of Computer Science & Software Engineering prior to commencement.

Engineering > postgraduate

Software Systems Engineering

An applicant’s computing background should include solid experience with Unix and C programming as well as a good knowledge of: • data structures and algorithms for sorting, searching and graph manipulation • software development principles and tools • software design including object-oriented design.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Telecommunications Engineering

22

Postgraduate Director: Assoc Prof Jamie Evans E: [email protected] The graduate program in Telecommunications is designed for graduates who wish to develop their knowledge and skills base in the design and management of telecommunications networks. Award

Entry Requirement

Length (fulltime)

Typical Progression Pathway

Grad Certificate in Telecommunications Engineering

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

6 months (50 points)

Graduate Diploma in Telecommunications Engineering

Grad Diploma in Telecommunications Engineering

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Telecommunications Engineering

Master of Telecommunications Engineering

4 year 1 year second-class (100 honours points) degree in electrical engineering or the equivalent

A research degree in Telecommunications

Graduate Certificate & Graduate Diploma in Telecommunications Engineering The Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications Engineering is designed for students whose undergraduate study is not in an area related to telecommunications. Normally the Graduate Certificate is undertaken as the first half of the Graduate Diploma in Telecommunications Engineering. The Graduate Diploma in Telecommunications Engineering is aimed at graduates in engineering, science or related disciplines who plan to work in the telecommunications industry. Subjects Subjects normally consist of third and fourth year undergraduate Electrical Engineering subjects. Please consult the undergraduate online handbook for subjects: www.unimelb.edu.au/HB/facs/ENG.html Equipment Required Students will be required to supply their own computers (e.g. PCs or Macs) and their own software (e.g. PC standard O/S and software).

Master of Telecommunications Engineering The Master of Telecommunications Engineering has been designed for graduates with a good quality degree in electrical and electronic engineering or the equivalent who wish to develop their knowledge and skills in optimal network design, network management and network security for modern telecommunications networks. Course Structure Eight subjects each of 12.5 points. Students are able to take a maximum of two relevant subjects from another department or faculty with prior written approval from the Director and the department or faculty concerned. The Master of Telecommunications can provide a pathway to research studies. If an applicant is considering progression to a research-based degree he/she should discuss their choice of subjects with the Research Director prior to enrolment. Masters coursework subjects: 431-620 Fundamentals of Network Design 431-621 Multimedia Network Design 431-622 Applied Queueing Theory 431-623 Broadband Networks 431-624 Computer Networks (not offered in 2006) 431-625 Internet Engineering 431-626 Mobile & Wireless Communications 431-627 Signalling & Network Management 431-628 Transmission Systems 431-630 Optical Fibre Communications Systems 431-631 Current Research Topics I 431-632 Current Research Topics II 431-633 Mobile & Wireless Networks 431-634 IT Risk Management (not offered in 2006) 431-635 Video Communications 431-636 Wireless Multimedia Networks 431-637 Broadband Access Networks Equipment Required Students will be required to supply their own computers (e.g. PCs or Macs) and their own software (e.g. PC standard O/S and software).

The Marconi Medal The Marconi Medal is awarded to the top student in each graduating class of the Master of Telecommunications Engineering by Coursework. It is named after the “inventor” of radio - Guglielmo Marconi.

Coursework Programs in Environmental Engineering (including Built )

These awards consist of two core subjects totaling 25 points plus elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Development Technologies

Core Subjects: 25 points 421-609 Technology in Society 421-616 Technology Assessment

The Graduate Program in Development Technologies is designed in consultation with senior engineering academics in developing countries for engineers and other applied scientists in developing countries. This program is also useful for applicants interested in working in overseas countries.

Master of Development Technologies This program is designed for students to acquire skills in the analysis, design and management of engineering systems in developing countries and to gain advanced knowledge in the selection and adaptation of engineering technology for sustainable economic development. A two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of:

Award

Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Typical Progression Pathway

Grad/PGrad Cert. in Engineering (Development Technologies)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

6 months (50 points)

Grad/ Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Development Technologies)

Grad/PGrad Dip. in Engineering (Development Technologies)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Development Technologies

Elective Subjects: 50 points

Master of Development Technologies

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

1 year (100 points)

Master of Engineering Science (Development Technologies) requires at least 70% in a research subject of at least 12.5 points

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Development Technologies)

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

18 months (150 points)

Master of Engineering Science (Development Technologies)

A research degree in Development Technologies

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne

23

Core Subjects: 25 points 421-609 Technology in Society 421-616 Technology Assessment Restricted Elective Subjects: 25 points 421-619 Energy for Sustainable Development 421-625 Case Studies in Development Technologies Taken from the Electives List or other subjects as approved by the Course Coordinator. A student is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Development Technologies with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points available as elective subjects. Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points) Elective Subjects: 37.5 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects as approved by the Course Coordinator.

Engineering > postgraduate

Course Coordinator: Assoc Prof Hector Malano E: [email protected]

Coursework Programs

Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate & Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Development Technologies)

Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate & Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Energy Studies)

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Energy Studies

24

Course Coordinator: Dr Lu Aye E: [email protected] The Graduate Program in Energy Studies is designed to meet the theoretical and practical needs of professionals working in the field of energy use and planning in both the government and private sectors. The program provides participants with a broad understanding of the range of conventional and nonconventional technologies that can be used for energy supply. Issues of energy planning, energy end-use and the non-technical factors influencing the acceptance of energy technologies can also be studied. Themes covered in this program include: renewable energy technologies, conventional energy technologies, energy sources and resources, energy conversion and utilisation, energy from wastes, barriers to technology transfer, environmental effects of energy use and energy efficiency.

These awards consist of two core subjects totaling 25 points plus elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research. Core Subjects: 25 points 421-626 Design of Energy Systems 421-629 Energy Efficiency Technology

Master of Energy Studies The Master of Energy Studies provides participants with a broad understanding of the range of technologies, both conventional and non-conventional, that can be used for energy supply. The program is designed to enhance career prospects for graduate engineers and scientists working or wishing to work in the field of energy use and planning, both in government and private sectors.

Award

Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Typical Progression Pathway

A two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of:

Grad/PGrad Cert. in Engineering (Energy Studies)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

6 months (50 points)

Grad/ Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Energy Studies)

Core Subjects: 50 points 421-626 Design of Energy Systems 421-629 Energy Efficiency Technology 421-609 Technology in Society 421-616 Technology Assessment

Grad/PGrad Dip. in Engineering (Energy Studies)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Energy Studies

Master of 4 year Energy Studies degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

1 year (100 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Energy Studies) requires at least 70% in a research subject of at least 12.5 points

Restrictive Elective Subjects: a minimum of 25 points 421-602 Air Quality Control 421-619 Energy for Sustainable Development 421-637 Indoor Air Quality 421-648 Water Sources of Energy 421-697 Heating, Ventilation & Airconditioning 421-825 Energy from Biomass & Wastes

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Energy Studies)

18 months (150 points)

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne

A research degree in Energy Studies

Elective Subjects: up to a maximum of 25 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects with the approval of the Course Coordinator. A student is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Energy Studies) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Development Technologies with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points available as elective subjects.

Postgraduate Certificate & Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Engineering Structures)

Elective Subjects: 37.5 points

These awards consist of two core subjects totaling 25 points plus elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Diploma may not take more than 50 points of level 5 elective subjects.

Taken from the Electives List or other subjects as approved by the Course Coordinator.

Engineering Structures Course Coordinator: Assoc Prof Nick Haritos E: [email protected] The Graduate Program in Engineering Structures is designed to meet the needs of graduates involved in disciplines associated with the advanced design of engineering structures. The program includes contemporary issues such as ecologically sustainable buildings and the design of structures for extreme loading such as earthquake, wind, blast and fire. Participants are able to choose from a wide range of elective subjects including subjects focusing on project management and architecture. Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Typical Progression Pathway

PGrad Cert. in Engineering (Engineering Structures)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

6 months (50 points)

Grad/ Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Engineering Structures)

PGrad Dip. in Engineering (Engineering Structures)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Engineering Structures

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

1 year (100 points)

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

18 months (150 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Engineering Structures)

Master of Engineering Structures

Core Subjects: 25 points 421-317 Structural Engineering 2 421-410 Structural Steel Theory & Design (6.25 points) 421-411 Concrete Theory & Design (6.25 points)

Master of Engineering Structures

25

The major themes of this course are: structural systems, conceptual design, sustainable design, extreme loading and advanced analysis techniques. The course is suited to graduates of Civil Engineering and some Architectural programs. It is a two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of: Core Subjects: 25 points 421-670 Sustainable Buildings 421-694 Advanced Design of High Rise Structures Restricted Elective Subjects: 25 points 421-654 Principles of Asset Management 421-695 Extreme Loading of Structures 421-696 Structures for Blast, Impact & Fire Elective Subjects: 50 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects with the approval of the Course Coordinator.

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne

A student with at least 70% in a research subject of at least 12.5 points may progress to the Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Engineering Structures) A research degree in Engineering Structures

A student is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Engineering Structures) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprised of 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Engineering Structures with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points allocated to elective subjects. Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points) Elective Subjects: 37.5 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects with the approval of the Course Coordinator.

Engineering > postgraduate

Award

A student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Coursework Programs

Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points)

Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate & Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Environmental Engineering)

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Environmental Engineering

26

Course Coordinator: Dr Graham Moore E: [email protected] The Graduate Program in Environmental Engineering is designed to meet the theoretical and practical skills of people working in environmental control authorities in industry and elsewhere. The program provides participants with a broad understanding of the practice of environmental management and provides experience in investigation. Participants are able to focus on skill development in the sectors relevant to them. Themes covered include: air pollution, water and wastewater, municipal solid wastes, cleaner production, environment management systems, noise, vibration, water resources management, energy resources management, and politics, the law and the economy. Award

Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Typical Progression Pathway

Grad/ Postgraduate Cert. in Engineering (Environmental Engineering)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

6 months (50 points)

Grad/ Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Environmental Engineering)

Grad/ Postgraduate Dip. in Engineering (Environmental Engineering)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Environmental Engineering

Master of Environmental Engineering

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

1 year (100 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Environmental Engineering) requires at least 70% in a research subject of at least 12.5 points

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

18 months (150 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Environmental Engineering)

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne

A research degree in Environmental Engineering

These awards consist of two core subjects totaling 25 points plus elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research. Core Subjects: 25 points 421-680 Engineering for Sustainable Environments 421-681 Management for the Environment

Master of Environmental Engineering This program is designed to provide students with advanced knowledge of the principles underpinning sustainable development and the opportunity to gain employment skills in the engineering practice of environmental management including environmental due diligence. A two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of: Core Subjects: 25 points 421-680 Engineering for Sustainable Environments 421-681 Management for the Environment Restricted Elective Subjects: a minimum of 25 points 421-602 Air Quality Control 421-604 Environmental Management ISO 14000 421-605 Managing Water Borne Risks 421-606 Solid Wastes to Sustainable Resources Elective Subjects: up to a maximum of 50 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects with the approval of the Course Coordinator. A student is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Environmental Engineering) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprised of 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Environmental Engineering with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points allocated to elective subjects. Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points) Elective Subjects: 37.5 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects with the approval of the Course Coordinator.

The Graduate Program in Water Resources Management is designed to meet the theoretical and practical needs of professionals working in water resources authorities, consultancy, education and related fields. The program provides participants with a broad understanding of the issues involved in water resources management and development. Themes covered include: irrigation and drainage design and management, surface hydrology, groundwater hydrology, surface and groundwater quality management, water resources allocation and competition, water resources policy, water resources institutions, water resources economics, and institutional, legal and political framework.

Award

Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Grad/ Postgraduate Cert. in Engineering (Water Resources Management)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

6 months Grad/ (50 points) Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Water Resources Management)

Grad/ Postgraduate Dip. in Engineering (Water Resources Management)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Water Resources Management

Master of Water Resources Management

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

1 year (100 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Water Resources Management) requires at least 70% in a research subject of at least 12.5 points

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Water Resources Management)

4 year degree in engineering or science in a relevant discipline with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

Typical Progression Pathway

18 months A research degree (150 in Water points) Resources Management

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne

These awards consist of two core subjects totaling 25 points plus elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research. Core Subjects: 25 points 421-627 Sustainable Water Resources Management 421-668 Sustainable Irrigation System Management

Master of Water Resources Management The Master of Water Resources Management is designed to enable a student to acquire skills in the planning, developing and managing of water resource systems in a sustainable manner and to gain experience in research in a chosen area of water resources management, development and use. The course also focuses on the acquisition of advanced knowledge of the principles and implementation of integrated water resources management.

Coursework Programs

Course Coordinator: Assoc Prof Hector Malano E: [email protected]

Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate & Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Water Resources Management)

27

A two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of: Core Subjects: 25 points 421-627 Sustainable Water Resources Management 421-668 Sustainable Irrigation System Management Restricted Elective Subjects: a minimum of 25 points 421-518 Applied Hydrology 421-520 Canal Hydraulics 421-609 Technology in Society 421-668 Sustainable Irrigation System Management 421-616 Technology Assessment 421-640 Public Health in Hot Climates Elective Subjects: up to a maximum of 50 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator. A student may only take up to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Water Resources Management) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprised of 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Environmental Engineering with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points allocated to elective subjects.

Engineering > postgraduate

Water Resources Management

Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points)

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Elective Subjects: up to a maximum of 37.5 points

28

Taken from the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator.

Coursework Programs in Management Engineering Management Course Coordinator: Dr Russell Thompson E: [email protected] The Graduate Program in Engineering Management is designed to bridge the business knowledge gap between engineering, technology and management. It focuses on the skills required at management levels of technology-based enterprise, providing financial, investment evaluation and business skills necessary to operate in diverse areas of technology and in the rapidly expanding and changing market place. Award

Entry Requirement Length (full-time)

Grad/PGrad Cert. in Engineering (Engineering Management)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline with an av. grade of at least 65%*

6 months Grad (50 points) Diploma in Engineering (Engineering Management)

Graduate Dip. in Engineering (Engineering Management)

3 year degree at honours level in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Engineering (Engineering Management) requires an av. grade of 70%

Master of Engineering Management

4 year degree in engineering or science including mathematics with an av. grade of at least 70%; a 3 year degree in Engineering or related science with an av. grade of at least 70% & at least 2 years documented relevant work experience; or via pathway**

1 year (100 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Engineering Management) requires an av. grade of at least 70% and a minimum of 70% for a research project (12.5 or 25 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Engineering Management)

4 year degree in engineering or science including mathematics with an av. grade of at least 70%; a 3 year degree in Engineering or related science with an av. grade of at least 70% & at least 2 years documented relevant work experience; or via pathway**

18 months A research degree in (150 Engineering points) Management

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne ** average grade equivalent to at least 70% at the University of Melbourne

Typical Progression Pathway

A student enrolled in the Diploma may take level 4 or level 5 subjects or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator but is limited to 50 points of level 5 subjects and a maximum of 25 points of level 3 subjects. A student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research. Core Subjects: one of two paired subjects totaling 25 points 421-255 Management for Engineers 1 421-355 Management for Engineers 2 or 436-365 Operations Analysis 436-415 Quality Engineering Restricted Elective Subjects: a minimum of 12.5 points 433-443 Software Project Management 431-451 Project Management & Product Commercialisation 421-405 Management for Engineers 3 411-443 Chemical Engineering Management

Master of Engineering Management The Master of Engineering Management has been designed to bridge the business knowledge gap between engineering, technology and management. It equips the engineer or scientist with the skills required at management levels of technology based enterprise. The course provides the financial, investment evaluation and business skills necessary to operate in diverse areas of technology and in the rapidly expanding and changing market place. The Master of Engineering Management is offered at two entry levels: 200 Point Program The 200 point program consists of the Graduate Diploma (see above) followed by the 100 point Masters (see below). If a student leaves the 200 point program prior to completion, he/she may be awarded either the Certificate or Diploma in Engineering Management if all of the necessary requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Core Subjects: 37.5 points 421-671 Financial Analysis of Complex Projects 421-672 Management of Technological Enterprises 421-673 Sustainable Supply Chain Management Restricted Elective Subjects: 25 points 325-694 Innovation Management 421-682 Engineering Systems Management 421-683 Principles of Public Private Partnerships Elective Subjects: 37.5 points Taken from level 6 subjects included in the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator. A student is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research. Note: The Department of Economics & Commerce will provide one subject, 325-694 Managing Innovation & Entrepreneurship, as a restricted elective with guaranteed entry for any Engineering students selected into the Master of Engineering Management, with an additional seven subjects to be made available as electives for students of this program who meet the entry requirements for those subjects. Those electives are: 316-660 Microeconomics & Strategy 316-802 Macroeconomics for Managers 325-677 People, Organisations & Change 325-678 Quality Management 325-679 Supply Chain Management 325-692 Decision Analysis 325-693 Risk Management

Coursework Programs

These awards consist of one of two combined subjects totaling 25 points plus a number of elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Certificate is limited to a maximum of 25 points of level 3 subjects (or below).

100 Point Program

29

Note: a student wishing to proceed to the Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science in Engineering must complete a minimum of 12.5 points by research during this award.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Engineering Management) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprised of 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Engineering Management with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points allocated to elective subjects. Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points) Elective Subjects: 25 points Taken from level 5 and 6 subjects on the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator.

Engineering > postgraduate

Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate & Graduate Diploma in Engineering (Engineering Management)

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Engineering Project Management

30

Course Coordinator: Assoc. Professor Colin Duffield E: [email protected] The Graduate Program in Engineering Project Management is designed to assist participants relate the engineering profession to management and more specifically to project management. The program seeks to broaden participants’ expectations of the scope of their ability to contribute to society and its needs. The program is intended to meet the needs of graduates in disciplines requiring an advanced understanding of the theoretical and practical principles of the project management function, the whole process of project procurement, and how to lead a project team, establish staff employment conditions and develop appropriate mechanisms and styles for project communication. Participants are able to focus on skill development in the sectors most relevant to them. Award

Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Typical Progression Pathway

Grad/PGrad Cert. in Engineering (Engineering Project Management)

3 year degree 6 months at honours level (50 points) in engineering, science or related discipline

Grad/ Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Engineering Project Management)

Graduate Dip. in Engineering (Engineering Project Management)

3 year degree 1 year at honours level (100 points) in engineering, science or related discipline

Master of Engineering Project Management

Master of Engineering Project Management

4 year degree in engineering or related science with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Engineering Project Management) requires at least 70% in a research subject of at least 12.5 points

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Engineering Project Management)

4 year degree in engineering or related science with an av. grade of at least 65% or via pathway*

1 year (100 points)

18 months (150 points)

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne

A research degree in Engineering Project Management

Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate & Graduate/Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Engineering Project Management) These awards consist of two core subjects totaling 25 points plus a number of elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Diploma is limited to 50 points of level 5 subjects. A student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research. Core Subjects: 25 points 421-355 Engineering Management 2 421-405 Engineering Management 3

Master of Engineering Project Management A two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of: Core Subjects: 25 points 421-663 Engineering Project Management 421-664 Project Delivery Restricted Elective Subjects: 25 points 421-666 Management of Project Resources 421-667 Project Management Practices 421-654 Principles of Asset Management Elective Subjects: 50 points Taken from Level 6 subjects included in the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator. A student is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Project Management) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprised of 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Engineering Project Management with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points allocated to elective subjects. Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points) Elective Subjects: 37.5 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator.

Utilities Management (Infrastructure)

points by research.

Course Coordinator: Mr Bill Robertson E: [email protected]

Core Subjects: 25 points 421-355 Engineering Management 2 421-405 Engineering Management 3

The program aims to provide participants with the technological and competitive skills needed to effectively and efficiently manage infrastructure in today’s rapidly changing environment of the information society. Themes covered include: asset management, public and private partnerships, strategic planning, and private and public financing.

Entry Requirement

Length (full-time)

Typical Progression Pathway

PGrad Cert. in Engineering (Utilities Management)

3 year degree in engineering, science or related discipline

6 months (50 points)

Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Utilities Management)

PGrad Dip. Engineering (Utilities Management)

3 year degree in engineering, science or related discipline

1 year (100 points)

Master of Utilities Management

Master of Utilities Management

4 year degree in engineering or related science with an av. grade of 65% or via pathway*

1 year (100 points)

4 year degree in engineering or related science with an av. grade of 65% or via pathway*

18 months (150 points)

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Utilities Management)

This course is designed to provide a student with an advanced understanding of the theoretical and practical principles relating to utilities management and asset management, together with its role in the management of various infrastructure utility sectors. It also focuses on the capacity to bridge the technical and management issues involved in the management of utilities in contemporary society. A two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of: Core Subjects: 25 points 421-654 Principles of Asset Management 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS

31

Restricted elective subjects: 25 points 421-616 Technology Assessment 451-624 Management of GIS 325-887 Strategic Management of Organisations 333-641 Business Finance I (work experience is a prerequisite for this subject) Elective Subjects: 50 points

Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science (Utilities Management_ requires at least 70% in a research subject of at least 12.5 points Research degree in Utilities Management

* average grade equivalent to at least 65% at the University of Melbourne

Postgraduate Certificate & Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (Utilities Management) These awards consist of two core subjects totaling 25 points plus a number of elective subjects chosen from the Electives List. A student enrolled in the Certificate select level 4 electives or other subjects as approved by the Course Coordinator. A student enrolled in the Diploma is limited to 50 points of level 5 subjects. A student enrolled in the Graduate/Postgraduate Certificate is limited to a maximum of 12.5 points by research and a student enrolled in the Graduate/ Postgraduate Diploma is limited to a maximum of 25

Taken from subjects on the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator. A student is limited to a maximum of 25 points by research.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Utilities Management) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprised of 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Utilities Management with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points allocated to elective subjects. Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points) Elective Subjects: 37.5 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects approved by the Course Coordinator.

Engineering > postgraduate

Award

Master of Utilities Management

Coursework Programs

The Graduate Program in Utilities Management uses experienced educators, researchers and practitioners in this specialist field.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 32

Coursework Programs in Biomedical Engineering Course Coordinator: Professor David Smith E: [email protected]

Master of Biomedical Engineering The Master of Biomedical Engineering is designed to provide students from engineering and the quantitative science disciplines with a transition pathway to the exciting and growing field of biomedical engineering. Rapid advances in our understanding of the building blocks of life, of basic cellular processes, of new biomaterials and the widespread availability of high speed computers, has led to the current revolution in the biomedical sciences and medicine. There is a growing demand for people with strong mathematical and problem-solving skills to be part of multidisciplinary teams. This has traditionally been the role of the engineer or the physical scientist. However, those with strong mathematical ability and physical insight have often had limited exposure to the biological and health sciences. This course will facilitate a transition to the biological and health sciences through a series of subjects that: (a) reinforce key understanding of physical processes in the context of biological systems, (b) serve to orient the student in the biological sciences so as to undertake further self directed learning, and (c) provide in-depth understanding in a selected number of subjects. Note: prospective students who do not qualify for direct entry to the Masters may be offered admission to the preliminary/preparatory program of study as a pathway to the Masters. Normally the preliminary course would be designed to compensate for the students lack of prerequisite course requirements on a case-by-case basis. A two-semester program on a full-time basis comprising 100 points, consisting of: Core Subjects: 25 points 421-698 Biomedical Engineering 421-693 Anatomy & Physiology for Engineers

Restricted Elective Subjects: 75 points 411-650 Tissue Engineering & Bionanotechnology 421-631 Neuroimaging Methods & Applications 421-692 Biological Systems Engineering 421-699 Forces, Fields & Flows in Bio Systems 431-671 Auditory Processing & Hearing Bionics 431-673 Clinical Engineering 436-570 Musculoskeletal Biomechanics (not offered in 2006) A student may with the written permission of the Course Coordinator substitute one or more of the restricted elective subjects with appropriate masters subjects from other faculties in the University. Note: a student enrolled in the Master of Biomedical Engineering who wishes to proceed to the Master of Engineering Science or Applied Science in Biomedical Engineering must take 421-642 Research Topic and obtain a mark of at least 70%.

Master of Engineering Science or Master of Applied Science (Biomedical Engineering) A three-semester program on a full-time basis comprised of 150 points, consisting of the subjects required for the Master of Biomedical Engineering with the addition of two research subjects and a corresponding reduction in the number of points allocated to elective subjects. Research Subjects: 62.5 points 421-642 Research Topic 421-644 Research Project (50 points) Elective Subjects: 37.5 points Taken from the Electives List or other subjects with the approval of the Course Coordinator.

Electives List

>

This list of elective subjects only applies to the following awards: > > > > > > > >

Master of Development Technologies Master of Energy Studies Master of Engineering Management Master of Engineering Project Management Master of Engineering Structures Master of Environmental Engineering Master of Utilities Management Master of Water Resources Management

For a list of all postgraduate subjects and an explanation of subject codes see page 35. 175-501 Presenting Academic Discourse 316-660 Microeconomics & Strategy 316-802 Macroeconomics for Managers 325-677 People, Organisations & Change 325-678 Quality Management 325-679 Supply Chain Management 325-692 Decision Analysis 325-693 Risk Management 325-694 Innovation Management 411-650 Tissue Engineering & Bionanotechnology 421-505 Engineering Hydraulics 421-512 Structural Dynamics 421-513 Computer Aided Design 421-514 General Structural Design 421-515 High Rise Structures 421-516 Canal & River Hydraulics 421-517 Earthquake Engineering 421-518 Applied Hydrology 421-519 Design of Environmental Systems 421-520 Canal Hydraulics 421-521 Coastal Engineering 421-522 Masters Environmental Engineering Design 421-523 Occupational Health & Safety Basics 421-525 Field Data Acquisition 421-539 Geotechnical Applications 421-547 Transport Engineering

421-548 Transport Systems 421-553 Engineering Systems Management 421-580 Hydrological Processes 1 421-581 Hydrological Processes 2 421-602 Air Quality Control 421-604 Environmental Management ISO 14000 421-605 Managing Water Borne Risks 421-606 Solid Wastes to Sustainable Resources 421-609 Technology in Society 421-616 Technology Assessment 421-619 Energy for Sustainable Development 421-624 Special Studies in Hydraulic Engineering 421-625 Case Studies in Development Technologies 421-626 Design of Energy Systems 421-627 Sustainable Water Resources Management 421-629 Energy Efficiency Technology 421-631 Neuroimaging Methods & Applications* 421-635 Special Studies (Geotechnical) 421-636 Applied Fortran Programming 421-637 Indoor Environment Quality 421-640 Public Health in Hot Climates 421-642 Research Topic 421-641 Travel Demand Forecasting & Analysis 421-643 Research Investigation 421-644 Research Project 421-645 Special Studies (Transport) 421-648 Water Sources of Energy 421-649 Special Studies 421-650 Preliminary Studies 421-654 Principles of Asset Management 421-663 Engineering Project Management 421-664 Project Delivery 421-666 Management of Project Resources 421-667 Project Management Practices 421-668 Sustainable Irrigation System Management 421-670 Sustainable Buildings 421-671 Financial Analysis of Complex Projects 421-672 Management of Technological Enterprises 421-673 Sustainable Supply Chain Management 421-680 Engineering for Sustainable Environments 421-681 Management for the Environment

Engineering > postgraduate

Electives List

33

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 34

421-682 Engineering Systems Management 421-683 Principles of Public Private Partnership 421-692 Biological Systems Engineering 421-693 Anatomy & Physiology for Engineers 421-694 Advanced Design of High Rise Structures 421-695 Extreme Loading of Structures 421-696 Structures for Blast, Impact & Fire 421-697 Heating, Ventilating & Airconditioning 421-698 Biomedical Engineering 421-699 Forces, Fields & Flows in Bio Systems 421-825 Energy from Biomass & Wastes 431-671 Auditory Processing & Hearing Bionics 431-672 Neural Information Processing 431-673 Clinical Engineering 433-650 Computational Sequence Analysis 433-651 Computational Genomics 436-570 Musculoskeletal Biomechanics 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS 451-624 Management of GIS

Notes: > 175-501 is only eligible to be included as an elective subject for programs greater than 12 months fulltime duration or equivalent part-time. If this subject is required for a course of less than 12 months duration it is considered an additional subject > Electives from the Faculty of Economics & Commerce may be undertaken only after obtaining written agreement from the Engineering Course Coordinator (to minimise overlap of subject material) and with a consent sign-off by the relevant Department in the Faculty of Economics & Commerce (to ensure the student has the appropriate pre-requisites) as well as approval from the Professional Programs Office of the Faculty of Economics & Commerce > The Faculty of Law has agreed to teach one-third of the subject 421-672 Management of Technological Enterprises * Not offered in 2006

Subjects

>

Explanation of Subject Codes

431-641

The first three digits of a subject code indicates the Faculty and teaching Department: 411 Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering 421 Civil & Environmental Engineering 431 Electrical & Electronic Engineering 436 Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering 433 Computer Science & Software Engineering 451 Geomatics Subjects commencing with numbers other than the above are offered by other faculties within the University. For example, subjects commencing with 333, 316 and 325 are from the Faculty of Economics & Commerce (visit www. ecom.unimelb.edu.au), subjects commencing with 145 are from the Faculty of Arts (visit www.arts.unimelb.edu.au), and subjects commencing with 615 are from the Dept. of Information Systems, Faculty of Science (visit www.dis. unimelb.edu.au). To obtain details on these subjects please consult the relevant faculty.

Postgraduate coursework and research-based subjects listed alphabetically: 421-694 Advanced Design of High Rise Structures 431-658 Advanced Studies 1 (Electrical) 431-659 Advanced Studies 2 (Electrical) 431-660 Advanced Studies 3 (Electrical) 431-661 Advanced Studies 4 (Electrical) 433-695 Advanced Topic in Computer Science* 451-629 Advanced Topics in GIScience 433-481 Agent Programming Languages* 421-602 Air Quality Control 433-521 Algorithms & Complexity 433-476 Algorithms for Constrained Search 421-693 Anatomy & Physiology for Engineers 433-448 Applied Cryptography & Coding 421-636 Applied Fortran Programming 421-518 Applied Hydrology 431-622 Applied Queueing Theory 431-671 Auditory Processing & Hearing Bionics

The fourth digit of a subject code indicates the level, e.g. 1, 2, 3, & 4 are undergraduate subjects from years 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively. A fourth digit of 5, 6, 7 or 8 indicates that a subject is offered at postgraduate level. This handbook contains descriptions of postgraduate subjects only. For undergraduate subject descriptions you may refer to the web at:

www.unimelb.edu.au/HB

Postgraduate subject descriptions are also available from the Postgraduate Studies Catalogue: http://psc.unimelb.edu.au

Note: subjects are usually offered in either Semester 1 or Semester 2 in any given year. Please check subject availability before enrolment.

421-692 Biological Systems Engineering 421-698 Biomedical Engineering 431-637 Broadband Access Networks 431-623 Broadband Networks 615-655 Business-to-Business eCommerce* 421-516 Canal & River Hydraulics 421-520 Canal Hydraulics 421-625 Case Studies in Development Technologies 431-673 Clinical Engineering 433-678 Cluster & Grid Computing 421-521 Coastal Engineering 433-651 Computational Genomics 451-208 Computational Methods in Geomatics 433-650 Computational Sequence Analysis 421-513 Computer-Aided Design 121-454 Computer-Aided Policymaking 431-624 Computer Networks* 433-683 Computer Vision & Image Processing 615-652 Connected Technologies in Organisations

Engineering > postgraduate

Subjects

35

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 36

433-633 Constraint Programming 615-653 Consumer-oriented e-Commerce 615-699 Current Issues in Information Systems II 431-631 Current Research Topics 1 431-632 Current Research Topics 2 433-351 Database Systems 615-570 Database Systems & Information Modelling 421-626 Design of Energy Systems 421-519 Design of Environmental Systems 451-627 Developing Spatial Data Infrastructure 433-693 Directed Study 6A 433-655 Distributed Algorithms 433-659 Distributed Computing Project 451-614 Distributed Spatial Computing 433-652 Distributed Systems 421-517 Earthquake Engineering 615-671 eBusiness Applications & Architectures 615-667 eCommerce Security 421-629 Energy Efficiency Technology 421-619 Energy for Sustainable Development 421-825 Energy from Biomass & Wastes 433-620 Engineering for Internet Applications 421-680 Engineering for Sustainable Environments 421-505 Engineering Hydraulics 421-663 Engineering Project Management 421-682 Engineering Systems Management 615-657 Enterprise Systems 421-604 Environmental Management ISO 14000 433-679 Evolutionary & Neural Computation 421-695 Extreme Loading of Structures 421-525 Field Data Acquisition 421-671 Financial Analysis of Complex Projects 421-699 Forces, Fields & Flows in Bio Systems 433-631 Functional Programming 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS 431-620 Fundamentals of Network Design 451-617 Fundamentals of Positioning Technologies 421-514 General Structural Design 451-824 Geographic Information System Project 421-539 Geotechnical Applications 121-542 Geographical Analysis & GIS 421-697 Heating, Ventilation & Airconditioning 433-661 High Performance Database Systems 421-515 High Rise Structures 433-660 Human Language Technology 421-580 Hydrological Processes 1 421-581 Hydrological Processes 2 451-332 Imaging in the Geosciences 421-637 Indoor Air Quality 615-572 Information Systems Analysis & Design 615-662 Information Systems Change Management 615-663 Information Systems in an International Context 615-627 Information Systems Management* 615-645 Information Systems Modelling 615-659 Information Systems Project Management 615-661 Innovation & Entrepreneurship in IT 451-499 Integrated Spatial Systems 2 615-636 Interaction Design & Usability 431-625 Internet Engineering 433-522 Internet Technologies 451-625 Investigative Project (25 points) 451-637 Investigative Project (37.5 points) 451-650 Investigative Project (50.0 points) 433-690 IT Research Project 433-643 IT Project Management 431-634 IT Risk Management* 615-656 Knowledge Management Systems 451-607 Land Administration 451-206 Least Squares & Network Analysis 451-628 Location Based Services* 433-632 Logic Programming* 433-684 Machine Learning 421-681 Management for the Environment 451-624 Management of GIS

421-666 Management of Project Resources 421-672 Management of Technological Enterprises 421-605 Managing Water Borne Risks 421-522 Masters Environmental Engineering Design 421-611 Metrics of Material & Metal Ecology 615-690 Minor Research Project in IS (25 points) 431-626 Mobile & Wireless Communications 431-633 Mobile & Wireless Networks 433-653 Mobile Computing Systems Programming 431-621 Multimedia Network Design 436-570 Musculoskeletal Biomechanics 433-677 Networks & Parallel Processing 431-672 Neural Information Processing 421-631 Neuroimaging Methods & Applications* 421-523 Occupational Health & Safety Basics 433-352 Data on the Web 431-630 Optical Fibre Communications Systems 615-672 Pervasive Computing 451-447 Photogrammetry 421-650 Preliminary Studies 175-501 Presenting Academic Discourse 421-654 Principles of Asset Management 615-670 Principles of Internet Software Development 433-630 Principles of Programming Languages 421-683 Principles of Public Private Partnership 431-611 Postgraduate Seminars 433-520 Programming & Software Development 421-664 Project Delivery 421-667 Project Management Practices 421-640 Public Health in Hot Climates 451-609 Remote Sensing 421-642 Research Topic 421-643 Research Investigation 615-610 Research Methods in Information Systems 421-644 Research Project (50 points) 451-612 Research Project GIS 451-337 Satellite Positioning & Geodesy 451-613 Scripting & Programming in GIS 433-654 Sensor Networks & Applications 431-627 Signalling & Network Management 433-682 Software Agents 433-645 Software System Security* 421-606 Solid Wastes to Sustainable Resources 451-608 Spatial Analysis 451-666 Spatial Databases 451-611 Spatial Visualisation 421-649 Special Studies 421-635 Special Studies (Geotechnical) 421-624 Special Studies in Hydraulic Engineering 421-645 Special Studies (Transport) 421-512 Structural Dynamics 421-696 Structures for Blast, Impact & Fire 421-670 Sustainable Buildings 421-673 Sustainable Supply Chain Management 421-627 Sustainable Water Resources Management 421-668 Sustainable Irrigation System Management 433-646 Systems Requirements Engineering 421-616 Technology Assessment 421-609 Technology in Society 433-667 Text & Document Management 433-644 The Personal Software Process* 411-650 Tissue Engineering & Bionanotechnology 431-628 Transmission Systems 421-547 Transport Engineering 421-548 Transport Systems 421-641 Travel Demand Forecasting & Analysis 431-635 Video Communications 421-648 Water Sources of Energy 433-621 Web Technologies & Applications 431-636 Wireless Multimedia Networks * not offered in 2006

Subjects

Subject Descriptions Undergraduate subjects: www.unimelb.edu.au/HB Postgraduate subject descriptions are also available from the Postgraduate Studies Catalogue: http://psc.unimelb.edu.au Note: subjects are usually offered in either Semester 1 or Semester 2 in any given year. Please check subject availability before enrolment. If you are an International Student and you have a requirement to study a specific subject, please check subject availability before coming. Subjects are listed numerically. See page 35 for an explanation of subject codes.

411-650 Tissue Engineering & Bionanotechnology Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Dave Dunstan Objectives On successful completion of this subject, students should be able to: • identify and appreciate the potential role of Nanotechnology and bio-nanotechnology in society • describe the inter-relationship between particle surface properties, dispersion and processing of nano-particles • evaluate the differences in behaviour of nano-particle and nanostructured materials from bulk material properties in terms of excited state and other properties • describe the scope of tissue and potential of tissue engineering in society • evaluate the parameters that go into making a successful tissue engineering scaffold • understand the challenges of surface modification and surface recognition in biocompatible implants Syllabus Nanotechnology, history and definition. Fine particle flow behaviour and the influence of surface chemistry, dispersion, coagulation, flocculation and nano-particle interaction. Nanoparticle manufacture and excited state properties. Bionanotechnology, biomaterials and selfassembling nanostructures. History, scope and potential of tissue engineering, major scaffold materials and fabrication methods, scaffold strength and degradation. Cell-surface interactions, surface recognition, biocompatibility and the influence of growth factors Assessment One 3-hour examination (70%) and two assignments each of 3000words equivalent (30%).

421-505 Engineering Hydraulics Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator To be advised Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • appreciate fluid behaviour • formulate and solve problems in hydrostatics (that is involving fluids at rest) including submerged and floating bodies

Engineering > postgraduate

Only subjects offered by the Faculty of Engineering at a postgraduate level are described in detail. For all other subjects please visit the appropriate website or the relevant faculty.

>

37

formulate and solve problems in hydraulics (that is involving the use of control volumes) including continuity, energy and momentum balances • describe hydrodynamics problems using partial differential equations Syllabus Fluid statics and kinematics of fluid motion; Bernoulli’s equation, application of physical laws in solving flow problems via control volumes (involving the conservation equations of mass and momentum, the energy equation); dynamic similitude, dimensional analysis and physical scale modelling; flow in pipes, rotordynamic pumps, simple pipeline systems, pressure surges in pipes, discharge measurements in pipes; and flow past immersed bodies (introduction to boundary layer theory, lift and drag on immersed bodies). Assessment One written examination not exceeding 3-hours (70%) and assignments up to 1500 words relating to course work and laboratory classes (15%). One assignment (1500 words) plus a seminar presentation related to the in-depth investigation (15%).

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

•

38

421-512 Structural Dynamics Credit Points 6.25 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 18 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 42 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Nick Haritos Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • analyse the structural response of buildings to a variety of dynamic loading conditions. Syllabus Introduction to structural dynamics and modelling techniques; response of structures to a variety of dynamic loading including wind, fluid, machine induced, impulse and other loads; and assessment of serviceability and ultimate limit states for dynamic loading. Assessment One 3-hour examination (50%) and two assignments totalling 2000 words or equivalent (50%).

421-513 Computer Aided Design Credit Points 6.25 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 18 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 42 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Nick Haritos Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be aware of the mathematical basis of a variety of structural analysis software programs • have developed competence in the use of such programs. Syllabus The theory of finite element analysis; an introduction to non-linear frame analysis; critical evaluation and ‘hands-on’ experience with a number of software packages using a number of practical case studies; and analytical aspects of new and heritage structures. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and three assignments totalling 2000 words or equivalent (50%).

421-514 General Structural Design Credit Points 6.25 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 18 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 42 hours Coordinator To be advised Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • developed an ability to design structures constructed from timber, masonry, aluminium and cold formed steel and fabric. Syllabus Structural design using timber, masonry, composite aluminium beams and columns, cold formed and thin walled materials and synthetic materials; and design of membrane and cable structures. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and two assignments totalling 2000 words or equivalent (50%).

421-515 High Rise Structures Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Priyan Mendis Objectives On successful completion, students should be: • aware of the special requirements necessary to the successful design of high-rise structures Syllabus Structural systems including floor systems, framing systems and foundation systems; environmental actions such as wind, earthquake and thermal; wind tunnel testing; effect of time dependent actions such as creep and shrinkage; and analytical aspects including computer-aided analysis and design, state-ofthe-art construction techniques, special structural elements, case studies of high-rise buildings and towers. Assessment One 3-hour examination (50%) and two assignments totalling 3000 words or equivalent (50%).

421-516 Canal & River Hydraulics Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator To be advised Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • solve a wide range of commonly encountered hydraulic problems in rivers and canals • describe the nature of stream flow, fluvial processes and fluvial morphology • understand management issues relating to rivers and flood plains Syllabus Energy momentum principles and their application to a variety of open channel flow problems, uniform flow; unsteady flow in open channels, including the long wave equations and flood propagation by diffusion and kinematic routing; steady gradually-varied flow and the numerical calculation of surface profiles; rigid-boundary and erodible channels and sediment transport in rivers and canals; measurement of discharge; stream flow measurement and characteristics; water surface modelling in irregular channels; river channel morphology; fluvial processes; initiation of sediment motion; sediment transport; channel stability; and modelling of river channel changes. Assessment One 3-hour written examination (70%) and two assignments of 1000 words each or equivalent (30%).

421-517 Earthquake Engineering Credit Points 6.25 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 18 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 42 hours Coordinator Dr Nelson Lam Objectives On successful completion, students will have: • advanced skills to apply multi-disciplinary knowledge for applying performance based principles to structural design • advanced skills to implement basic principles of passive control to improve the seismic performance of structures Syllabus Seismic activity; earthquake accelerograms; earthquake response of structures; response spectra; force and displacement based design; initial design considerations; ductile design and detailing; and passive energy dissipation. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and one assignment of 2000 words or equivalent (50%).

421-520 Canal Hydraulics

Credit Points 6.25 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 18 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 42 hours Coordinator To be advised Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • calculate intensity-frequency-duration of Australian rainfalls as set out in Australian Rainfall and Runoff • define a unitgraph and compute it from both a single and multi-period storm • critically apply models of rainfall losses as set out in Australian Rainfall and Runoff • compute the once in T years rainfall or flood discharge using both the annual and partial series as set out in Australian Rainfall and Runoff • explain and describe the basics steps in using the RORB program to compute a hydrograph from rainfall for a specific catchment • use the RORB Computer Model to compute a hydrograph given a file containing relevant rainfall and appropriate catchment information • explain and compute stochastic data for an annual time series of stream flows • describe a preliminary and a detailed method to estimate the reservoir storage size at a given point on a stream • describe hydrologic effects of urbanisation and how these are managed within the urban drainage system, with particular reference to water sensitive urban design • use the rational method and minimum gradeline analysis to analyse design peak flows and flow capacities in the urban drainage system • analyse the effect of retention basins on discharge hydrographs • describe groundwater systems and their relevant properties • analyse a variety of groundwater flow problems, including simple steady-state well hydraulics problems Syllabus The hydrologic cycle; stream flow and its measurement; flood frequency analysis; estimating flood hydrographs; estimating yield; design rainfalls and the ‘rational method’ with particular application to urban drainage systems and their design; groundwater, with confined and unconfined aquifers and steady and unsteady well hydraulics. Assessment One 2-hour written examination (70%). One assignment up to 1000 words or equivalent (15%). One written assignment (1000 words) and seminar presentation on the in-depth investigation (15%).

Credit Points 6.25 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 18 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 42 hours Coordinator To be advised Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • solve a wide range of commonly encountered problems in the hydraulics of rivers and canals with sufficient theory to allow them to pursue further study in the field • know about flow, waves, and floods in rivers and canals • in applications, know when to approximate and what are the principal approximations • describe how flood damage costs can be taken into account in estimating the size of a dam spillway • describe the field measurement of discharge data Syllabus The energy momentum principles and their application to a variety of open channel flow problems, uniform flow; unsteady flow in open channels, including the long wave equations and flood propagation by diffusion and kinematic routing; steady gradually-varied flow and the numerical calculation of surface profiles; rigid-boundary and erodible channels and sediment transport in rivers and canals; measurement of discharge; risk probability in hydrology and civil engineering works. Assessment Four written reports not exceeding a total of 60 pages inclusive of diagrams, tables, computations and computer output and incorporated material from group colleagues (85%). Present one seminar on sustainable develop in design (15%).

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • identify the dominant processes in time and space that govern the flux of water, soil and/or other environmental variables for a given scenario • describe integrated conceptual and/or mathematical models of the dominant processes • generate predicted states of the system as a result of natural or anthropogenic disturbances to the system given basic data about the scenario • interpret the predicted states into a form useful for management decisions to be made about the system Syllabus Typical problems may include irrigation and drainage design, hydro-geological problems such as landfill containment, catchment management, stream rehabilitation, rehabilitation of degraded land such as mine sites. Assessment Four written reports not exceeding a total of 60 pages inclusive of diagrams, tables, computations and computer output and incorporated material from group colleagues (85%). Present one seminar on sustainable development in design (15%).

39

421-521 Coastal Engineering Credit Points 6.25 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 18 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 42 hours Coordinator To be advised Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of wave theory and forces associated with waves and the effect of these forces on natural and built coastal structures. Syllabus Overview of oceanography, El Nino phenomenon, gravity and capillary wave theories; shoaling and breaking of waves; reflection, refraction and diffraction of waves; the transition from seas to swell wave states; tides, beach profiles; beach erosion processes, beach and coastal stabilisation techniques; hydraulic structures such as breakwaters, groynes and sea walls used for beach and harbour protection; hydrodynamic forces on structures; wave forecasting; oil spills; and coastal engineering models. Assessment One 2-hour written examination (70%). One assignment up to 1000 words or equivalent (15%). One written assignment (1000 words) and seminar presentation on the in-depth investigation (15%).

421-522 Masters Environmental Engineering Design Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 8 lectures, 36 tutorial/practice classes; Site visits: one day; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Graham Moore Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • use a spreadsheet to calculate and present descriptive statistics on time series of hydrologic data • calculate, using Fourier analysis, a function to represent a time series of data • develop equations between one dependent and several independent variables of a time series and present an analysis of the errors between the data and the equations • apply the data analysis techniques to a design problem • take a general statement of an engineering problem and articulate it in terms of objectives, criteria and constraints amendable to application of engineering analysis and design • identify the key variables relevant to the design problem and scope the order of magnitude constraints on the solution • implement at least one method of idea generation • list the features of at least several methods of public participation in developing solutions to engineering design • apply at least two methodologies for assessing competing

Engineering > postgraduate

421-519 Design of Environmental Systems

Subjects

421-518 Applied Hydrology

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 40

solutions to a problem that have economic, technical, environmental and social aspects • demonstrate an ability and willingness to participate in resource sharing, group problem solving and document production • conduct and present a sensitivity analysis on a multiparameter mathematical model of some aspect of the problem • produce a professionally presented report outlining their achievements in proposing a solution to a moderate size problem Syllabus General issues relating to environmental engineering design including engineering design methodology; systems and optimisation; application of economic analysis; environmental and social considerations; sustainable development; environmental impact statements and assessments; public participation; and design projects, analysis and presentation of large data sets. Assessment Four written reports not exceeding a total of 60 pages inclusive of diagrams, tables, computations and computer output, and input from team colleagues (85%). Present one seminar on sustainable development in design (15%).

421-523 Occupational Health & Safety Basics Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Site visits: one day; Noncontact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Graham Moore Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • identify the key physical, chemical and biological hazards in workplaces identify the key exposure pathways for the interactions between workers and hazards • be aware of the regulatory framework for Occupational Health and Safety in Victoria and be able to translate this framework into other jurisdictions • design an OH&S management system for a simple business • design a safe method of work for several industrial processes • describe the relationship between Occupational Health and Safety and associated issues of environmentally sustainable business. Syllabus An introduction to the key concepts of occupational health and safety. Assessment One presentation equivalent of 1000 words (20%). Two assignments of not more than 3000 words total (40%). One 2-hour examination (40%). Note: Safety boots required for site visits.

421-525 Field Data Acquisition Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 lectures and practice classes Field Trips: One one-week field trip prior to commencement of Semester 1; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Andrew Western Objectives On successful completion, students will have experience in: • field techniques and have an appreciation of how to use and interpret environmental measurements • design and implementation of a program of collection of environmental data • choosing an optimum strategy for the data acquisition task • working effectively in field based teams • using highly developed written communication skills Syllabus Sampling principles, electric circuit laws, calibration and errors, standards, transducer physics, transducer selection, fault diagnostics, digital signal processing, stream gauging, water quality evaluation, meteorological observation, spatial land surface measurement, and streamside and in-stream condition assessment. Assessment Four written reports on group activities not exceeding a total of 60 pages inclusive of diagrams, tables, computations and computer output and group colleagues’ input (85%). One written assignment (1000 words) and seminar presentation on the in-depth investigation (15%).

421-539 Geotechnical Applications Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinators John Styles and Dr Sam Yuen Objectives On successful completion, students should: • be able to analyse bearing capacity and settlement characteristics of footings subjected to both static and dynamic loading • have an understanding of the application of geotechnical engineering principles to solid and liquid waste disposal and management Syllabus Shallow footings, bearing capacity solutions, settlement on sand and clays; Skempton-Bjerrum, Lambe and Davis Poulos methods, raft foundations, compensated foundations, expansive clays, machinery foundations, deep foundations, capacity and settlement of single piles and pile groups; introduction to rock mechanics; properties of waste materials, contaminated soils, effects of chemicals on soil properties, waste disposal systems, regulations governing waste disposal and management, site assessment/site selection, groundwater contamination, remediation techniques, liners, leachate collection systems, and use of slurry trenches. Assessment Two assignments totalling 3000 words or equivalent (50%) and a 3hour open-book examination (50%).

421-547 Transport Engineering Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Russell Thompson Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of fundamentals of traffic engineering • an appreciation of the role of engineering in the transport planning process an awareness of processes involved in the design of road and transport networks • an ability to perform such designs Syllabus Transport systems, the transport planning process, traffic survey methods, traffic flow theory, capacity of unsignalised intersections, traffic management and transport models; and residential area design, traffic signal timing analysis and geometric design of roads. Assessment One 3-hour written examination (50%) and two written assignments totalling 3000 words or equivalent (50%).

421-548 Transport Systems Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Russell Thompson Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of the prediction of demand and systems available to meet this demand for both motorised and nonmotorised traffic • the theory and practice of transportation planning • an ability to apply this knowledge to design and manage transport systems Syllabus Traffic management, traffic simulation modelling, travel demand management, non-motorised transport, road safety, parking, environmental impacts of traffic, geographic information systems, travel surveys, travel behaviour modelling, intelligent transport systems, city logistics, and public transport system design. Assessment One 3-hour written examination (50%) and two written assignments totalling 3000 words or equivalent (50%).

421-602 Air Quality Control

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Russell Thompson Objectives On successful completion, students should have acquired: • a knowledge of the role of systems analysis techniques as aids to decision-making for planning, design and management of engineering systems Syllabus Demand forecasting, risk analysis and management, network analysis, artificial intelligence and multi-objective decision-making techniques, simulation modelling and dynamic programming. Assessment One 2-hour written examination (50%) and two written assignments of 1250 words each or equivalent (50%).

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures, 12 hours set tasks; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of the sources and effects of concentrations and reactions of atmospheric pollutants • an understanding of the measurement and control of anthropogenic pollutants • knowledge of the technical aspects of determining sources, measuring outputs and assessing control of atmospheric pollutants • an understanding of sampling and analytical techniques for quantifying atmospheric pollution • an understanding of monitoring processes • proficiency in applying modelling techniques to the dispersal of atmospheric pollutants Syllabus Sources of atmospheric pollutants; concentration and dispersion of pollutants; measurement of atmospheric pollutants; methods of prevention of production of pollutants; methods of control of emission of pollutants; sampling and analysis; monitoring processes and protocols; modelling of dispersion. Pollutants include light, noise and matter. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%). One assignment of up to 2,000 words (40%), and tasks (10%).

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Jeff Walker Objectives On successful completion, students will have: • the capacity to undertake quantitative analyses of physical processes related to the water, energy and carbon cycles and covering atmospheric, surface and sub-surface processes • ability to apply fundamental principles of mathematics and physics to the conceptualisation and analysis of the complex interactions that are the hallmark of environmental systems • the skills to build computer models of these interactions and interpret the output from such models. Syllabus Local and global energy, water and carbon balances; boundary layer meteorology; space time analysis of precipitation; evapotranspiration; runoff processes; shallow overland flow hydraulics; unsaturated porous media flow; computer modelling of physical processes, model calibration and testing Assessment One 2-hour written examination (70%). Assignments and quizzes up to 2000 words or equivalent (15%). One written assignment (1000 words) and seminar presentation on the in-depth investigation (15%).

421-581 Hydrological Processes 2 Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Jeff Walker Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • undertake quantitative analysis of physical processes related to the water, energy and carbon cycles, and covering atmospheric, surface and subsurface processes • describe and perform quantitative analyses on processes that control runoff and stream flow at the catchment scale • describe and perform quantitative analyses on the processes of particulate and soluble contaminant generation and transport in surface waters • describe approaches to hydrological modelling and develop quantitative models of hydrological processes • describe and perform quantitative analysis on water-flow processes in the saturated zone • describe approaches to numerical groundwater modelling and apply quantitative models of groundwater processes • describe and perform quantitative analyses on the interaction between hydrology and contaminants Syllabus Local and global energy, water and carbon balances; boundary layer meteorology; space time analysis of precipitation; evapotranspiration; runoff processes; shallow overland flow hydraulics; unsaturated porous media flow; computer modelling of physical processes, model calibration and testing. Assessment One 2-hour written examination (70%). Assignments and quizzes up to 2000 words or equivalent (15%). One written assignment (1000 words) and seminar presentation on the in-depth investigation (15%).

41

Note: Safety boots required for site visits.

421-604 Environmental Management ISO 14000 Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Site visits: two compulsory site visits; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Graham Moore Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • describe the evolution of environmental management systems • compare the role of environmental management systems to other management systems • identify production processes and likely risks to the environment embodied in such processes • describe the detailed structure and role of ISO 14000 standards • use risk management standards to assist in writing EMS’s • write an EMS manual for a particular business • conduct a process audit • conduct an EMS audit. Syllabus The history of EMS from Demming Wheel to ISO 14000 series; the elements of an EMS; Systems audit and review and gap analysis; Legal requirements, due diligence document control, liability and ISO 9000 review; Regulation, accreditation; Community consultation. Assessment Four assignments totalling 5,000 words equivalent. Note: Safety boots required for site visits.

421-605 Managing Water Borne Risks Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours of lectures, seminars; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Graham Moore Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • describe the major environmental problems facing the earths water systems and the role human develop plays in those problems • identify and describe the role of microbiology in modifying water systems • classify and model sources of water borne wastes • apply principles of sustainable development to the management of water borne wastes • conduct conceptual designs to enable the avoidance, minimisation, recycling, re-use and treatment of water borne pollutants Syllabus Introduction to microbiology and biochemistry of liquid wastes

Engineering > postgraduate

421-580 Hydrological Processes 1

Subjects

421-553 Engineering Systems Management

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

and liquid-borne pollutants. Properties, sources and effects of such wastes and pollutants. Classification. Contamination of water and soil; water supply treatment; sewerage; avoidance, minimisation, recycling and reuse; physical, chemical and biological treatments. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and three assignments of up to 2,500 words equivalent (50%).

42

Note: Safety boots required for site visits.

421-606 Solid Wastes to Sustainable Resources Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Graham Moore Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • describe the major environmental problems caused by inappropriate production and disposal of solid by-products manufacturing and consumption • identify and describe the role of various systems of treatment of hazardous wastes • classify and model sources of solid wastes • conduct life cycle analysis and cleaner production assessments • apply principles of sustainable development to the management of solid by-products • conduct conceptual designs to enable the avoidance, minimisation, recycling, re-use and treatment of solid byproducts • analyse the role regulatory systems in solid wastes management Syllabus Lectures, syndicate work and excursions on the properties of solid wastes and pollutants, the categories and classes of solid wastes, municipal solid wastes, cleaner production, LCA, industrial wastes; disposal techniques. Assessment Four assignments and one seminar presentation totaling 5,000 words equivalent. Note: Safety boots required for site visits.

421-609 Technology in Society Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: intensive subject held in six 1-day sessions between weeks 7-12 of Semester 1; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of the current state of thinking in development theories and have some ability to examine critically those concepts insofar as they impact on technology policy and planning • skills in the planning of a technological project or policy in an industrialising economy • an appreciation of the processes for appraisal and monitoring of projects • an awareness of issues of environment minorities and gender that arise in planning the transfer of technologies from one social setting to another • an awareness of the various mechanisms for allocating power and responsibility within projects or within the wider client and customer environment the project receives Syllabus Definition and measures of development; alternative theories of development; development strategies; underdevelopment and dependency; trade and development; industrial and rural development; effect of technology projects on urban drift and changes in employment; technology policy documents. International practice of engineering; value systems and attitudes in decisionmaking; integrity and transparency; transfer of technology. Invention, innovation, research & development, and dissemination. Planning, monitoring and accountability. Power, influence and teamwork within engineering organisations. Assessment One 2-hour exam (50%) and two assignments of up to 1,250 words each (50%).

421-611 Metrics of Material & Metal Ecology Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours of lectures and tutorials Coordinator Professor Marcus Reuter Objectives On successful completion, students will have: • an understanding of the ecological, technological and economic aspects of sustainability related to minerals, metals and product manufacturing industries Syllabus This subject deals with the sustainability and technological principles of the material/metal cycle of the primary mineral and metal producing cycle and the consumer product material cycle. Students will be exposed to concepts of : (i) industrial ecology, (ii) system engineering concepts related to metal and material ecology, (iii) economics and technology of metal and product manufacture, (iv) Recyclable consumer product design, (v) industrial recycling of cars and consumer goods and (vi) associated environmental legislation. These concepts are illustrated by numerous industrial examples embracing car and electronic consumer goods manufacturing and recycling, as well as the production and recycling of all major metals (e.g. steel, aluminium, copper, zinc, lead, magnesium, PGM’s and PM’s) and plastics. Case studies comprising cars and electronic goods will be discussed throughout the course to maintain practical/ industrial/market relevance. Assessment Two written assignments of up to 2500-words each. Textbooks Reuter et al (2005): Metrics of Material and Metal Ecology, Elsevier Science, Amsterdam

421-616 Technology Assessment Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have developed: • an understanding of the interaction of economic, social, political, cultural environmental and technical factors involved in technological choice, at both national and project level • an understanding of the major tools available for making such choices Syllabus Nature of technology; nature of technological changes; introduction to production theory; comparative advantage; net national value added; social cost benefit analysis, environmental impact statements; environmental economics; financial analysis using discounted cash flow techniques; Financial aid agencies; Case studies. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and two assignments of up to 1,500 words (50%).

421-619 Energy for Sustainable Development Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures and 12 hours set tasks; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should have developed: • an understanding of the importance of energy sources and systems in the development process • an appreciation of the conflicting outcomes arising from the need for increased energy use in most developing countries and the global and local needs for sustainability and minimal environmental impact • familiarity with and capable of using a simple model when assessing energy needs • an understand the factors which lead to making an informed choice between energy technologies, particularly for rural areas Syllabus Assessment of global resources of fossil fuels and renewable energy sources; an introduction to the types of energy carriers and the implications of their development, particularly for urban dwellers; selection criteria for the large range of small scale renewable energy technologies for use in rural areas. Assessment One-2 hour examination (50%). One assignment of up to 2,500 words equivalent (50%).

421-625 Case Studies in Development Technologies Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours intensive course over one-week during mid-semester break; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • increased skills in appraisal of projects and decision making in technological choice, including the ability to weigh technical, social, economic, political and environmental factors in teams. Syllabus Working in a team to evaluate a case study in technological choice; drawing conclusions about that case and presenting the results both verbally and in writing. Assessment An oral presentation (30 minutes) of case study processes and outcomes (40%) and a written report (3,000 words) on that study (60%).

421-626 Design of Energy Systems Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites 421-636 Applied Fortran Programming Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures and 12 hours set tasks; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • developed analytical and design skill needed for energy systems optimisation Syllabus Topics covered include Design and selection of system components; concepts of system design; technical and economic feasibility; strength and limitation of readymade software; system modelling and simulation as design tools; design optimisation. Assessment One 2-hour open book examination (20%). One assignment of up to 2,000 words equivalent (35%). Set tasks (45%).

421-627 Sustainable Water Resources Management Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours including lectures, syndicate exercises and tutorials to be run in intensive mode over one-week in the October mid-semester break; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have developed an understanding of: • the physical elements of a water resource system and its interactions • the economic, environmental and social elements involved in the sustainable development and management of water resources Syllabus The concept of water resources system; watersheds and river basins. Economic, environmental and social impacts of water resources development. Environmental planning process for control

and mitigation of waterlogging and salinisation. Water resources development and management policy. Assessment In-class group work (20%), two essays of up to 3,000 words each (80%).

421-629 Energy Efficiency Technology Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours (24 hours lectures, 12 hours set tasks); Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should understand: • the basic issues in energy efficient technologies and their implementation • the current possibilities for improving the ratio of energy used per unit of output in the main sectors of society, i.e. transportation, manufacturing, commercial, domestic, energy supply industries • the economic and environmental implications for the adoption of these technologies Syllabus Potential for improvements in energy efficiency in gasoline and diesel vehicles, oil refinery system; energy efficiency technologies for the manufacturing, commercial and domestic sectors; demand side management; integrated resource planning; energy auditing; economic and environmental impacts. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%). One assignment of up to 2,500 words equivalent (50%).

Subjects

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 26 hours of lectures, seminars, laboratory and tutorial work; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator To be advised Objectives On successful completion, students should have acquired: • an understanding of the fundamentals of the selected topic(s) • a knowledge of and proficiency in the applications of the selected topic in a hydraulic engineering context Syllabus Special topic selected in consultation between coordinator and student. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%). One assignment of up to 2,500 words equivalent (50%).

43

421-631 Neuroimaging Methods & Applications Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours of contact time including, 24 hours of lectures and 12 hours of tutorials/supervised learning sessions. Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Gary Egan Objectives The course objectives are to familiarise students with the principles and practice of neuroimaging scanners and methods, particularly in the context of neuroscience research. The course will provide students with a detailed understanding of PET and MRI image acquisition and formation, image processing including statistical analysis, and a basic understanding of functional neuroanatomy. Students will be instructed in the use of dedicated software packages for image analysis, and will utilise this understanding to complete two computer based projects Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and two 2,500 word projects (each 25%).

421-635 Special Studies (Geotechnical) Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours of lectures, seminars, directed reading, laboratory and tutorial work Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator John Styles and Dr Sam Yuen Objectives On successful completion, students will have acquired: • an understanding of the fundamentals of the selected topic(s) • a knowledge of and proficiency in the applications of the selected topic in a geotechnical engineering context Syllabus Please see Coordinator Assessment Please see Coordinator

421-636 Applied Fortran Programming Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours (12 hours lectures, 12 hours tutorials, 12 hours laboratory classes). One-week intensive course held two weeks before the commencement of Semester 2 (10 – 16 July 2006); Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should have developed: • proficiency in solving engineering problems

Engineering > postgraduate

421-624 Special Studies in Hydraulic Engineering

become familiar with the simulation and modelling of engineering systems using FORTRAN programming language Syllabus Overview of high level imperative languages; program constructs structured programming and modularity. Program design, testing and debugging cycle. Develop typical programs using numerical methods for differential equations heat transfer, fluid flow and mass transfer. Simulation of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. Gradually varied flow computations in canal systems. Pipe network computations. Assessment One 2-hour examination (20%). Project work of up to 3,500 words equivalent (60%). Tutorial (20%).

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

•

44

421-637 Indoor Air Quality Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours (24 hours lectures, 12 hours set tasks); Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • appreciate the relationship between indoor air issues and air quality • identify and describe key indoor air issues • calculate occupational exposure levels and understand their relationship to other environmental standards • undertake inspection and identify those issues that may effect indoor air quality and recognise the controls required to limit any adverse health impact • appreciate the relationship between indoor air issues and air quality guidelines Syllabus The subject comprises four units/modules: indoor air issues; sources, toxicology & engineering control of specific indoor air issues; internal air quality standards; and practical assignment and development. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%). One assignment of up to 2,500 words (50%).

421-640 Public Health in Hot Climates Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should know: • the form of a wide range of water supply technologies suitable for small and large communities • which are the major diseases whose incidence is much affected by water quality • the means of controlling those diseases through quality of water supply • the common measures of water quality and the associated standards and criteria • the form of a wide range of technologies for the safe disposal of human waste (including collection, transport, treatment and disposal) on scales appropriate for communities of differing size; the major pathogens to be destroyed and measures of their level in waste water; and an appreciation of cultural and economic factors which influence choices in sanitary waste disposal Syllabus Water supply for low-income rural and large urban communities; quality criteria; resource allocation; patterns of water usage; sources; extraction; storage and delivery methods; treatment processes; cost analysis, including cost recovery. Waste disposal for low income communities in hot climates; introduction; processes not using reticulation; systems involving reticulation; effluent and sludge disposal; agricultural wastes; garbage disposal economic aspects. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and two assignments of up to 1,250 words each (25% each).

421-642 Research Topic Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • gained an appreciation of the procedures involved in

conducting organised research experience in technical report writing on their own investigation in some aspect of engineering Syllabus A topic chosen after consultation between the student and the coordinator. Assessment Examination of a project report of approximately 4,000 words. •

421-643 Research Investigation Credit Points 25 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: as arranged between student and supervisor; Non-contact time commitment: 240 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have gained: • an appreciation of the procedures involved in conducting organised research • experience in technical report writing on their own investigation in some aspect of engineering Syllabus A topic chosen after consultation between the student and the coordinator. Assessment Examination of a project report of approximately 8,000 words.

421-644 Research Project Credit Points 50 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: as arranged between student and supervisor; Non-contact time commitment: 480 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have gained: • an appreciation of the procedures involved in conducting organised research • experience in technical report writing on their own investigation in some aspect of engineering Syllabus A topic chosen after consultation between the student and the coordinator. Assessment Examination of a project report of approximately 15,000 words.

421-648 Water Sources of Energy Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures, 12 hours set tasks; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should have acquired: • a knowledge of the characteristics of water energy systems and of the technical and practical applications of water sources in energy generation • a proficiency in selection, analysis and reporting on appropriate technical devices for energy generation Syllabus Water turbines types, construction and control, efficiencies, costs. Hydro-electric schemes hydrological investigations, structures, conduits, governing and local control. Transmission and reticulation of small scale power supplies. Management of remote area power supply scheme. Ocean wave energy systems. Selection of an appropriate system and design issues. Assessment One 2-hour open book examination (30%). Unscheduled tests (10%). One project of up to 2,000 words equivalent (40%). Set tasks (20%).

421-649 Special Studies Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours or equivalent; Noncontact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have acquired: • an understanding of the fundamentals of the selected topic(s) • knowledge of the applications of the selected topic in an engineering context

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours or equivalent; Noncontact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should have acquired an: • understanding of the fundamental principles of the discipline concerned required to pursue higher level subjects Syllabus A course of 36 hours of lecture, literature survey or its equivalent for students required to strengthen their academic background before enrolling in the postgraduate program proper. The detailed content of the course will be specified by the course coordinator. Assessment As required by the subject undertaken or as prescribed by the course coordinator according to the nature of the program.

421-654 Principles of Asset Management Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Colin Duffield Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an advanced understanding of the nature of utilities services and their management • mastered the life cycle management of utilities’ assets and have a clear understanding of the data requirements and systems needed for efficient management of utilities Syllabus Government legislative requirements; relevance of accounting systems; framework for data bases; analysis component systems; priority determination; condition and deficiency rating; ratings data; reporting mechanisms; decentralised systems; Geographic Information Systems and linked systems; international practice systems. Assessment One written examination not exceeding 3-hours (50%) plus two assignments of up to 2500 words each (50%).

421-663 Engineering Project Management Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Colin Duffield Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an advanced knowledge of the theoretical and practical principles of the project management function • knowledge of the whole process of project procurement • a sound attitude towards undertaking life long learning Syllabus The unit aims to develop your skills as a project manager who is able to take an active leadership role in achieving these outcomes. Emphasis is on principles of management, project relationships, communication and risk management. Topical case studies are used to introduce key principles and opportunities are provided for you to apply these to your own work place. Assessment One written examination not exceeding 2-hours (50%) plus one written assignment of up to 2500 words (50%)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor David Young Objectives On successful completion, students should be: • aware of the scope and meaning of contract documents for the delivery of a construction project • able to identify and manage risks and opportunities inherent in construction projects • able to conduct first principles cost estimating and tendering processes for a construction contractor • able to describe dispute resolution mechanisms in the construction industry Syllabus Estimating and tendering engineering construction works, including work breakdown structures, work method statements, risk identification and tendering principles; detailed study of contract documents for design and construction including various party responsibilities and authorities; and contract administration and project control functions and techniques including time and money negotiations and cash flow management. Assessment One written examination not exceeding 2-hours (50%) plus one assignment of up to 3,000 words (50%).

421-666 Management of Project Resources

Subjects

421-650 Preliminary Studies

421-664 Project Delivery

45

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor David Young Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an advanced understanding of the international social, cultural, economic and political context in which projects are delivered • well developed ability to develop project organisational relationships to achieve efficient project outcomes • recognition of requirement for addressing environmental and occupational health and safety issues • enhancement of the expertise and skills in management of projects so that modern techniques and methods in project management can be readily applied to a wide range of projects to achieve the generic objectives of time, cost and quality Syllabus The project and construction manager; organisational structures; management of personnel; selection of consultants or contractors, communication processes; industrial relations; occupational health and safety; meetings; delegation and communication. Assessment One written examination not exceeding 2-hours (50%) plus a written assignment of up to 3000 words (50%).

421-667 Project Management Practices Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 37 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Colin Duffield Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • enhanced expertise and skills in management of projects so that modern techniques and methods in project management can be readily applied to a wide range of projects to achieve the generic objectives of time, cost and quality • advanced skills and problem solving techniques for applying critical path method techniques for planning, resource scheduling and control of projects • a sound attitude towards undertaking life long learning Syllabus Advanced project management techniques focuses on specific tools and techniques used by project managers to control time, to structure work breakdown packages and to manage cost, quality and risk. Topical case studies are used to introduce key principles and opportunities are provided for you to apply these to your own work place. Assessment One written examination not exceeding 2-hours (50%) plus one written assignment of up to 3,000 words (50%).

Engineering > postgraduate

an understanding of the issues and their documentation related to the selected topic(s) Syllabus A course of 36 hours of lectures, literature survey or its equivalent for students wishing to pursue special interests as appropriate for the student’s program. The detailed contents of the course will be specified by the course coordinator after discussion with the student. Assessment As prescribed by the course coordinator according to the nature of the content. •

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

421-668 Sustainable Irrigation System Management

46

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours intensive subject held in six 1-day sessions between weeks 1 and 6 of the semester; Noncontact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Hector Malano Objectives On successful completion, students should: • be able to determine irrigation water demand at farm and system levels • have an advanced understanding of canal operation principles and operation • be able to formulate operational plans for large irrigation networks • be able to determine the cost of irrigation and drainage services and formulate appropriate pricing policy Syllabus Operation and management of water supply systems, allocation and distribution of water to users; irrigation canal control concepts, automation and modernisation of canal delivery networks. Modelling of irrigation system operation and development of operational plans. Management of irrigation and drainage assets, infrastructure asset management, costing and pricing of irrigation and drainage service. User participation in irrigation operation and management. Management of irrigation provider agencies, strategic planning and customer relations. Assessment Two assignments of up to 3000 words each (90%) and class presentations (10%).

421-670 Sustainable Buildings Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours intensive subject held in the first week of the mid-semester break; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • identify the critical sustainability issues that should be addressed in planning a building or new development • estimate the green star rating of a new building • identify the issues effecting indoor environmental quality • select different heating and cooling ventilation systems and justify the selection • calculate the embodied energy of different structural systems including recycled materials and façade systems • calculate the utilisation energy and greenhouse gas production of different building conceptual designs • carry out conceptual designs for the design of a water supply system for a building with a focus on water conservation and recycling measures and estimate the expected water consumption requirements • undertake cost studies of different green star rated buildings using life cycle cost analysis techniques Syllabus This subject provides a multi-disciplinary overview of the design of sustainable buildings and considers the design from an architectural, services engineering, façade engineering, environmental engineering and structural engineering, tenants and owners perspective. Topics include: ecological sustainable design, life cycle analysis, planning for sustainable buildings and cities, regulatory environment, barriers to green buildings, green building rating tools, material selection, embodied energy, operating energy, indoor environmental quality (noise, light and air), façade systems, ventilation systems, transportation, water treatment systems, water efficiency, building economics, and staff productivity. A number of industry based case study examples will be introduced to complement the lectures. Assessment One 2-hour written examination (30%), one written assignment of approximately 3,000 words or equivalent (50%) and one 10-minute presentation (20%).

421-671 Financial Analysis of Complex Projects Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures and tutorials; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Kim Hassall Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • estimate the capital cost of engineering equipment based on

historical data, cost indices and scaling factors estimate the capital cost of a total production facility using the bare module cost, grass roots costs and total module costs as a function of capacity-cost relationships and multiplying factors • estimate manufacturing cost equations as a function of direct, indirect and general manufacturing expenses, plant availability and waste treatment/recycling costs • estimate the cost of research and development and technology transfer projects • incorporate inflation, effective annual interest and continually compounded interest in discounted cash flow calculations for technological projects • interrelate uniform or non-uniform cash flow transactions to present or future worth using sinking fund or capital recovery factors for complex projects • calculate depreciation of capital investment, using straight line, sum of years digits, or double declining balance methods • understand basic accounting concepts, including fixed and working capital, taxation, financial ratios, earnings, and cost of capital • incorporate risks of exchange rate variability and changes in international taxation in profitability calculations for global projects • use non-discounted and discounted profitability criteria in order to compare the investment potential of large projects on the basis of their risk profile • evaluate equipment alternatives with the same or different expected operating lives using the capitalised cost method, the equivalent annual operating cost method or the common denominator method • optimise decision-making for maintenance scheduling versus replacement of equipment • optimise investment allocation in multiple projects with different production capacities and different technological characteristics • perform an economic analysis of retrofitting production facilities, compared with investment in new facilities • determine the effect of risk and probability distributions of sales and equipment failures on profitability, using simulations • develop a business plan for complex technological projects Syllabus This subject analyses the profitability of complex technological projects so that different alternative investment opportunities can be compared within a legislative, societal, environmental, financial and economic framework as part of a business plan. It introduces accounting concepts, and explains the estimation of capital and manufacturing costs for engineering projects, where insufficient data are available. The effects of depreciation, inflation, taxation, maintenance scheduling and uncertainty are considered in discounted cash flow calculations in order to evaluate equipment alternatives, including retrofitting of facilities. Various profitability criteria are established for project evaluation and decision-making on risk /return considerations. Assessment One 3-hour written examination (60%) and one written assignment of approximately 2,500 words or equivalent (40%) •

421-672 Management of Technological Enterprises Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures and tutorials; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Kim Hassall Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • conduct a strategic analysis of a technological enterprise regarding core technical and organisational competencies, competitive forces, and competitive advantage • link business strategies such as collaboration, joint ventures, diversification, integration and outsourcing, with organisational design, organisational structure and technological forecasting • understand the interrelationship between technological trends, innovation, organisational culture, organisational change, communication and leadership in technology based enterprises • understand technology-push versus market-pull forces in acceptance of technological products and change • establish, expand and manage an engineering consultancy, identify business opportunities, build and maintain client networks • understand the codes of ethics and professional conduct that govern the behaviour of engineering managers in a global and multicultural business environment • understand in sufficient detail the law of contracts in order to instruct lawyers, to manage contracts and to negotiate contracts with clients

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures and tutorials; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Kim Hassall Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • determine the value proposition of supply chain management, where an entire network of companies collaborate to design, produce, deliver and service products, taking into account sustainability criteria in materials flow • identification of global supply chains and determination of material, technology, intellectual property, information and capital flows • recognise the interdependence of technology, manufacturing methodology, product design and sustainability criteria in the supply chain process • understand and eliminate obstacles to effective supply chain management, including organisational isolation (silos), variability, and the causes and effects of the “Bullwhip Effect”, brought about by unplanned demand oscillations up and down the supply chain • align supply global chain strategies with needs and improve efficiency and cost savings through technological and business innovation • develop global engineering and management strategies to improve supply chain responsiveness • develop methods to set inventory levels, to hedge demand uncertainty, and to develop contracts for sharing business, technical and sustainability risk • define a global framework for internet-enabled supply chain operations and e-business relationships • develop service, asset, financial, speed and sustainability metrics for global supply chain performance improvements, and to align such metrics with business strategy and value proposition • expand global supply chains to dynamic feedback systems, where the life cycle of materials recycling, technology, the design cycle and the resource cycle are interconnected in an economic, legislative and sustainability framework • develop a design framework for sustainable and recyclable products, where a system-engineering approach is used to combine knowledge of design, manufacturing and processing with that of economics, environmental impact and legislation Syllabus This subject analyses the interrelationship between technology, product design, business strategy, customer needs and sustainability criteria using supply chain methodology. It identifies and characterises global supply chains, explains the interdependence between companies, and develops technological and business strategies to eliminate obstacles to effective supply chain management. Service, asset, financial, speed and sustainability metrics are developed for effective performance. Dynamic feedback systems are developed, where the life cycle of materials recycling, technology, the product design cycle and the resource cycle are interconnected in an economic, legislative and sustainability framework. Case studies are used extensively in this subject. Assessment One 3-hour written examination (60%) and one written assignment of approximately 2,500 words or equivalent (40%)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours of lectures and syndicate work held as an intensive one-week course prior to the commencement of Semester 1; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Graham Moore Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • describe, analyse and communicate the role of engineering in the provision of a sustainable world. Syllabus Lectures, syndicate work and excursions covering the following topics: Land: geomorphology, soils, land use planning, geographic information systems. Atmosphere: properties, circulation, pollution. Water: occurrence, use, management. Noise: sources, standards, suppression. Wastes: domestic, industrial, agricultural. Systems analysis and environmental assessment. Effects of pollutants on populations of plants and animals. Health effects on humans. Environmental regulation. Assessment One assignment of 5,000 words and two 300-word reviews of colleague’s assignments.

Subjects

421-673 Sustainable Supply Chain Management

421-680 Engineering for Sustainable Environments

421-681 Management for the Environment Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours. One-week intensive course held 2-weeks before the commencement of Semester 2; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Graham Moore Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • describe and analyse the role the political process at local, national and international levels in creating and solving environmental problems • describe the role and application of environmental law and regulation • apply the principles of environmental economics the evaluation of engineering projects that have significant interactions with the environment • recognise the role of community liaison and dispute resolution in managing environmental problems Syllabus Lectures and syndicate work covering the following Topics: environment politics; environmental law and legislation, Regulation, variations between states, variations between Countries; environment economics; communication obligations and methods. Assessment One assignment of 5,000 words and two 300-word reviews of colleague’s assignments

47

421-682 Engineering Systems Management Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours lectures and tutorials; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Russell Thompson Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • define an appropriate set of objectives and performance measures for a system that reflect the diverse requirements of key stakeholders • specify the functional requirements of a decision support system • adapt meta-heuristic techniques to optimise the performance of complex engineering networks • develop procedures for optimising engineering systems including project scheduling, resource allocation, facility location and production and distribution processes • identify the most appropriate modelling paradigm for predicting the demand for technology or an engineering related product or service based on historical data • determine the major factors that influence demand and estimate their relative effect • develop procedures for simulating complex interactions and stochastic phenomena • use simulation models to evaluate design options of engineering processes • replicate interactions between key stakeholders using agent based modelling approaches • apply multi-objective evaluation techniques incorporating a

Engineering > postgraduate

have sufficient knowledge of the Tort of Negligence, the Trade Practices Act and professional liability to manage a technology business effectively • be familiar with legislation on Occupational Health and Safety relevant to different managerial levels • understand international intellectual property legislation in order to instruct patent lawyers, to manage intellectual property in a technology business, and to integrate intellectual property into a wider commercialisation strategy Syllabus This subject uses extensive case studies to explore strategic decision-making, organisational design, culture and change, communication, leadership and the capturing of enterprise knowledge in technological businesses. The management of people, the mentoring of technical professionals, codes of ethics, the interface with customers, consumer behaviour, the development and maintenance of business networks, engineering consultancy practices, and the development of technology markets are considered. Students will be given an overview of various legal aspects regarding occupational health and safety, contract law, negligence, professional liability, the Trade Practices Act and intellectual property with reference to technology businesses. Assessment One 3-hour written examination (60%) and one written assignment of approximately 2,500 words or equivalent (40%) •

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 48

range of quantitative and qualitative data to identify sustainable solutions considering the financial, economic, environmental and social effects • provide information to decision makers and interested parties in a comparable form, highlighting the trade-off’s between potential solutions • design information systems that can incorporate real-time data and respond to unexpected events • develop adaptive learning based systems that can automatically detect and manage incidents in real-time by monitoring conditions and controlling responses to improve reliability and reduce vulnerability • utilise risk analysis methods to identify critical parameters that have the potential to threaten the achievement of a systems objectives • develop analytical methods for incorporating knowledge and learning within decision making processes Syllabus Contemporary business requires intelligent and integrated decision making tools for effectively managing increasingly complex physical systems. Modelling and evaluation techniques that incorporate a range of key stakeholder objectives and interactions are developed. Procedures for identifying innovative solutions that increase the sustainability, reliability and security of engineering systems are presented. A range of analytical techniques that allow decision support systems to be developed for improving the performance of physical systems are covered. Case studies are used to illustrate how computational methods can be applied to more effectively manage systems such as supply chains, energy production and telecommunication networks. Assessment One 3-hour written examination (50%) and one written assignment of approximately 2,500 words or equivalent (50%)

421-683 Principles of Public Private Partnerships Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours as an intensive oneweek course held during the mid-semester break; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Colin Duffield Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • enhanced their skills, competencies and understanding of the workings and application of Public Private Partnerships • acquired expertise associated with aspects of Public Private Partnerships in areas such as: project definition and output specifications, public interest test, risk management, contracts and contract management Syllabus This unit deals with the principles of successful delivery of projects through the Public Private Partnerships (PPP) procurement method. The course will discuss the application of the PPP mechanism both in Australia and internationally through, where appropriate, the review of relevant case studies. Specific content will deal with typical PPP processes, identification of appropriate projects for PPP, project definition and output specifications, public interest test, value for money, commercial considerations, risk management and allocation, tendering process, bid evaluation, contracts and contract administration. Assessment A one-hour test (20%), one assignment of 2000 words (30%), final 2-hour examination (50%)

421-692 Biological Systems Engineering Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor David Smith Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • identify various systems that operate in biological processes • reconstruct networks from experimental data • express the interactions of system components mathematically • describe the role of mathematical modelling in understanding biological systems • develop skills in the quantitative analysis of biological networks • develop skills in computer modeling of biological systems • have exposure to a range of problems in which biomedical engineers may play a role Syllabus This subject will explore the emerging field of systems biology. Topics examined will include: linear algebra, differential equations, optimisation, network reconstruction, control systems, chemical

reaction networks. Examples will include systems from the species population scale down to intra-cellular networks. Assessment One 2-hour examination (75%) and one assignment of 2000 words equivalent (25%).

421-693 Anatomy & Physiology for Engineers Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinators Assoc. Professor Chris Briggs (Anatomy) Assoc. Professor Gordon Lynch (Physiology) Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • understand the biological principles underlying the structure and function of cells, tissues and organs • understand the principles of anatomical structures that make up the human body • understand the regional organisation of the human body and the anatomical structures that form the boundaries and contents of important regions • understand the principles of excitable tissues, regulation of water and electrolyte balance, respiration and circulation, control of body movement and special senses Syllabus This subject introduces engineering students to the principles of structure and function of the human body. Topics covered include the microscopic anatomy of basic tissues, organs and systems; the principles and concepts of anatomical structures: bones, joints, muscles, nerves, vessels and viscera; the principles of excitable tissues, regulation of water and electrolyte balance, body functions including respiration and circulation, neural information processing, control of body movement, the eye and ear. Assessment Written examination of 3-hours and a 2000 word assignment.

421-694 Advanced Design of High Rise Structures Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisite 421-317 Structural Engineering 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Nick Haritos Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • describe the multi-disciplinary nature of designing a tall building and the role of a structural engineer in the design of tall buildings • describe the design criteria and loading conditions for buildings • develop conceptual designs of floors using different floorsystems • develop conceptual designs of lateral load resisting systems for buildings • calculate dynamic wind loads on tall buildings using the gust factor approach • interpret wind tunnel test results to obtain equivalent wind loads • calculate the serviceability acceleration levels in tall buildings responding to wind loading • develop approximate models for analysing structural systems in buildings • develop computer models for analysing structural systems in buildings • develop conceptual designs of foundation systems for different buildings and soil types • identify different façade systems commonly used in building structures • identify and analyse different structural systems using case study buildings Syllabus This subject introduces students to the special requirements necessary for the successful design of building structures. Topics covered include: structural floor, framing and foundation systems, environmental actions from thermal and wind including wind tunnel testing; analysis techniques including computer-aided analysis, vertical movements and second order effects, façade design, construction methods, and a review of case study buildings. Assessment One 3-hour examination (70%) and one assignment of 3000 words equivalent (30%).

421-696 Structures for Blast, Impact & Fire Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Priyan Mendis Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • understand the physical phenomena of blast, impact and fire • calculate the extreme loads on structures including blast and impact loads and temperature distribution due to fires • model blast wave propagation and blast-structure interaction • calculate the dynamic responses of structural elements subject to blast and impact • calculate temperature distribution and its effects on structural properties • develop computer models and introduce the use of explicit FE code for dynamic analysis of structural systems in buildings, subjected to blast and impact loading • design the structural connections for extreme blast and impact loads • identify advanced materials for improving protection of structures • design structures to prevent progressive collapse • identify the protective measures that should be considered in retrofitting or planning a facility which may be exposed to extreme loads Syllabus This subject introduces students to advanced protective technologies and special requirements necessary for the successful design of building structures against extreme loading such as blast, impact and fire. Topics covered include: hazard sources and physical phenomena of blasts, impacts and fires, concepts of impulsive loading, behaviour of structural elements subjected to these extreme loadings, medium-

structure interaction, dynamic responses of structural systems, design considerations and protective technologies for hardened facilities. Assessment One 3-hour examination (70%) and one assignment of 3000 words equivalent (30%).

421-697 Heating, Ventilating & Airconditioning Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • evaluate the suitability of a given heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) system for a given application • analyse and design refrigeration and air conditioning systems • understand the design optimisation process of systems Syllabus Topics covered include applications of refrigeration and air conditioning, psychrometry and conditioning process, indoor air quality, heating and cooling load, air conditioning and distribution systems, pumps and piping systems, cooling and dehumidifying coils, HVAC system control, acoustic and noise control, design for efficiency. Vapour compression refrigeration system, refrigeration multi pressure systems, cooling towers, vapour absorption refrigeration system, absorption system, heat pumps and energy conservation. Assessment One 3-hour examination (50%). Project work approximately 2,000 words (50%).

Subjects

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites 421-425 Earthquake Engineering and 421-426 Structural Dynamics Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Nelson Lam Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • identify the hazards associated with the design of structures • evaluate the risk associated with such hazards on a probabilistic basis • demonstrate how to implement performance based design criteria in the design of structures • apply recurrence and attenuation relationships in modelling seismic hazard • model seismic attenuation on both rock and soil sites for regions lacking strong motion data • apply non-linear static procedure for the performance-based seismic design and assessment of structures • apply linear and non-linear dynamic computational procedures for seismic analysis of structures with competent knowledge of the input parameters and limitations of the modelling • model blast pressure functions under free-field conditions and the associated responses of structures • model the response of structures subject to impact and other transient loadings • apply linear wave theory to determine the water particle kinematics in deep water waves, both regular and irregular • model wave loading on surface-piercing cylinders using Morison’s equation • apply static and dynamic procedures in estimating the wind induced responses of structures • apply wind tunnel techniques in the design of important structures • calculate the response of floors to footfall excitation Evaluate the suitability of floors based on vibration serviceability criteria Syllabus At the conclusion of this subject students should be capable of modelling a variety of abnormal loads based on advanced concepts for structural engineering analyses and integrating the modelling methodologies with modern design philosophies and performance based principles. Topics include design loads philosophies and codification issues, and modelling loadings arising from earthquakes, blasts, impact, wind, waves and floor vibrations. Assessment One 3-hour written exam (70%), one written assignment approximately 3,000 words or equivalent (30%)

49

421-698 Biomedical Engineering Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor David Smith Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • describe the evolution in understanding of biological systems and its effect on medicine • describe the multidisciplinary nature of biomedical engineering • describe the role of mathematical modelling in understanding biological systems • develop skills in qualitative description of biological systems and medical conditions • develop skills in constructing approximate models describing biological systems • develop skills in computer modelling of biological systems • have exposure to a range of problems in which biomedical engineers may play a role • develop an appreciation of the regulatory environment for product development • develop an appreciation of ethical dilemmas that arise in the medical practice Syllabus Definition and scope of biomedical engineering. Brief history of medicine, including human anatomy, physiology, and the rise of modern molecular biology. Description of the development of quantitative methods in biology, and the role of engineering in understanding complex biological systems. Topics covered include biomaterials and physiologic modelling of systems at various levels. Brief description of relevant laws, professional ethics and the regulatory environment. Assessment One 2-hour examination (50%) and two assignments totalling 3000 words equivalent (50%).

421-699 Forces, Fields & Flows in Bio Systems Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor David Smith Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • develop a deeper understanding of various classical engineering theories • have an appreciation of the role of these theories in a multiphysics environment

Engineering > postgraduate

421-695 Extreme Loading of Structures

describe the role of mathematical modelling in understanding biological systems • develop skills in qualitative description of biological systems • develop skills in constructing approximate models describing biological systems • develop skills in computer modeling of biological systems • have exposure to a range of problems in which biomedical engineers may play a role Syllabus This subject will explore well-developed engineering models in the context of biological systems. Topics covered include Maxwell’s equations, fields and flows in electrolyte media, membrane transport behaviour, the electric double layer, stress and electrical force densities, Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluid mechanics, convective diffusion equations of mass transfer, equations of electrohydrodynamics, poroviscoelastic behaviour of biological tissues. Assessment One 2-hour examination (75%) and one assignment of 3000 words equivalent (25%).

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

•

50

421-825 Energy from Biomass & Wastes Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours lectures and 12 hours set tasks; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lu Aye Objectives On successful completion, students will have an: • understanding of the prospects for producing useful energy from a wide variety of waste and biomass materials, with particular reference to the problems of developing countries • understanding of the fundamentals of important pretreatment and processing steps in energy production from wastes and biomass, including densification, pyrolysis, gasification, combustion, fermentation and anaerobic digestion; knowledge of past and current technology in important areas of biomass or wastes-based energy production, including those relating to charcoal, ethanol, gasifiers and waste combustion • appreciation of the technical and non-technical problems that limit the application and use of biomass-based and waste based energy systems Syllabus Available biomass and waste sources: the transformation of biomass and wastes into useful energy forms. Solid fuels: mechanisms of combustion, design of combustion equipment, pretreatment techniques, pollution concerns. Wood: plantations: species selection, harvesting and usage. Agricultural wastes: harvesting, storage and use. Pyrolysis and gasification: fundamentals, equipment design and operation, gas cleaning, wood carbonisation, charcoal production and use. Liquid fuels: characteristics and properties. Ethanol: production from sugar, starch and cellulose-based feedstocks, fermentation fundamentals, recovery and purification. Vegetable oils as diesel substitutes. Octane enhancers. Gaseous fuels: producer gas, biogas. Anaerobic digestion; fundamentals, design and operation of large and smallscale digesters, use of biogas and landfill gas. Non-technical concerns: energetics of energy production from wastes and crops, economics, waste minimisation as an energy source equivalent, cultural, religious, political and administrative problems affecting the widespread introduction and use of waste and biomass-derived energy forms. Assessment One assignment of up to 2,000 words (40%), a 2-hour examination (40%) and set tasks (20%).

431-611 Postgraduate Seminars Attendance and presentation at postgraduate seminars is compulsory. See your course supervisor for details.

431-620 Fundamentals of Network Design Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Prerequisites Knowledge of probability and basic programming at undergraduate engineering level. Coordinator Dr Bob Warfield Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus The aim of this subject is to provide students with state-of-the-art knowledge and techniques so they are able to apply operations research knowledge to optimal dimensioning, design and use of telecommunication networks. This subject will include: review of traffic models in telecommunication networks including models for particular streams and multiplexing, as well as multi-rate and multihour models; theory, algorithms and computational aspects of linear

programming; formulation of telecommunication problems as linear programming; development and geometry of Simplex algorithm. Review of teletraffic theory: Erlang’s loss formula, equivalent random method, delay and delay-loss systems, etc.; network flow problems: transportation and assignment, maximum flow, shortest paths, minimum cost flows; data structure for trees and graphs; applications, modelling, theory and algorithms for optimal location of service facilities (concentrators, multiplexers, etc.) in telecommunication networks; use of software packages such as Lindo or Cplex. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-621 Multimedia Network Design Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Coordinator Iradj Ouveysi Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus The aim of this subject is to provide students with state-of-the-art knowledge and techniques so they are able to apply operations research knowledge to optimal dimensioning, design and use of telecommunication networks. This subject will include: traffic flow problems in networks: multicommodity flow problem, MinMax problems; theory, algorithms and analysis of survivability and availability in telecommunication networks; routing techniques and models (load sharing, alternative routing, adaptive routing, etc.); routing optimisation. dimensioning hierarchical networks (single hour, multi hour, end-to-end grade of service, etc.); dimensioning nonhierarchical networks (dimensioning principles, large-scale dimensioning methods, heuristic for routing optimisation); advance studies in optimisation theory (linear programming, optimality conditions for optimisation problems, numerical methods for constrained and nonconstrained problems). The topic will include a practical network design project using the mathematical optimiser package Cplex. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-622 Applied Queueing Theory Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Knowledge of probability and basic programming at an undergraduate engineering level. Coordinator Professor Moshe Zukerman Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject covers classical queueing theory background as well as recent advances in queues fed by correlated and fractal traffic. Special focus will be given to which model applies to which practical traffic/network situation. It will provide good background to students wishing to continue for further academic degrees/research as well as practitioners interested in using the knowledge for practical situations. It will include: Markov chain models: M/M/X/X, M/G/1, Markovian, queueing network, Markov modulated models, and telecommunication applications of Markov chain techniques (mobile and fixed); Gaussian models and networks; on-off models and fractal models and their applications. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-623 Broadband Networks Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Coordinator Iradj Ouveysi Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject will provide students with a description of state-ofthe-art technologies for broadband networking with a focus on the Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and the Internet Protocol (IP) as a solution for next generation broadband networks. This subject will start with a summary of the earlier packet switching protocols for wide area networking, namely, X.25 and Frame Relay. It also provides a brief description of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy as a foundation of broadband transmission systems. This subject will include a detailed description of the major concepts of ATM, the

Modelling includes that for path loss, shadow fading and multipath fading; digital signal transmission techniques utilised in wireless systems. These include: multiple access, duplexing, modulation, diversity, equalisation, interleaving and speech encoding; overview of current and future mobile wireless systems with emphasis on their respective physical layer design and performance. These include those from the technology families of GSM and CDMA. This subject complements the subject 431-634 Mobile and Wireless Network Design, in that the focus of this subject is primarily on the physical layer concepts. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-624 Computer Networks

431-627 Signalling & Network Management

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Coordinator Assoc. Professor Jamie Evans Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject covers aspects of modern computer networks with particular focus on performance, QoS requirements, design and dimensioning. It will include: transmission media, asynchronous communication, modems, carrier frequencies and multiplexing, frequency and time division multiplexing, packets, frames, and error detection; network topology; access protocols and their performance analysis: Aloha, Ethernet, CSMA, CSMA-CD, LocalTalk, Token Ring, FDDI, DQDB, HFC; hardware addressing and frame type identification, protocol and layering, routing, retransmission, LAN traffic characteristics, interaction between the layers, and insight into performance effects. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-625 Internet Engineering Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Coordinator Dr Bob Warfield Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject covers Internet protocols, performance and dimensioning for QoS. It will include: internet working: concepts, architecture and protocols; IP addressing; address resolution techniques; IP datagram and datagram forwarding; IP encapsulation, fragmentation, and reassembly; IP version 6; error reporting mechanism (ICMP); TCP, UDP, client server interaction, the socket interface; WWW; CGI technology; Java Technology; Network Management (SNMP); network dimensioning and planning; voiceover Internet. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-626 Mobile & Wireless Communications Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites 431-628 Transmission Systems Coordinator John Campbell Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject provides an introduction to the basic principles of mobile wireless communication systems with emphasis on the technical concepts which are fundamental to the design and implementation of wireless communication systems. This subject introduces both the GSM and CDMA technologies with emphasis on their respective physical layer design and performance. The topics covered include: an overview of the issues which impact on the specification and operation of mobile wireless systems, classification of the different mobile wireless technologies seen today, the evolution that has occurred from first to second generation systems, and that presently occurring to third generation systems; cellular radio principles, including frequency reuse, frequency allocation, handover, cell splitting and C/N and C/I analysis; propagation modelling for mobile wireless channels including the lowpass representation of signal and systems and the basic system functions used to characterise fading radio channels. The developed tools are applied to the modelling of the mobile wireless channel.

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Coordinators Dr Bob Warfield and Barry Dingle Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This unit aims to educate students on the principles of management of modern telecommunications networks and services, providing a practical understanding of the Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) framework, modern signalling systems (CCS7, ISDN and TCPIP), and the network numbering and addressing schemes that underpin management of telecommunications services, including the Internet. Design projects on state-of-the-art topics of commercial relevance to the industry will be used as the prime mechanism for gaining a deeper understanding of the topics. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

51

431-628 Transmission Systems Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Prerequisite Knowledge of communications systems at final year undergraduate level. Coordinator Maxim Gitlits Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject covers fundamental structures, functions, properties and performance of transmission systems. It includes: voice, video and data communications; performance requirements; characterisation of communication signals, media and channels; analog and digital transmission; concepts of multiplexing; multichannel and multicarrier systems; frequency division, time division and code division multiplexing; hierarchical configuration of communication systems; SDH; analog and digital modulation and transmission techniques; noise and distortions in communication channels; equalisation, error detection and error correction techniques; communication over band-limited channels; spread spectrum transmission; wireline, optical fibre, satellite, fixed microwave radio and mobile communication systems design and operation principles. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-630 Optical Fibre Communications Systems Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Prerequisite 431-628 Transmission Systems Coordinator Kerry Hinton Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject covers the knowledge and skills required to design modern lightwave transmission and distribution networks. The subject will include wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) technologies and networks, optical amplifiers, soliton transmission systems, fibre nonlinearity, subcarrier multiplexing and hybrid fibre coaxial distribution systems, fibre devices including fibre gratings, optical time division multiplexing. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

Engineering > postgraduate

(not offered in 2006)

Subjects

broadband-ISDN reference configuration, the physical layer and ATM layer, the ATM cell format and function of the header fields, the ATM adaptation layers, ATM transfer capabilities, ATM signalling and routing, and the ATM traffic management functions. The subject will also examine the basics of IP networking, IP addressing, Internet routing protocols and the enhancements within the new version of IP. The subject will conclude with examples of how IP services are implemented over other transport technologies such as ATM and optical networks. This includes Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Multi-Protocol Lambda Switching (MPLambdaS). Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

431-631 Current Research Topics 1

52

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Subject to interview with course coordinator Coordinator Dr Chandra Athaudage Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus A staff member will provide students with current research issues. This subject will provide both breadth and depth of current issues and may include study in detail of certain important papers as well as overview discussions on “hot” topics. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination. Note: this subject may not be offered every year.

431-632 Current Research Topics 2 Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisite Subject to interview with course coordinator Coordinator Dr Brian Krongold Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus A staff member will provide the students with current research issues. This subject will provide both breadth and depth of current issues and may include study in detail of certain important papers as well as overview discussions on “hot” topics. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination. Note: this subject may not be offered every year.

431-633 Mobile & Wireless Network Design Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Prerequisites Knowledge of telecommunications systems, communications and probability theory at final year undergraduate level. Coordinator Paul Fitzpatrick Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject provide the fundamentals of mobile and wireless networks. It includes: an introduction to wireless communications, mobile networks and services, an overview of the development of wireless networks; cellular (2 & 3 gen.), cordless, mobile satellite systems, basic components of a cellular system; the cellular concept, frequency reuse, channel allocation schemes, handoff, call control, interference, C/I analysis, interference limited capacity, sectorisation, system capacity based on call blocking; teletraffic models for cellular mobile networks, Erlang loss function (Erlang B), Erlang delay (Erlang C), M/M/m, M/M/m/n and their application to dimensioning cellular communications networks for voice and data, system capacity, demand modelling and performance, Grade of Service and Quality of Service; propagation: free space propagation, basic propagation mechanisms, two ray model, Hata path loss model, log-normal shadow fading, small-scale multipath propagation and Rayleigh fading distribution; SNR, sensitivity and link budget calculations, micro and macro diversity to combat fading, calculation of radio coverage for cellular networks; multiple access techniques for cellular communications; CDMA system principals & spread spectrum, CDMA reverse link capacity equation and its application in network design; wireless systems: Overview GSM and CDMA; Cellular Systems and Core Networks: core network infrastructure of cellular mobile communications. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-634 IT Risk Management (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Prerequisites Knowledge of telecommunications and information technology systems at a final year undergraduate level. Coordinator Assoc. Professor Jamie Evans Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours of lectures and tutorials

per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject will introduce students to the fundamentals of Risk Management providing them with a sound basis for implementation of an appropriate Risk management methodology in their chosen engineering fields of expertise with particular focus on Information Technology (IT). It will include: Risk Management Overview (Financial, Technology); Technology Risk Management (Engineering, Operating, IT) - Fundamentals, Terminology, Models, Processes; implementation of an appropriate Best Practice IT Risk Management Model and project management plans in students’ projects and assignments. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-635 Video Communications Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Knowledge of telecommunications and Digital networks at final year undergraduate level. Coordinator Michael Biggar Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus Video and television systems all over the world are moving to digital form, and digital video is emerging as the next major impact on the Internet. This course will give the student an understanding of the representation, compression and carriage of video, and more generally audiovisual, signals over a variety of digital networks. The course introduces digital video signal representation, processing and compression methods. It includes and introduction to the major relevant international standards such as MPEG-2 and MPEG-4. Impacts of video on networks (performance requirements) and networks on video (error resilience and concealment) are then covered. Variable rate and constant bit rate video services are considered. Methods of video service delivery in TDM and packet networks are then covered. The combination of these technologies, standards and methods in a variety of applications (video telephony, mobile wireless devices, digital TV, Internet streaming, electronic cinema) is reviewed, with particular emphasis on DVB systems for digital television and carriage of video over IP networks. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-636 Wireless Multimedia Networks Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Prerequisites Knowledge of telecommunications and Wireless data at final year undergraduate level Coordinator Dr Robert Owen Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus This subject looks towards the immediate future of wireless communications, addressing the rationalisation and engineering implementation of 3G wireless networks. All competing standards will be discussed. All network layers are considered in the subject. In particular the management and commercial exploitation issues are considered in some detail. Security, privacy and management control trade-off will be discussed. The subject concludes with a look beyond 3G wireless networks trying to unravel the engineering challenge that must be resolved to achieve reliable wireless connectivity with data rates beyond 2MB/s. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

431-637 Broadband Access Networks Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and/or 2 Prerequisites Knowledge of telecommunications at a final year undergraduate level. Coordinator Greg Tilton and Dr Bob Warfield Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Syllabus The aim of this subject is to provide the student with a working knowledge of broadband access mediums protocols and applications. The subject is seen as providing necessary background for broadband access network and service design. The subject will

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites To be determined in consultation with the lecturer. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 39 hours of lectures, directed reading, tutorials and project work; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Objectives On completion of this subject, the student should have: • an intermediate level of knowledge of a particular research topic in electrical engineering. Syllabus The content of this subject will change from year to year. The subject will be used to present new research oriented topics in electrical engineering. This subject may not be offered every year. Note: students are informed of the topics covered by Advanced Studies subjects prior to the commencement of the semester

Assessment Continuous assessment of written assignments or projects with reports not exceeding 6000-words (30%), final examination not exceeding 3-hours (70%). Students are required to pass the final examination in order to pass the subject as a whole.

431-659 Advanced Studies II (Electrical) Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites To be determined in consultation with the lecturer. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 39 hours of lectures, directed reading, tutorials and project work; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Objectives On completion of this subject, the student should have: • an intermediate level of knowledge of a particular research topic in electrical engineering. Syllabus The content of this subject will change from year to year. The subject will be used to present new research oriented topics in electrical engineering. This subject may not be offered every year. Note: students are informed of the topics covered by Advanced Studies subjects prior to the commencement of the semester

Assessment Continuous assessment of written assignments or projects with reports not exceeding 6000-words (30%), final examination not exceeding 3-hours (70%). Students are required to pass the final examination in order to pass the subject as a whole.

431-660 Advanced Studies III (Electrical) Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites To be determined in consultation with the lecturer. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 39 hours of lectures, directed reading, tutorials and project work; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Objectives On completion of this subject, the student should have: • an intermediate level of knowledge of a particular research topic in electrical engineering. Syllabus The content of this subject will change from year to year. The subject will be used to present new research oriented topics in electrical engineering. This subject may not be offered every year. Note: students are informed of the topics covered by Advanced Studies subjects prior to the commencement of the semester

Assessment Continuous assessment of written assignments or projects with reports not exceeding 6000-words (30%), final examination not exceeding 3-hours (70%). Students are required to pass the final examination in order to pass the subject as a whole.

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites To be determined in consultation with the lecturer. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 39 hours of lectures, directed reading, tutorials and project work; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Objectives On completion of this subject, the student should have: • an intermediate level of knowledge of a particular research topic in electrical engineering. Syllabus The content of this subject will change from year to year. The subject will be used to present new research oriented topics in electrical engineering. This subject may not be offered every year. Note: students are informed of the topics covered by Advanced Studies subjects prior to the commencement of the semester

Assessment Continuous assessment of written assignments or projects with reports not exceeding 6000-words (30%), final examination not exceeding 3-hours (70%). Students are required to pass the final examination in order to pass the subject as a whole.

431-671 Auditory Processing & Hearing Bionics Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr A N Burkitt Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • describe the physical characteristics of speech and sound • describe the processing of sound carried out in the human auditory pathway • measure the behaviour of the human auditory system using psychophysical procedures • identify and describe the principles underlying different automatic speech recognition systems • evaluate the performance of an automatic speech recognition system • interpret the results of the principal measures of auditory impairment • identify the type of neural prosthesis appropriate for specific types of hearing impairment • describe the signal processing carried out by a hearing aid • describe the principal signal processing techniques used with cochlear implants • identify the factors that determine the effectiveness of a cochlear implant for a particular patient Syllabus This subject introduces students to auditory processing (predominately in humans, but also including automatic speech recognition methods) and the prostheses available for treating auditory impairment (hearing aids and cochlear implants). Topics covered include: acoustics and auditory stimuli, physical characteristics of sound, properties of speech, auditory pathway, neural coding of sound, speech and language processing, auditory psychophysics, audio coding, automatic speech recognition, hearing loss and auditory impairment, measurements of auditory function, hearing aids, cochlear implants (the bionic ear), signal processing strategies for cochlear implants. Assessment One 3-hour examination (70%) and one assignment of 2000 words equivalent (30%) based upon a practical laboratory session.

431-672 Neural Information Processing Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr A N Burkitt Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • describe the structure and function of the nervous system • interpret various measures of single-neuron responses • calculate equilibrium neural properties using the Nernst equation • describe the membrane mechanisms underlying the generation of action potentials • describe the mechanisms underlying learning in the brain and nervous system • identify and describe the principles underlying different biologically inspired machine learning algorithms

Subjects

431-658 Advanced Studies I (Electrical)

431-661 Advanced Studies IV (Electrical)

53

Engineering > postgraduate

include: Broadband Access Mediums such as xDSL, HFC, Broadband Wireless etc. Broadband Applications. Traffic Engineering in Access Networks for privacy and performance. Multi-Tenanted Unit/ Multi Dwelling Unit (MTU/MDU) solutions. Industry site visits development facilities. Service Management Solutions for broadband networks. Activation, Assurance and Biling. VPN’s (Virtual Private Networks) over Broadband Access Networks. VPN protocols and solutions. Assessment An examination (50%) and progressive assessment (50%). To pass the subject as a whole a student must obtain a result of 50% or more in the final examination.

implement and evaluate an artificial learning algorithm on a computer • describe the principles underlying the analysis of biological neural signals Interpret an electroencephalogram (EEG) and electrocardiogram (ECG) • describe the principles underlying various types of neural prostheses • describe the principles of neuromorphic engineering and their application in robotics and neural control Syllabus This subject introduces students to the basic mechanisms of information processing in the brain and nervous system, as well as both neural prostheses (that interface the neural system with therapeutic electrical devices) and artificial systems based upon the principles of neural processing (neuromorphic engineering). Topics covered include: neural properties underlying information processing in neurons, generation and propagation of action potentials (spikes), Hodgkin-Huxley equations, coding and transmission of neural information, simplified neural models, synaptic plasticity and learning in biological neural systems, learning in artificial neural systems, measurement of biological neuralsignals, neural prostheses, neuromorphic engineering. Assessment One 3-hour examination (70%) and one assignment of 3000 words equivalent (30%) based upon a computer-based project using MATLAB.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

•

54

431-673 Clinical Engineering Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Emmanuel Koumoundouros Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • describe the structure and function of cellular and cardiopulmonary systems • interpret various measures of dynamic responses of the cardiopulmonary system • calculate vascular resistances using thermodilution techniques • implement and evaluate a physiological model on a computer • develop models for analysing physiological systems to determine physiological parameters Design a monitoring system to monitor a specific physiological process • describe the principles underlying various life support devices • identify types of medical devices and their safety requirements • identify clinical and biotechnological workplace areas with their specialised environmental requirements • identify the type of methodology required to analyse different systems using clinical studies Syllabus This subject introduces students to the special requirements necessary for managing Medical Devices and Clinical/ Biotechnological Environments. Topics covered include: detailed analysis of the cardiopulmonary system, including computer-aided modelling of the cardiovascular system and respiratory system; electrical devices that monitor/support these systems, international/ national electrical/biological regulatory bodies and standards. Assessment Assignments/Reports (70%) and one assignment of 2000 words equivalent based upon a computer-based project using MATLAB/ LABVIEW (30%).

433-520 Programming & Software Development Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 or 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Peter Schachte Objectives On successful completion, students will have: • developed an understanding of approaches to solving moderately complex problems with computers • be able to demonstrate proficiency in designing and writing programs using a programming language Syllabus Topics covered include algorithmic problem-solving; data types; program structures; objects and classes; data storage structures, and files. The programming will be undertaken in Java. Assessment Project work during semester expected to take approximately 36 hours (40%) and one 2-hour written examination at the end of the semester (60%). Details of assessment components will be advised at the commencement of the subject. Both components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

433-521 Algorithms & Complexity Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Linda Stern Objectives On successful completion, students will have: • an understanding of a range of programming languages and their application • knowledge a variety of techniques for solving, sorting and searching problems • an understanding of graph algorithms • experience with using complex algorithms and data structures in a variety of programming languages • knowledge of the concepts of computability, tractability and problem complexity • the ability to perform complexity analyses of algorithms Syllabus Topics covered include complexity of algorithms and complexity classes; algorithms for sorting arrays, lists and files; algorithms and data structures for searching; tree structures and hashing; graph representations and algorithms. Assessment Project work during semester expected to take approximately 36 hours (40%) and one 3-hour written examination at the end of the semester (60%). Details of assessment components will be advised at the commencement of the subject. Both components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

433-522 Internet Technologies Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Chris Leckie Objectives On successful completion, students will have: • developed an understanding of network technologies and applications • be able to demonstrate proficiency in internet working and its management Syllabus Topics covered include: Introduction to Internet, OSI reference model layers, protocols and services, data transmission basics, interface standards, network topologies, data link protocols, message routing, LANs, WAN, TCP/IP suite, detailed study of common network applications (e.g., email, news, FTP, Web), network management, current and future developments in network hardware and protocols. Assessment Project work during semester expected to take approximately 36 hours (40%) and one 3-hour written examination at the end of the semester (60%). Details of assessment components will be advised at the commencement of the subject. Both components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

433-620 Engineering for Internet Applications Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisite 615-670 Principles of Internet Software Development Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Michael Ciavarella Objectives On successful completion, students will be: • familiar with concepts, technologies, and standards underpinning the World Wide Web and its applications Syllabus The topics covered include: Web software architectures; languages and standards for data and applications on the World Wide Web; protocols for data exchange, program invocation, self-description, and discovery that form a basis for Web Services. Technologies discussed include HTML, HTTP, XML, SOAP, and WSDL. The development platform will be a Java-based Web Services platform or Microsoft’s .NET. The use of these technologies for creating sample client-server and distributed applications will also be discussed. Assessment Project work during semester expected to take approximately 36 hours (40%) and one 2-hour written examination at the end of semester (60%).

Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-421 Web Technologies and Applications and 433-621 Web Technologies and Applications

433-630 Principles of Programming Languages (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Either an undergraduate degree in Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, Information Technology or related discipline; or at least four Group A Masters subjects. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Peter Schachte Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • program small applications in an object-oriented, a functional and a logic programming language • explain the differences, similarities and relative advantages of these three paradigms • explain abstract concepts from the theory of programming languages Syllabus We communicate with computers in a variety of ways, but sophisticated requests need powerful formalisms for their expression. Programming languages form a surprisingly varied collection of notation for the specification of computing tasks. The study of programming languages is fascinating and important, as good programming language design and implementation is the enabling technology that allows us to improve software productivity and quality. Topics covered include: Programming language concepts: values, variables, bindings, types, execution and control, exceptions, non determinism, polymorphism, higher-order programming, encapsulation, abstract data types, modularity. Programming language paradigms: object-oriented, functional, and logic programming. Programming language design: syntax, semantics, abstraction, binding time, memory management, efficiency. Assessment Written essay of no more than 10 pages (20%), project work of approximately 12- hours during semester (5%), oral presentation of 15-minutes (5%) and one 2-hour written examination (70%). Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-430 Principles of Programming Languages and 433-630 Principles of Programming Languages

433-631 Functional Programming Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Mathematical maturity and basic knowledge of a functional programming language. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Harald Sondergaard Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • explain the principles of functional programming • write sound and elegant functional programs • explain underlying theories, execution models and implementation principles Syllabus

Functional programming is an appealing programming language paradigm that all programmers should be aware of. Functional programming languages are generally simple and powerful and enjoy clean semantics. To learn a functional language, there are few rules to remember, and fewer exceptions. Topics covered include functional programming languages: pattern matching, list comprehension, higher-order functions, strict and lazy evaluation; functional programming techniques: accumulators, higher-order programming, continuations, monads, functional data structures and algorithms; declarative input/output; types: polymorphism, type classes; computational models: evaluation of functional programs, lambda calculus, combinators, and graph reduction; implementation: translation to lambda expression and combinator form, abstract machines, strictness analysis, parallel evaluation. Assessment Project work of approximately 48-hours duration undertaken during semester (40%) and one 2-hour written examination (60%). Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-431 Functional Programming and 433-631 Functional Programming.

433-632 Logic Programming (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Knowledge of predicate calculus and Prolog, and general programming experience equivalent to the projects in 75 points of 200 and 300 level computer science subjects. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Zoltan Somogyi Objectives On successful completion, students will be: • able to use the programming techniques and tools appropriate to logic programming languages • familiar with the most important aspects of the technologies used to implement logic programming languages • able to explain the role of theory in the design of logic programming languages • able to explain the advantages of declarative programming languages over imperative programming languages Syllabus The use of logic as a computational formalism originally grew out of natural language processing. Since then it has also been widely adopted in databases, rule-based systems, knowledge representation and formal methods. Logic programming languages offer a very high level approach to problem-solving and several novel programming techniques. Topics covered include: theoretical foundations: logical semantics, fix point semantics, SLD resolution; logic programming languages: logic variables, types and modes; logic programming techniques: structural induction, accumulators, difference lists, higher order programming, meta programming, program transformation; debugging: tracing, declarative debugging; implementation issues: indexing, tail recursion, management of backtracking. The working languages of the subject are Prolog and Mercury. The subject assumes some prior exposure to Prolog, but no exposure to Mercury. Assessment Three projects of approx. 48 hours in total during semester (40%) and one 3-hour written examination at the end of the semester (60%). Both components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

Subjects

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites 433-520 Programming and Software Development, 433-521 Algorithms and Complexity, 433-522 Internet Technologies, 615-570 Database Systems and Information Modelling or equivalent. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr James Bailey Objectives On successful completion, students should have acquired: • an understanding of the concepts and technologies underpinning the World Wide Web Syllabus Topics covered include: Web software architectures. Languages and standards for data on the World Wide Web: HTTP, XML, XSL, XQuery, XLink and XPath. The Semantic Web and RDF. Web mining and crawling. Assessment Project work during semester of approximately 48 hours (50%) and one 2-hour written examination at the end of semester (50%).

55

Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-432 Logic Programming and 433632 Logic Programming.

433-633 Constraint Programming Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Mathematical maturity and 4 computer science subjects at the 3rd year level. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor Peter Stuckey Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be able to build constraint programming solutions to combinatorial problems of moderate complexity • have improved understanding of constraint solving algorithms • be able to reason about the execution behaviour of constraint programs Syllabus Constraint Programming is used to solve constraint satisfaction problems such as scheduling and allocation, which are of vital importance to modern business. Increasingly the discipline is replacing operations research, as a generic approach to solving

Engineering > postgraduate

433-621 Web Technologies & Applications

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 56

management decision problems. Topics covered include: Constraints: valuations, modelling, constraint satisfaction, other constraint domains, Gaussian elimination, Simplex, other constraint solvers. Constraint simplification, projection and optimisation. Finite constraint domains: constraint satisfaction problems, backtracking solvers, node and arc consistency, bounds consistency, generalised consistency methods. Constraint logic programs: user-defined constraints, programming with rules, evaluation, derivation trees, the CLP scheme. Simple modelling: choice, iteration, optimisation. Using data structures: records, lists, binary trees, hierarchical modelling. Controlling search: rule ordering, literal ordering, adding redundant constraints, minimisation. Programming with finite domain constraints: domains, labelling, different problem models. Advanced programming techniques: extending the solver, combined symbolic and arithmetic reasoning, programming optimisation, negation, dynamic scheduling. Assessment Project work of approximately 48-hours undertaken during semester (30%) and one 3-hour written examination at the end of semester (70%). Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-433 Constraint Programming and 433-633 Constraint Programming.

433-643 IT Project Management Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Evidence of experience with IT development projects Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Baikunth Nath Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be able to describe what an IT project is and describe its attributes • have improved understanding of the relationship between technical and organisation sides of IT projects • be able to apply the processes, tools and techniques to successfully manage IT projects • be able to analyse exactly at what point of schedule or budget a project becomes unsuccessful • have improved understanding of quantitative and qualitative analysis techniques for risk monitoring and controlling Syllabus Project management issues including client management, management of technical teams; project planning, scheduling and estimation; risk management, configuration management, quality assurance and accreditation, and legal issues, software quality including factors affecting software quality, planning for quality, software quality assurance plans, software measurement, and quality processes, and standards including both Australian and International standards. Assessment Project work of approximately 36 hours during semester (40%) and a 2-hour written examination (60%) at the end of the semester. Each component of assessment must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject. The examination has a hurdle mark equal to half the maximum marks of the examination. Students who fail the hurdle will have their final mark adjusted so as to ensure that they fail the subject as a whole by at least the amount by which they failed the hurdle. Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-643 IT Project Management and 615-659 IS Project Management

433-644 The Personal Software Process (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Students must be adept with a programming language, understand basic design methods, have been exposed to the rudiments of the software life cycle, and have some experience with IT development projects. Useful but not required is a background in object oriented design methods, logic notations and statistical methods. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Anthony Senyard Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be able to make accurate plans • be able to estimate the accuracy of these plans • be able to track their performance against the plans • have developed software engineering skills for large-scale software development Syllabus Software quality starts with the individual engineer. The personal software process scales down best industrial practice to an individual

level. The disciplines students develop during the course will be used in a self-evaluation of their performance, to understand their strengths and to see where they should try to improve. All this will be performed within a defined and measured personal software process. From all of this students will develop the tools they need to continue their personal improvement throughout their professional career. Topics covered include: Planning, defect management, design templates, design and code reviews, and process analysis. Assessment Project work of approx. 72 hours during semester (50%) and a written 3-hour examination (50%).

433-645 Software System Security (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Udaya Parampalli Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be able to identify security issues and objectives in computer systems and networks • be able to apply various security mechanisms derived from cryptography to computers and computer networks • be able to explain the protocols which ensure security in contemporary networked computer systems • understand the interaction between underlying theory, such as cryptography, and working computer security infrastructure Syllabus Unix administration and system security; NT security; network security and firewalls; physical security of computer systems; computer forensics: courts and processes; case studies. Assessment A 1-hour mid-semester test (25%), two assignments each of which involves solving problems in computer security and results in a report of around 6-pages in length (25%) and one project during semester resulting in a written report of approximately 15-pages (50%).

433-646 Systems Requirements Engineering Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisite Software engineering knowledge and experience at least equivalent to that of students completing the third year of the software engineering degree Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Ed Kazmierczak Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be familiar with a range of requirements elicitation, modeling, analysis and specification techniques • have an appreciation of how to apply those techniques in practice • have an understanding of the practical issues in analysing functional and non-functional requirements • have some experience at applying standard techniques to specialised engineering domains Syllabus The role of requirements in the software engineering process. Requirements phases: system definition, elicitation, analysis, specification, validation and evolution. Functional and non-functional requirements: including usability, performance, safety. Systemenvironment interaction. Requirements techniques and tools: including prototyping, animation, visualisation, modelling. Languages and notations for requirements engineering. Requirements engineering as a group activity. Lessons from domain-specific requirements practices. Role of standards in requirements engineering. Assessment A team-based project (based on teams of three students) resulting in a report of approximately 25-pages (60%) and an individual research project report of approximately 4000-words in length (40%).

433-653 Mobile Computing Systems Programming

Credit Points 12.5 points Semester 2 Prerequisite Three semesters of programming experience or equivalent Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Linda Stern Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • implement the basic algorithms used in processing biological sequences; • select appropriate algorithms to process biological sequences • use and critically evaluate the output from software used for processing biological sequences. Syllabus The objective of this subject is for students to become familiar with a range of algorithms used to process biological sequences: to know a variety of techniques for extracting information from biological sequences; and to understand the appropriate application of these algorithms for different applications. Topics covered include dynamic programming algorithms; genetic algorithms; multiple sequence alignment algorithms; hidden Markov models; sequence comparison; RNA secondary structure. Assessment One 3-hour examination (70%) and an assignment of 2000 words equivalent (30%). Both the project work and examination component of assessment must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisite 433-652 Distributed Systems Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 12 hours of lectures, 12 hours of student presentations, 12 hours of tutorial/laboratory classes; Noncontact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Lars Kulik Objectives On successful completion, students should: • be familiar with key concepts and technologies in mobile and location-aware computing • have practical skills in implementing fundamental algorithms used in mobile computing. Syllabus A major focus is the programming of mobile devices using the standard toolkits “Java Micro Edition” or “.NET Compact Framework”. Topics covered include: programming applications for Smartphones and PDAs; user interfaces for mobile devices; accessing location sensing technologies; interfaces for grid computing; geometric routing; data and information management, in particular for locationbased services; privacy and security issues; and SnycML, WAP and XML technologies. Assessment Project work during semester of approx. 24 hours (25%), one presentation including a short paper of a current research approach in mobile computing expected to take about 12 hours (15%) and a 3-hour written examination at the end of the semester (60%). All components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

Credit Points 12.5 points Semester 1 Prerequisites 3 semesters programming experience Coordinator Dr Linda Stern Objectives On successful completion, students should be: • familiar with the computational methods used for constructing, annotating, and comparing DNA gene sequences, and with the underlying theory behind these methods Syllabus Topics covered include computational issues in physical mapping of DNA, in genome annotation, and in analysing gene expression data; motif extraction; methods for determining phylogenetic trees; protein structure. Assessment One 3-hour examination (70%) and an assignment of 2000 words equivalent (30%). Both the project work and examination component of assessment must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

433-652 Distributed Systems Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites 433-520 Programming and Software Development 433-521 Algorithms and Complexity 433-522 Internet Technologies or equivalent subjects Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 12 hours of tutorial/laboratory classes; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Raj Buyya Objectives On successful completion, students should have an understanding of: • the principles and paradigms underlying distributed systems software and applications. Syllabus Topics covered include: introduction, principles and paradigms, design issues, communication, processes, naming, synchronisation, consistency and replication, fault tolerance, and security issues in distributed systems and applications; distributed computing environments and standard toolkits, case studies in distributed systems and applications. Assessment Project work of approx. 36 hours during semester (40%) and a 3-hour written examination (60%). Both components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

57

433-654 Sensor Networks & Applications Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisite 433-652 Distributed Systems Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 12 hours of tutorial/laboratory classes; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Egemen Tanin Objectives On successful completion, students should have developed: • an understanding of sensor network technologies from three different perspectives: sensing, communication, and computing (including hardware, software, and algorithms) and their applications having potential to transform natural science, engineering, and social science disciplines. Syllabus Topics covered include: Introduction to sensor networks, attributes of sensor networks, wired and wireless sensors, sensors and networks design and deployment issues, bandwidth and energy constraints aware techniques for network discovery, network control and routing, collaborative information processing, offloading processing and data management tasks to computational grids, querying, and tasking, programming sensor networks, standards such as Sensor ML that provides the models and XML schema encoding for defining the geometric, dynamic and observational characteristics of a sensor, and applications in infrastructure security, environment and habitat monitoring, industrial sensing, traffic control, etc. Assessment Term paper of 1000 words and presentation on selected topics in sensor networks during semester (10%), project work during semester (30%) and a written 3-hour examination (60%). All components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

433-655 Distributed Algorithms Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisite 433-652 Distributed Systems Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 12 hours of tutorial/laboratory classes; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Egemen Tanin Objectives On successful completion, students should have developed: • an understanding of distributed algorithm design • an ability to implement and analyse distributed algorithms Syllabus Topics covered include: synchronous and asynchronous network algorithms that address resource allocation, communication, consensus among distributed processes, distributed data structures, data consistency, deadlock detection, leader election, and global snapshots issues in distributed systems. Assessment Assignments on devising, analysing, and applying algorithms to solve real world problems during semester (40%) and a 3-hour

Engineering > postgraduate

433-651 Computational Genomics

Subjects

433-650 Computational Sequence Analysis

written examination (60%). All components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

433-659 Distributed Computing Project

58

Credit Points 25.0 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites 433-652 Distributed Systems and three other subjects at 600 level Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: regular contact (at least once a week) with the project supervisor; Non-contact time commitment: 260 hours Coordinator Dr Raj Buyya Objectives On successful completion, students should have developed: • understanding of issues involved in conceptualisation, design, and development of large-scale distributed systems and applications driven by emerging Internet, Web, and Grid technologies Syllabus The nature of the project involves both in-depth investigation of a relevant topic, related works, and development a significant and functional component of a distributed system and/or application. Each student selects a research and development project in consultation in an appropriate academic or research staff working in the area of distributed systems and applications and carries out the work under his/her supervision. It is also possible for a group of two or three students to undertake a project that requires the development of a large distributed system or application. However, each student contribution must be distinct and clearly identified as that forms a basis of each student’s evaluation. The project is to be completed in one semester although we encourage students to exchange ideas with supervisors in the previous semester. Students are also encouraged to carry out the project in industry with joint industry-academic supervision. Assessment Term paper and presentation on a project topic during the semester (10%), Project R&D work during semester (60%) and detailed written project report containing review report on related works, architecture, design, implementation, and comprehensive evaluation by clearly highlighting key contributions (3000 words) at the end of the semester (30%). All components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

433-660 Human Language Technology Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Either an undergraduate degree in Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, Information Technology or related discipline; or at least four Group A Masters subjects. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures and 12 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Steven Bird Objectives On successful completion, students will be: • familiar with the foundations of symbolic and statistical natural language processing • familiar with key concepts in language description and analysis • able to develop and evaluate computational models of language • familiar with a variety of human language technologies Syllabus Topics covered include the linguistics of words and phrases, part-of-speech tagging, finite-state transducers, chart parsing and chunk parsing, hidden Markov models, n-gram language models, spelling and grammar checking, collocation analysis, word-sense disambiguation, text retrieval, information extraction, and machine translation. Programming work will be undertaken in the Python language, and will use NLTK, the Natural Language Toolkit (nltk. sf.net). Assessment Four projects, expected to take about 48 hours, during semester (50%) and a 2-hour end of semester written examination (50%). To pass the subject, students must obtain at least 50% overall, 25/50 in the projects, and 25/50 in the written examination. Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-460 Human Language Technology and 433-660 Human Language Technology.

433-661 High Performance Database Systems Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Some previous knowledge of database management as covered in an undergraduate database subject Knowledge of operating systems and database management at the level of a third year undergraduate program Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures and 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor Rao Kotagiri Objectives On successful completion, students will: • have detailed knowledge of database systems, both at a conceptual and an architectural level • have detailed knowledge of database transaction and recovery techniques and concepts • be able to explain common algorithms for search and indexing • be familiar with some existing relational and object-oriented database systems Syllabus Successful companies and organisations rely on the effective and efficient manipulation of data. These include telecommunication companies, banking, retailing, airlines, manufacturing, process control and government instrumentalities. Many end-user applications require the support of a database system. For these applications to be effective, a database system must provide secure and reliable storage of data and be able to retrieve and process the data very efficiently. Knowledge of how the database system works at the architectural level is essential to achieve correct behaviour and the best possible performance for these applications. This subject explores various mechanisms which are used by database systems to provide the features that applications require. Topics covered include database architecture: centralised, distributed, client-server; transaction models: ACID properties, pessimistic locking, optimistic locking, flat transactions, nested transactions, deadlock detection and management; recovery: write-ahead logging, shadow paging; indexing structures: Btrees, hash files, multi-attribute indexing; relational operations: join algorithms, query optimisation; and performance: benchmarking, TPC benchmarks, object-oriented benchmarks. All topics are addressed in the context of both relational and object-oriented database systems, including various commercial database systems. Assessment Project work of approximately 48-hours undertaken during semester (30%) and a 2-hour written examination (70%).

433-667 Text & Document Management (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor Alistair Moffat Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be familiar with compression concepts as they apply to various types of data, including textual, image and index data • be able to decompose data representations into the elements relating to modeling and those related to coding • have knowledge of a range of modeling and coding techniques • have an understanding of information retrieval methodologies as they relate to textual data • be familiar with issues relevant to the efficient implementation of web search systems and information retrieval systems Syllabus This subject examines some of the technologies that make largescale information retrieval systems possible. Management of large text and image databases. Text and image compression: information content; modelling and coding; minimum-redundancy coding; arithmetic coding; constrained coding problems. Text indexing methods: index compression. Query processing mechanisms: query paradigms, implementation of efficient query mechanisms. Information retrieval. Information filtering. Assessment A 1-hour mid-semester test (20%); one written report of approximately 5000-words including a review phase undertaken during semester (25%); one 15-minute oral presentation during semester (5%); and one 2-hour written examination at the end of semester (50%).

433-678 Cluster & Grid Computing Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Knowledge of operating systems and computer networks at undergraduate level, or solid experience in network computing Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Rajkumar Buyya Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be able to understand emerging distributed technologies • be able to design large-scale distributed systems • be able to implement cluster and grid applications • have improved skills in teamwork and presentation of results Syllabus Parallel systems: parallel paradigms, parallelisation, resource management and scheduling, message-passing and parameter parallel programming; Cluster computing: cluster architecture, programming with MPI; Grid computing: grids and grid technologies, programming models, data management, grid security, grid software and tools, and applications, including molecular modelling and brain activity analysis. Assessment A small research project including a report of not more than 5000 words (10%); project work of approximately 36 hours duration during semester (30%); and one 2-hour written examination at the end of the semester (60%).

433-679 Evolutionary & Neural Computation Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Suitable background knowledge of artificial intelligence Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Baikunth Nath Objectives On successful completion, students will: • be able to control the genetic operators and use genetic algorithms for optimisation problems • be able to describe differences between classical and fuzzy rules and be able to represent fuzzy sets in a computer • be able to design and use neural nets in a number of application areas • have acquired an understanding of hybrid systems and their topology Syllabus Introduction to intelligent systems. Concepts of genetic operators such as crossover, mutation, fitness functions, scaling and

sampling in GAs. Numerical optimisation using GAs. Applications to scheduling problems. Basic concepts of neural computing. Introduction to various types of neural networks: feed-forward neural nets, auto-associative nets, self-organising nets. Fuzzy and neurofuzzy systems, and applications to which they are suited. Design of neural computing applications and optimisation using an iterative approach. Hybrid intelligent systems. Assessment Project work of approximately 36 hours (40%) and one written examination not exceeding 3-hours at the end of semester (60%).

433-681 Agent Programming Languages (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites Either an undergraduate degree in Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, Information Technology or related discipline, or at least four Group A Masters subjects. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Adrian Pearce Objectives On successful completion, students should: • understand the principles behind agent programming languages and agent algorithms Syllabus The subject focuses on the fast growing area of non-classical logics, proof theory and model theory and incorporates recent advances in artificial intelligence. Agent languages are explored that guarantee certain properties in multi-agent systems, such as liveness and safety, and are used for gaining insight and discovery of new distributed algorithms. The emphasis is on language implementation and several commercial agent programming languages are explored. Topics covered include the modal approach to knowledge including the problem of extensionality, Kripke models, possible-worlds semantics and the S5 axiom system; logic for agents including epistemic logic, dynamic logic and intention logic; the theory of defaults including the problem of logical omniscience, nonmonotonic reasoning, bounded rationality and the BDI (belief, desire, intention) agent model; and proof theory for second order and higher order logics. All topics are addressed in the context of computational complexity, language implementation and distributed agent algorithms. Assessment Project work of approx. 36 hours during semester (50%) and a technical report of no more than 20 pages including appendices, figures, tables and graphs (50%). Students will be required to give an oral presentation of their work. Both components must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject.

Subjects

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Knowledge of Operating Systems and Networks, and C Programming Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Aaron Harwood Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • analyse and compare parallel computer architectures with respect to a given parallel computing model • determine the complexity of a given parallel algorithm • parallelise a sequential algorithm using a variety of techniques for different kinds of parallel computing architectures and problems • use a number of parallel programming interfaces to implement a parallel program and report observations of performance Syllabus The subject revises parallel architectures and computations with focus on network and communication complexity. A number of network programming techniques are covered. The subject introduces formal communication complexity and two models of parallel computing. Some advanced parallel algorithms are discussed including distributed hash tables and parallel priority queues. Assessment Written/practical assignments of approximately 40 hours duration (40%) and a written 3-hour examination (60%). Each assessment item has a hurdle mark equal to half the maximum mark possible for that assessment item. Students who fail any hurdle(s) will have their final mark adjusted so as to ensure that they fail the subject as a whole by at least the amount by which they failed the hurdle(s).

59

Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-481 Agent Programming Languages and 433-681 Agent Programming Languages

433-682 Software Agents Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites 433-255 Logic and Computation, 433-341 Software Engineering Process and Practice or the equivalent, 433-303 Artificial Intelligence is desirable. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor Leon Sterling Objectives On successful completion, students will be able to: • explain the nature of agents and their role in a distributed open environment • design a simple agent-based system Syllabus What is an agent? Intentional agents and BDI architecture. Reactive agents and subsumption architecture. Emergent properties of agents. Believable agents. Agent languages: Agent-0, KQML, dMARS, etc. Agents extracting information from the World-Wide Web. Formalisation. Cooperating agents. Assessment Choice of project work expected to take approximately 36-hours including design and possibly implementation (60%); presentation skills and class participation (10%); and a 3-hour open-book examination (30%) Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-432 Software Agents and 433682 Software Agents

Engineering > postgraduate

433-677 Networks & Parallel Processing

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 60

433-683 Computer Vision & Image Processing

433-690 IT Research Project

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Previous study in artificial intelligence (433-303 Artificial Intelligence or equivalent) and computer graphics (433-380 Graphics and Computation or equivalent) would be helpful but is not essential. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Les Kitchen Objectives On successful completion, students will: • know about the processes of image formation and digitisation, at an elementary level, sufficiently to understand the basis of techniques for image processing and computer vision • know the common techniques used in computer vision and image processing, and be able to fit them into a conceptual framework of low-level, mid-level and high-level processing • be able to evaluate and select and adapt these techniques appropriately to solve problems in image processing and computer vision Syllabus This subject gives an introduction to computer vision and image processing. Computer vision is the business of using computers to extract useful information automatically from digital images and videos; image processing is the business of transforming images to be more suitable for human interpretation, storage, transmission, or subsequent analysis by computer vision. Computer vision and image processing can be used in such practical applications as: automated inspection for quality control in industry; medical imaging; visual guidance for robots; face recognition; automated surveillance and monitoring; remote sensing -- to a degree providing a visual sense for machines. Topics to be covered include low-level, mid-level, and high-level vision; image formation; synopsis of human vision; segmentation and feature extraction; perceptual organisation; visual motion analysis; stereo; shape from shading and other properties; colour processing; shape analysis; texture; the Hough transform; image compression; object recognition; image interpretation and scene understanding. Assessment A two-hour written exam (50%), a programming project expected to take approx. 24 hours (20%) and a report of 10-12 pages in length about some topic in computer vision and giving an in-class presentation about it of around 15 minutes duration (30%).

Credit Points 25.0 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites Completion of 50 Computer Science Software Engineering points at 600-level. Students must obtain approval from the Program Director before enrolling in the subject. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: regular contact at least once per week with the project supervisor; Non-contact time commitment: 260 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Baikunth Nath Objectives The purpose of this subject is to allow students to get some research experience by studying a selected topic in detail under the supervision of a member of academic staff. The subject will provide research training and skills in problem analysis, design and development of complex software systems. Syllabus Topics covered include: research methodology, literature search, and scientific writing. Assessment Assessment will be based on a completed research report and/or presentation/demonstration of a working system. Project research and development work during semester, including demonstration/ presentation of project outcomes (50%). A detailed written report (8000-10000 words) containing a review of related work and a comprehensive evaluation, with highlighting of key contributions (50%). The report will be due in the second week of the examination period.

Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-483 Computer Vision and Image Processing and 433-683 Computer Vision and Image Processing.

433-684 Machine Learning Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites Previous study in artificial intelligence (433-303 or equivalent) and computer graphics (433-380 or equivalent) would be helpful but is not essential. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures, 11 hours of workshops; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Dr Tim Baldwin Objectives On successful completion, students will: • have an understanding of a representative selection of web mining techniques in both theoretical and applied contexts • be familiar with component technologies used in web-based information delivery Syllabus This subject will provide an introduction to the field of machine learning. Machine learning is the task of unearthing regularities in data, and using these to enhance understanding of general processes or predict future events. Topics to be covered include: association rules, clustering, decision trees, decision rules, instancebased learning, statistical learning, numeric prediction, linear discrimination, weakly supervised classification, discretisation, feature selection and classifier combination. Assessment Two projects expected to take approx. 36 hours in total during semester (50%) and one written examination 3-hour examination at the end of the semester (50%). Both forms of assessment must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject. Note: Credit may not be gained for both 433-484: Machine Learning and 433684: Machine Learning

433-693 Directed Study 6A Credit Points 12.5 Semesters 1 and 2 Prerequisites Completion of 50 points of 600-level study; Students may enrol in this subject only with the approval of the program director Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 3 hours per week; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Baikunth Nath Objectives The objective of this subject is to enable students to study a particular area of computer science at an advanced level. Syllabus Directed study in computer science covering material not otherwise available to the student. Assessment Not more than three hours of written examination (50%). Written reports not exceeding a total of 5,000 words (50%).

433-695 Advanced Topic in Computer Science (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 and 2

Please note: this subject is only offered when suitable staff are available

Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours lectures; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Baikunth Nath Objectives The objective of this subject is to enable students to study a particular area of computer science at an advanced level. Syllabus The content of this subject depends on available teaching staff – typically visiting researchers Assessment Project work of approximately 36 hours during semester and one written examination not exceeding 3-hours at the end of semester. Weighting of assessment components will be advised at the start of the subject.

433-699 Minor Research Project Credit Points 25.0 Semester 1 and 2 Prerequisites Completion of 50 Computer Science Software Engineering points at 600-level. Students must obtain approval from the Program Director prior to enrolment. Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: regular contact of at least once per week with the project supervisor; Non-contact time commitment: 260 hours Coordinator Assoc. Professor Baikunth Nath Objectives The purpose of this subject is to allow students to get some research experience by studying a selected topic in detail under

(not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 36 hours; Non-contact time commitment: 84 hours Coordinator Professor Marcus Pandy Objectives On successful completion, students should: • be skilled at applying a range of mathematical and numerical methods to the dynamical analysis of the musculoskeletal system • understand the physiology and biomechanics of locomotion • be familiar with current methods of joint replacement in orthopaedic surgery Syllabus Body segmental Dynamics, Forward/ Inverse Dynamical Analyses, Musculoskeletal Geometry, Muscle Force and Action, Musculotendon Dynamics, Modeling Musculotendon Actuation, Linear Models for Musculotendon Actuation, Activation Dynamics, Mechanical Properties of Tendons and Ligaments, Estimating Musculotendon Forces, Biomechanics of Walking, Running, & Jumping, Joint Biomechanics, Orthopaedic Surgical Procedures, Orthopaedics of Total Joint Replacement Assessment One end-of-semester examination paper of 3-hours (70%) in addition to continuous assessment 2000 words (30%).

451-607 Land Administration Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Coordinator Professor Ian Williamson Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 52 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of the need for effective and efficient land administration systems and spatial data infrastructures (SDIs) • the ability to review a variety of technologies for designing and managing these systems • be able to understand and analyse a range of local and overseas approaches to land administration and SDIs in both developed and developing country contexts for sustainable development Syllabus Topics covered include: the concept of land and peoples relationship to land; evolution of cadastres and land administration systems, land administration projects as a development strategy for economic growth and poverty reduction; the cadastral concept and legal, fiscal, multi-purpose and marine cadastres; cadastral surveying and mapping - boundary options and technical options; principles and concepts of land registration; rights, restrictions and responsibilities related to land in the context of informal, formal and customary tenures; cadastral systems in developing countries including informal cadastres, parallel cadastres, marine cadastres and customary tenures; relevant international declarations and statements concerned with land administration; cadastral reform; land administration “tool box”; institutional arrangements supporting land administration; spatial data infrastructures - principles, issues and case studies; digital cadastral data bases; modelling, designing and evaluating cadastral and land administration systems; land markets and their relationship to planning, valuation and cadastre; access to land information; land administration and spatial information systems in Victoria and associated government policy; the role of licensed cadastral surveyors. Assessment One 3-hour fully supervised written examination (50%); a major written group assignment of more than 4000-words (15%); a 30minute oral group presentation (15%); more than 1000-word written essay (10%); a 10-minute oral tutorial presentation (5%); and less

451-608 Spatial Analysis Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS or an equivalent subject Coordinator Dr Stephan Winter Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours (2 hours lectures per week, 2 hours practical per week and 4 hours seminars); Noncontact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of the role of statistical and geometric techniques of spatial analysis for users of GIS • an understanding of the computational methods of analysis of spatial relationships • a proficiency in the analysis and evaluation of spatial data Syllabus Spatial data types; data structures for spatial data; point patterns; measures of dispersion; measures of arrangements; patterns of lines; paths, branching, topology and concepts of distance; patterns of area; patterns in fields; the role of spatial scale and spatial aggregation problems; exploratory spatial data analysis; and spatial autocorrelation. Assessment 3-hours of written examination (50%) and the equivalent of 2000words of written assignments and reports on practical work during the semester (30%) and a seminar presentation (20%).

Subjects

436-570 Musculoskeletal Biomechanics

than a 1000-word written tutorial assignment (5%).

61

451-609 Remote Sensing Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Coordinator Dr Joe Leach Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours of lectures and practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of the acquisition, processing and uses of remotely sensed data and their application to the solution of resource management problems Syllabus Principles of remote sensing; photographic and non-photographic sensors; airborne and space platforms; fundamentals of analogue and digital image analysis; image correction and enhancement; introduction to classification of images. Use of image processing systems. High level digital image processing, correction and classification; applications of remote sensing in the geosciences, engineering, and resource assessment and inventory; image data in geographic information systems. Project based use of image processing systems. Assessment One 3-hour written examination plus assignments and practical exercise reports totalling not more than 40 pages. The relative weighting of the assessment components will be provided to students at the beginning of the subject.

451-610 Fundamentals of GIS Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Coordinator Dr Stephan Winter Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours lectures and 24 hours practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • gained a knowledge of the range of GIS applications • become familiar with the basic principles and procedures associated with GIS • an understanding of the fundamental role of GIS in decision making • developed basic practical skills in the use of GIS software Syllabus Introduction to the information society and information management; definition of GIS; overview of the range of GIS applications; the use of GIS for decision making; integration of GIS with other technologies; geographic referencing methods; geographic data structures and models; relationships between geographic features; database definition and modelling; introduction to the technology associated with GIS; data collection, manipulation, modelling, analysis and display; GIS and the Internet; and future trends in GIS. Assessment One 3-hour written examination plus assignments and practical exercise reports totalling not more than 40 pages. The relative weighting of the assessment components will be provided to

Engineering > postgraduate

the supervision of a member of academic staff. The subject will provide research training and skills in problem analysis, design and development of complex software systems. Syllabus Topics covered include: research methodology, literature search and scientific writing. Assessment Assessment will be based on a completed research report and/or presentation/demonstration of a working system. Project research and development work during semester, including demonstration/ presentation of project outcomes (50%). A detailed written report (8000-10000 words) containing a review of related work and a comprehensive evaluation, with highlighting of key contributions (50%). The report will be due in the second week of the examination period.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 62

students at the beginning of the subject.

451-614 Distributed Spatial Computing

451-611 Spatial Visualisation

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS and 451-617 Fundamentals of Positioning Technologies or the equivalent subjects. Coordinators Dr Stephan Winter and Dr Matt Duckham Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • the foundations of integrating multiple positioning technologies • an understanding the fundamental principles of distributed spatial computing, delivery of spatial information over the Web, and syntactical and semantic interoperability • an understanding the foundations of location-aware computing, including LBS architectures, interfaces and location privacy Syllabus This subject provides fundamental concepts, theory, and applications of integrating spatial technologies with enabling technologies, such as wireless communications and the Internet. The subject covers three core areas: studies in positioning technologies and measurement integration; distributed GIS, web mapping, interoperability; and location-based services Assessment 3-hours of written examinations and tests (50%) and the equivalent of 3000- words written assignments and reports on practical work during the semester (50%).

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS or an equivalent subject. Coordinator Professor Ian Bishop Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours (2-hours lecture per week, 2-hours practical per week and four 1-hour seminars); Noncontact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion of this subject, students should have: • developed an understanding of the principles and techniques associated with computerised mapping and visualisation Syllabus The subject introduces the theory and application of both abstract and realistic visualisation options in two, three and four dimensions. Specific topics include: colour theory; communication theory; cartography; map animation; hypermapping; environmental visualisation; and augmented reality. Also included are: technical aspects of computer graphics including image manipulation; threedimensional modelling and transformations; perspective; hidden surface algorithms; illumination models; texture mapping; ray tracing; and animation. Applications of scientific and environmental visualisation for planning and management in built and natural environments are reviewed. Seminars will cover research uses of visualisation and also ethical issues in application. Assessment 2-hours of written examination (30%), the equivalent of 3000-words of written assignments and reports on practical work during the semester (50%) and a seminar presentation (20%).

451-612 Research Project GIS Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1, 2 or Summer Coordinator Professor Ian Bishop Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: The student will be in regular contact with a supervisor who has been approved by the program coordinator; Non-contact time commitment: Individual work of approximately 8 hours per week. Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an appreciation of the procedures involved in conducting organised research • experience in scientific report writing on their own investigation in a topic pertinent to the their overall study program Syllabus A program of study will be prescribed in the first week of semester, and the student must show evidence of development of an enhanced knowledge of their subject matter and/or advanced capability in the use and development of associated technologies. Assessment Examination of a project report of approximately 5000-words.

451-613 Scripting & Programming in GIS Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Coordinator Dr Matt Duckham Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours of lectures and practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • the ability to write computer programs that enhance the functions of GIS and database software, or provide GIS functionality independently of more general programs Syllabus The course will consist of three modules each of 3 weeks. These will include lectures, online tutorials and programming assignments. The modules are: introduction to programming, using a visual programming language (e.g. Visual Basic); programming with databases, including GIS attribute data management using external database links and SQL (e.g. using MS Access); and customising GIS, including developing custom GIS functionality and interfaces using a visual programming language (e.g. using ArcGIS and Visual Basic). Assessment Three assignments to develop a fully documented working program code and associated material. The relative weighting of the assessment components will be provided to the students at the beginning of the subject.

451-617 Fundamentals of Positioning Technologies Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Coordinator Dr Allison Kealy Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 4 hours per week (2 hours lecture, 2 hours practical); Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should be able to: • describe the operational and performance characteristics of modern positioning technologies • describe the measurements made by modern positioning technologies and explain how they relate to the generation of key spatial datasets • explain the different types and nature of errors that occur in spatial data measurements and techniques for their minimisation • discuss and critically evaluate how these errors determine the potential use of different positioning technologies within a spatial application • relate fundamental geodetic theory to recognising problems that arise in spatial data integration due to the incorrect use of datums and map projections • solve common problems that arise in spatial data integration by applying geodetic theory within the ArcGIS software • demonstrate the field procedure for using GPS receivers for spatial data acquisition • demonstrate the “field to office” process from data acquisition to the generation of a spatial dataset within ArcGIS • evaluate next generation positioning technologies and make conclusions as to their impact on spatial data applications Syllabus Positioning technologies such as the Global Positioning System (GPS) and wireless networks have revolutionised the way in which spatial data is collected and used. Traditional measurement techniques and their associated limitations (such as the need for clear lines of sight) have today been superseded by lightweight, versatile devices that can operate almost anywhere and at anytime. As such, it has encouraged the development of an expanding range of applications based around positioning such as LBS (Location Based Services). The efficient and effective use of positioning technologies by spatial information specialists requires knowledge of some basic geodetic principles. Concepts such as coordinate systems, geodetic datums, coordinate transformations and conversions all emerge as fundamental to the correct application and interpretation of positioning data. This subject has been designed to expose students to the principles of positioning technologies. The geodetic issues that need to be considered in the appropriate use of positioning technologies form a key component of the subject material. Furthermore, the wide variety of tasks to which such technologies can be applied is illustrated by reference to numerous practical examples.

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Prerequisites 451-610 Introduction to GIS or an equivalent subject Coordinator Assoc. Professor Gary Hunter Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours lectures and 24 hours practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • a sound understanding of the diversity of GIS applications and their different requirements • a detailed knowledge of the system design and development process • an understanding of the major institutional and management issues affecting GIS • a strong practical skills in the use of current GIS technology Syllabus Introduction to typical application areas such as: cadastral records and land information; facilities management; urban planning; land use and agriculture; nature resource management; environmental monitoring; marketing and demographic studies; defence and emergency service needs; decision-making with GIS and decision support systems; knowledge-based techniques. System Planning and Implementation gaining management support; determining system requirements; evaluation of alternative systems and benchmarking; pilot projects; cost/benefit analyses; system implementation and acquisition planning; the operational system. Management Issues data accuracy and quality; data ownership and custodianship; data access and liability; the economic value of data/ pricing policies; GIS standards; the political nature of GIS; the future of GIS. Assessment One 3-hour written examination plus assignments and practical exercise reports totalling not more than 40 pages. The relative weighting of the assessment components will be provided to students at the beginning of the subject.

451-625 Investigative Project Credit Points 25.0 Semester 1, 2 or Summer Coordinator Professor Ian Bishop Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus. Non-contact time commitment: 240 hours comprising individual work of approximately 20 hours a week. Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an appreciation of the procedures involved in conducting organised research and experience in scientific report writing on their own investigation in a topic pertinent to the their overall study program Syllabus A program of study will be prescribed in the first week of semester. The student must show evidence of development of an enhanced knowledge of their subject matter and/or advanced capability in the use and development of associated technologies. Assessment Examination of a project report of approximately 10000-words.

451-627 Developing Spatial Data Infrastructure Credit Points 12.5 Semester 2 Coordinator Dr Abbas Rajabifard Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of SDI principles and issues, institutional arrangements supporting SDI initiatives, the need for effective and efficient design, and development of SDIs • the ability to review a variety of technologies for developing and maintaining SDIs • an understanding of and ability to analyse a range of local and overseas approaches to SDI development in both developed and developing countries • modelling, designing and evaluating SDI and other related spatial data initiatives Syllabus This subject introduces the concepts, nature, processes involved, organisational models and progress made on Spatial Data

451-628 Location Based Services (not offered in 2006)

Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Coordinator Dr Matt Duckham Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an understanding of the fundamentals of data communication and computer networks • an understanding of the interface standards and protocols associated with the internet and other data networks • an awareness of the range of international standard protocols that achieve open systems interconnection • familiarity with the developing standards for the transmission of non-voice data • an understanding of the incorporation of geo-positioning technologies into the delivery of geographic information via telecommunication networks Syllabus Aspects of the following topics will be considered: data transmission (synchronous and asynchronous transmission, error detection and correction, and compression) and local and wide area networks (architectures, protocols, and issues); and the delivery of geographic information system data via telecommunication networks. In addition, the incorporation of geo-positioning technologies within the telecommunication infrastructure. Assessment 3-hours of written examinations and tests (50%) and the equivalent of 3000-words of written assignments and reports on practical work (50%)

Subjects

451-624 Management of GIS

Infrastructure (SDI) developments and the cross-jurisdictional relationships of these developments. The focus of the subject is on problem solving to increase understanding and management capacity for the spatial data activities in the context of SDI development. Topics covered include: SDI principles, issues and case studies; SDI hierarchy; current SDI initiatives; SDI development models; SDI and partnerships approaches; financing SDI development; challenges for developed and developing countries; capacity building for SDI; marine SDI and marine cadastre; SDI development-technical aspects; and policy and privacy issues. Assessment 3-hours of written examinations and tests (50%) and the equivalent of 3000- words of written assignments and reports on practical work (50%).

63

451-629 Advanced Topics in GIScience Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Coordinator Dr Stephan Winter Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 24 hours of lectures and 24 hours of tutorials and practical exercises; Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • a basic understanding of theories of geographic space and geographic information • an insight into research methodologies • an overview of current research in Geographic Information Science Syllabus This subject provides an introduction on advanced topics of Geographic Information Science (GIScience). Departmental lecturers will introduce current research topics by presenting the required basic and advanced concepts for those topics, and giving an overview of current research questions and findings. The topics may change from year to year, according to the specific interests of the lecturers. The subject will contain state of the art content that is not covered by any other subject and the practical exercises can be highly experimental. Assessment 3-hours of written examinations and tests (50%) and the equivalent of 5000-words of written assignments and reports on practical work (50%).

Engineering > postgraduate

Assessment A 3-hour written examination (50%) and the equivalent of 3000words of coursework assessment comprising four separate practical assignments (50%).

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

451-637 Investigative Project

64

Credit Points 37.50 Semester 1, 2 or Summer Coordinator Professor Ian Williamson Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: The student will be in regular contact with a supervisor who has been agreed to by the program coordinator; Non-contact time commitment: 360 hours comprising Individual work of approximately 30 hours a week. Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an appreciation of the procedures involved in conducting organised research • experience in scientific report writing on their own investigation in a topic pertinent to the their overall study program Syllabus A program of study will be prescribed in the first week of semester. The student must show evidence of development of an enhanced knowledge of their subject matter and/or advanced capability in the use and development of associated technologies. Assessment Examination of a project report of approximately 15000-words.

451-650 Investigative Project Credit Points 50.0 Semester 1, 2 or Summer Coordinator Professor Ian Bishop Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: The student will be in regular contact with a supervisor who has been agreed to by the program coordinator; Non-contact time commitment: 480 hours comprising individual work of approximately 40 hours a week. Objectives On successful completion, students should have: • an appreciation of the procedures involved in conducting organised research • experience in scientific report writing on their own investigation in a topic pertinent to their overall study program Syllabus A program of study will be prescribed in the first week of the semester. The student must show evidence of development of an enhanced knowledge of their subject matter and/or advanced capability in the use and development of associated technologies. Assessment Examination of a project report of approximately 20000-words.

451-666 Spatial Databases Credit Points 12.5 Semester 1 Prerequisites 451-610 Fundamentals of GIS or an equivalent subject Coordinator Dr Matt Duckham Contact Face-to-face on Parkville campus: 48 hours (2 hours lecture per week, 2 hours practical per week (10 weeks); Non-contact time commitment: 96 hours Objectives On successful completion of this subject, students be able to: • understand the principles of spatial databases and techniques for using databases for efficiently storing, retrieving, and updating spatial data • develop database designs for a spatial applications • query spatial and non-spatial database systems • use and customise specific spatial and non-spatial database systems Syllabus The topics covered in this subject will include: the fundamentals of spatial databases; spatial data modelling including entity-relationship and object-oriented data models; indexes and access methods including B-trees, quadtrees, and R-trees; and query languages and query processing. Assessment Three-hours of written examinations (60% in total) and the equivalent of 3000-words of written assignments and reports on practical work during the semester (40%).

Research Programs

Research Programs On successful completion of this course a student should have acquired knowledge of the technical characteristics of a selected area of study, including the characteristics embodied in the objectives of the relevant coursework subjects selected as preparation for study at the postgraduate level.

Masters Degrees by Research The research masters provides students with the opportunity to carry out independent and sustained research under appropriate supervision, to develop advanced research skills and techniques, and to present findings in documented, scholarly form. The research should make an independent contribution to learning, or offer a critical perspective on existing scholarship or methodology. Duration Normally 1.5 years full time equivalent with a minimum of 1 year full time and a maximum of 2 years full time enrolment (with a six month extension). Entry Requirements Normally a four year degree at first class honours standard, or completion of a masters preliminary program or postgraduate diploma or equivalent pathway study. Applicants interested in applying for a research masters are advised to enter into communication with the Postgraduate Coordinator in the relevant department to determine the suitability of their proposed research topic and the availability of appropriate supervision.

Coursework Component Some research degrees require a coursework component. Intake Students may commence the masters by research at any time during the year subject to prior arrangement with their nominated supervisor. Where a student is enrolling in a masters degree with a coursework component intake may be restricted to the timetabling of subjects. Please check with the relevant department prior to making any arrangements for enrolment or travel. Awarding of Final Mark & Grade Where there is a coursework component the final mark and grade for the degree is the mark and grade awarded for the thesis. A pass in all coursework is required to fulfill the requirements of the degree.

Special Masters Degrees The degrees of Master of Engineering and Master of Geomatics are awarded in recognition of research or significant contributions to knowledge and practice in the relevant field which have been made either internal or external to the University and not under the formal supervision of the Faculty. The degrees may be gained by submitting a thesis which may comprise published or unpublished reports or papers, or designs for which the candidate has been responsible.

Engineering > postgraduate

Masters Preliminary Studies

>

65

Research Degrees & Areas of Specialisation Degrees by Department

Research Areas

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering Postgraduate Coordinator: Assoc. Professor David Shallcross E: [email protected] Master of Applied Science Master of Engineering Science PhD

Nano & biomolecular: nanostructured materials, tissue engineering, microfluidics, molecular recognition, sonoprocess technology Bioprocess: fermentation technologies, separations technology, industrial biopolymers Materials & minerals: pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy, composite materials, flow process sensing & modelling, polymer science, sensors

Civil & Environmental Engineering* Postgraduate Coordinator: (Civil Eng) Assoc. Profressor Nick Haritos E: [email protected] Postgraduate Coordinator: (Environmental Eng) Dr Graham Moore E: [email protected] Master of Applied Science

66

Environmental: water purification, waste water processing & recycling, greenhouse gas recovery, sustainable technologies

Master of Engineering Science PhD

Civil: water resources engineering & hydrology, geotechnical engineering, structural engineering, earthquake engineering, engineering systems management, engineering project & construction management Environmental: agricultural meteorology & energy, water & soil management, waste management & systems analysis, surface & groundwater hydrology, tillage & traction, crop harvesting processing & storage, wool harvesting & handling, the rural environment, energy studies, environmental control, machinery management, agricultural instrumentation, computer modelling

Computer Science & Software Engineering* Program Director: Dr James Bailey E: [email protected] Master of Applied Science Master of Computer Science Master of Engineering Science PhD

Autonomous & intelligent systems: agent applications & ontologies, agent-oriented software engineering, agent programming & specification languages, concept-based retrieval & interpretation for large datasets, complex & adaptive systems, transaction oriented computational models for multi-agent systems Declarative languages: analysis & transformation of programs, constraint programming, declarative debugging, HAL, logic programming techniques, Mercury Knowledge discovery: data compression & coding, human language technology, information discovery, machine learning & data mining, security & cryptography, spatial data, XML & semi-structured data Software engineering: flexible & responsive systems engineering methods & tools; software engineering methods & tools for Complex & Adaptive systems; & software engineering methods & tools for Agent Oriented systems Parallel & distributed computing: security, resource autonomy, uniform interface, robustness, reliability, scalability, economic incentive for cooperation, quality of service, adaptation, utility-based resource allocation, autonomic management, & service-orientation

Research Degrees & Areas of Specialisation Degrees by Department

Research Areas

Electrical & Electronic Engineering* Master of Applied Science Master of Engineering Science PhD

Signals & systems: mathematical systems theory, control systems, signal processing & radar tracking, biomedical engineering, & optimisation & numerical methods. Telecommunications: mobile & wireless networks, telecommunication systems, network design & performance monitoring, optical communication systems & information theory.

Geomatics* Postgraduate Coordinator: Professor Ian Bishop E: [email protected] Master of Applied Science GIS Master of Applied Science Geomatics Master of Geomatic Engineering PhD

Measurement science: videometric inspection in the aerospace & manufacturing industries, rapid asset mapping using an integrated GPS/GIS solution, real time GPS for resource exploration, deformation monitoring by digital photogrammetry, & the use of photogrammetry in cultural monument recording, archaeology & biometry.

Research Programs

Postgraduate Coordinator (Research): Dr Margreta Kuijper E: [email protected]

67

Land management & administration: diffusion of GIS in state & local government, cadastral data & the internet, the design, construction & management of spatial data infrastructures, cadastral reform & land tenure in developing countries, & the development of a marine cadastre. Spatial information science & technology: spatial information science, including spatial cognition, computer visualisation of environmental change, GIS for provision of location based services, modelling & communicating uncertainty in spatial databases, multi-spectral imaging for marine mapping & monitoring, & the collaborative decision support systems for environmental management.

Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering Postgraduate Coordinator: Dr Chris Manzie E: [email protected] Master of Applied Science Master of Engineering Science PhD

Mechanics & materials: solid mechanics, materials, & dynamics & vibration. Thermofluids: transport energy & fluid mechanics. Mechatronics & manufacturing: mechatronics, engineering design & operations research.

Engineering > postgraduate

* see additional information outlined in text

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Conversion from Masters to PhD Candidature

68

Masters candidates may, preferably before the expiry of 12 months candidature, apply for transfer to PhD candidature. The application must be strongly supported by the supervisor and the head (or, if the head is the supervisor, the deputy head) of the Department, and forwarded to the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering for approval. When a candidate wishes to transfer to PhD without submitting a masters thesis, the PhD conversion application must be submitted with a substantial conversion report (10-20 pages maximum) summarising the work and results obtained during the masters candidature. These applications are considered by the PhD Sub-committee. The time spent in the masters program reduces the time remaining for the completion of the PhD. For example, a student who converts after one year of masters study will have two further years of study in which to complete the PhD.

PhD Programs The Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) is the University’s major research qualification. Candidates undertake a research program and are required to make a significant and new contribution to their discipline. Typically a student’s research will be supervised by a single member of the academic staff assisted by two other members of staff interested in the research area. This panel monitors progress and provides supervision to the student. Candidates write up to a 100,000 word thesis about their research. The thesis is examined externally with at least one international examiner. Duration The normal period of candidature is three years for full-time candidates with the possibility of two, six month extensions. All PhD candidates are required to complete a minimum of 12 months full-time research at the University in order to benefit from planning, conducting and writing up their research within a University community and environment. Normally the entire PhD is undertaken at the University. Entry Requirements Normally a four degree at H1 (80%+) level. Some departments of the Engineering faculty prefer to admit students to the research masters in the first instance with conversion to PhD after 1 year of study. All PhD students are probationary students for the first year of their studies. Applicants interested in applying for a PhD are advised to enter into communication with the Postgraduate Coordinator in the relevant department to determine the suitability of their proposed research topic and the availability of appropriate supervision.

Coursework Component Some research degrees require a coursework component. Intake Students may commence a PhD at any time during the year subject to prior arrangement with their nominated supervisor. Where a student is enrolling in a PhD with a coursework component intake may be restricted by the timetabling of subjects. Please check with the relevant department prior to making any arrangements for enrolment or travel. Awarding of Final Mark & Grade Where there is a coursework component the final mark and grade for the degree is the mark and grade awarded for the thesis. A pass in all coursework is required to fulfill the requirements of the degree.

Doctorate Programs The degrees of Doctor of Engineering, Doctor of Applied Science and Doctor of Surveying/Geomatics are the highest degrees awarded by the Faculty. They are awarded in recognition of outstanding contributions to research, knowledge or practice in the relevant field. The degree may be gained by submitting for examination a thesis comprising published or unpublished reports or papers, or designs for which the candidate has been responsible.

All research degrees in the Department of Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering are examined solely by thesis. See Research Programs on page 65 for details of these awards. For staff and student profiles see Engineering Departments on page 71. For examples of research undertaken by current postgraduates students see: www.chemeng.unimelb.edu.au/pgrad/current_proj. html

Civil & Environmental Engineering All research degrees are normally examined by thesis alsone. See Research Programs on page 65 for details of these awards. In some circumstances the Faculty of Engineering may require a minor examinable coursework component for the Masters by research. Masters Degrees (by Research) Where the Faculty of Engineering requires a coursework component, at least 66% of the course must be examined by thesis. A pass is required in both the thesis and the coursework component. Postgraduate subjects and later year undergraduate subjects can be taken with the approval of the appropriate Postgraduate Coordinator. The following subjects will be offered depending on sufficient enrolments: 421-624 Special Studies in Hydraulic Engineering 421-635 Special Studies (Geotechnical) For staff and student profiles see Engineering Departments on page 76. For examples of research undertaken by current postgraduates students see: www.civenv.unimelb.edu.au/research/postgrad.html

Computer Science & Software Engineering The PhD and Master of Applied Science are examined solely by thesis. See Research Programs on page 65 for details of these awards. The MCompSc is a research degree program designed to follow a Bachelor of Science (Hons), Bachelor of Computer Studies (Hons) or the equivalent. Similarly, the MEngSc is a research degree program designed to follow a Bachelor of Engineering in Computing or Software Engineering. Both degrees may be taken as research only or as a minimum 75% research and a maximum of 25% coursework. 100% Research Option Applicants must have a four year undergraduate degree, including study at the fourth year level in the area of Computer Science or Software Engineering that is to be the subject of the proposed investigation. A final year average of at least a H2A (75%) or the equivalent is required.

Applicants must have a four-year undergraduate degree, including study of Computer Science and Software Engineering at the third year level. A final year average of at least a H2B (70%) or the equivalent is required. A candidate undertaking this option will normally spend their first semester of study completing three advanced level subjects in Computer Science and Software Engineering (37.5 points) and a further two semesters undertaking their research investigation. The coursework subjects will be drawn from the 600level subjects offered by the Department and should be approved by the Program Director. Not all subjects are offered in Semester 1 and Semester 2 in each year. If you need to take a specific subject please check its availability before enrolment. For staff and student profiles see Engineering Departments on page 80, and visit: www.csse.unimelb.edu.au/research

Electrical & Electronic Engineering

Research Programs

Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering

75% Research & 25% Coursework option

69

The PhD and Masters Degree (by Research) are awarded based on a research thesis and a small compulsory course requirement. PhD All students are required to complete a minimum of four subjects and a maximum of eight. A minimum of four subjects must be chosen from the core subjects detailed below. The actual content of these subjects may change from year to year. Core Subjects: 431-658 Advanced Studies 1 (Electrical) 431-659 Advanced Studies 2 (Electrical) 431-660 Advanced Studies 3 (Electrical) 431-661 Advanced Studies 4 (Electrical) If a student does not have sufficient background in the core subjects they may be required by the supervisory panel to take preliminary undergraduate subjects. Undergraduate preliminary subjects will not count towards the postgraduate level coursework requirement. Subjects from other departments may be selected in consultation with the supervisor and the department, and are subject to the written approval of the Head of Department. All PhD students are required to attend departmental seminars over the period of their candidature. During their candidature students are trained in research and communication skills with particular reference to presenting their work to both the research and broader communities. Students will typically participate in leading conferences in their research areas. Students are able to benefit from overseas exchange/training periods through our extensive international collaboration network. The Department maintains an intensive international visitors program, allowing students and staff to collaborate with international experts in particular subdisciplines.

Engineering > postgraduate

Research Programs by Department

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Masters Degree (by Research)

70

All students are required to complete a minimum of two subjects and a maximum of four subjects. A minimum of two subjects must be selected from the core subjects detailed below. The actual content of these subjects may change from year to year.

Master of Applied Science (Geographic Information Systems) Students are required to complete 150 points of study with a minimum of 100 points research (66%) and up to 50 points coursework (34%). Students can elect to take a greater amount of research if desired. Master of Geomatic Engineering

Core Subjects: 431-658 Advanced Studies 1 (Electrical) 431-659 Advanced Studies 2 (Electrical) 431-660 Advanced Studies 3 (Electrical) 431-661 Advanced Studies 4 (Electrical)

Course Objectives

For staff and student profiles see Engineering Departments on page 84, and visit: www.ee.unimelb.edu.au/research

On successful completion of this course, students will have acquired proficiency in: • the definition of a research proposal • determining an appropriate research methodology; • data analysis and evaluation • appropriate review and evaluation techniques for literature surveys • reporting to an acceptable standard in the form of a thesis embodying the project and its outcomes • understanding the role of research in Geomatic Engineering, as evidenced by the production of a thesis and the fundamental principles underlying the selected study • the technical characteristics of the selected study and technical requirements in carrying out the proposal • sustained original investigation of a defined area of research specialisation

Geomatics

For staff and student profiles see Engineering Departments on page 88.

If a student does not have sufficient background in the core subjects they may be required by the research studies committee to take preliminary undergraduate subjects. Undergraduate preliminary subjects will not count towards the postgraduate level coursework requirement. Subjects from other departments may be selected in consultation with the supervisor and the Department concerned and are subject to the written approval of the Head of Department. All Masters (by Research) students are required to attend departmental seminars over the period of their candidature.

The Master of Applied Science Geomatics and PhD are examined solely by thesis. See Research Programs on page 65 for details of these awards. The Master of Applied Science (Geographic Information Systems) and Master of Geomatic Engineering require a coursework component. Course

Entry Requirement

Length

Typical Progression Pathway

Master of Applied Science GIS

4 year Degree 18 months at honours (3 semesters) level or, 150 points other tertiary education may be considered

PhD

Master of Applied Science Geomatics

4 year Degree at honours level or other tertiary education with at least 2 years industry experience

18 months (3 semesters) 150 points

PhD

Master of Geomatic Engineering

4 year Degree in Geomatic Engineering at honours level

18 months (3 semesters) 150 points

PhD

PhD

4 year Degree at honours level or, Masters by research or, coursework (must have sound research proposal)

3 years

For examples of research undertaken by current postgraduates students see: www.geom.unimelb.edu.au/research/ postgrad_res.html

Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering All research degrees in the Department of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering are examined solely by thesis. See Research Programs on page 65 for details of these awards. For staff and student profiles see Engineering Departments on page 91. For examples of research undertaken by current postgraduates students see: www.mame.mu.oz.au/research/postgrad.html

The Departments

Engineering Departments

As a result of the strong industrial connections, postgraduates leaving the Department find challenging positions in Australian and overseas industry, as well as postdoctoral opportunities both within and outside Australia. www.chemeng.unimelb.edu.au

Head of Department Professor Peter Scales T: + 61 3 8344 6480 F: + 61 3 8344 4153 E: [email protected]

The major research activities of the Department are in the fields of: > Environmental Engineering which includes Water Purification, Waste Water Processing and Recycling and Sustainable Technologies; > Nano & Biomolecular Engineering which includes Nanostructured Materials, Tissue Engineering, Microfluidics;

> Bioprocess Engineering which includes Fermentation Technologies, Separations Technology and Industrial Biopolymers; and > Materials & Minerals Engineering which includes Pyrometallurgy, Hydrometallurgy, Composite Materials and Flow Process Sensing and Modelling. Work in these areas includes a mixture of fundamental and applications based research associated with the petroleum, water, minerals, food and biotechnology industries. PhD and Master of Engineering Science students are involved in every aspect of the Department’s research programs and in general are involved in postgraduate teams on related projects. This enables the postgraduate students to gain experience in team work, benefit from group brainstorming sessions and participate in group seminars as well as general Departmental seminars. There are four major competitively funded Research Centres represented in the Department: > ARC Special Research Centre – Particulate Fluids Processing Centre > The Cooperative Research Centre for Bioproducts > The Cooperative Research Centre for Greenhouse Gas Technologies > The Centre for Nanoscience & Nanotechnology. The new Centre for Nanoscience and Technology represents collaboration between the Schools of Physics and Chemistry and Bio21 Institute at the University of Melbourne. Each of the Research Centres has very strong industry interaction and industry plays a major role in supporting our research. Reviews of the Department have placed us with the top four Chemical Engineering Departments in the UK and within the top 20% in the USA.

Engineering > postgraduate

Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering

>

71

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 72

New initiatives in the Department include the development of new research themes in the Biomolecular Engineering area and the development of further new laboratory space. State-of-the-art laboratories for Nano and Biomolecular Engineering and Bioprocess Engineering research were opened in early 2003.

Academic Staff Professors P J Scales, BSc PhD Melb – environmental, materials and minerals engineering, nano and biomolecular engineering G W Stevens, BE(Chem) RMIT PhD Melb CEng – environmental, nano and biomolecular, bioprocess, and materials and minerals Engineering JSJ van Deventer, HonsBIng, PhD, Ding Stell, HonsBCom, DCom Univ Safr – mineral and materials engineering, geopolymers Federation Fellows & Professors F Caruso, BSc PhD Melb – nano and biomolecular engineering W Ducker, BE PhD ANU – nano, biomolecular and adsorption engineering Laureate Professor & Professor of Chemical Engineering D V Boger, BSc Bucknell MSc PhD Ill – environmental rheology, microfluidics Professorial Fellow D H Solomon, BSc MSc NSWUT PhD DSc NSW – materials and minerals engineering Readers M R Davidson, BSc PhD Qld – materials and minerals engineering D E Dunstan, BSc PhD Melb – bioprocess, nano and biomolecular engineering Assoc. Professors N B Pamment, BSc ChemEng PhD NSW – environmental and bioprocess engineering D C Shallcross, BE PhD Melb – bioprocess, materials and minerals engineering Senior Lecturers M A Connor, BSc PhD CapeTown (Deputy Head of Department) – environmental engineering R Dagastine, BChE (dist) Uni Delaware, PhD Carnegie Melon – nano, biomolecular, and materials and minerals engineering S E Kentish, BE M EngSc PhD Melb – environmental, nano and biomolecular, and bioprocess engineering A J O’Connor, BE PhD Melb – environmental, nano and biomolecular, bioprocess and materials, and minerals engineering G G Hua Qiao, BSc DongHua PhD Qld – environmental, materials and minerals engineering, nano and biomolecular engineering Y L Yeow, BE Cant MSc Newcastle (UK) PhD Camb – materials and minerals engineering Lecturer V Tirtaatmadja, BE Melb MESc PhD Monash

Senior Research Fellows R G de Kretser, BE PhD Melb – materials and minerals, and environmental engineering D R Dixon, BSc PhD Melb – environmental engineering R Eldridge, BSc PhD Melb – environmental and materials engineering D Feng, BE NE China PhD Central South China – materials and minerals, and environmental engineering G C Lukey, BE PhD Melb – materials and minerals, and environmental engineering J M Perera, BAppSc CIT GradDip RMIT PhD Melb – minerals, materials, environmental and bioprocess engineering Research Fellows P Gurr, BSc(Hons) Chem Monash PhD Melb H Habaki, BE ME PhD Tokyo Inst of Tech D Harvie, BE PhD Syd A James, BA MChem NatSc PhD Biotech Camb (UK) A Johnston, BSc(Hons) Chem, PhD UQ A Kabir, BSc Eng BUET Bangladesh PhD CQU (Aust) A K Kyllo, BAppSc MAppSc PhD Br Col N Lawrence, BE GradDip AppSc PhD Melb Z Liang, BSc MSc Lanshou PhD Shanghai G Martin, MEngSc Melb K Mueller, DipChem PhD Marburg K Northcott, BE PhD Melb C Powell, BSc (Hons) Massey PhD ANU J Quinn, BSc PhD NSW T Russo, BSc PhD Melb A Stickland, BE BSc PhD Melb S Usher, BE BSc PhD Melb Y Wang, BS MSc Nankai PhD Fudan L Xu, BSc COU MEng CUMT PhD Melb S Van de Jong, PhD Melb A Zelikin, BSc PhD Moscow SU

Prominent Areas of Research Returning Antarctica to its pristine state Collaboration with the Australian Antarctic Division to clean up contaminated sites in Antarctica

Professor Geoff Stevens is Director of the University’s Centre for Particulate Fluids Processing (PFPC), a Special Research Centre funded by the Australian Research Council. His expertise in separations technology is helping to clean up contaminated sites in Antarctica. Human activities have left a legacy of waste dumps, fuel spills and abandoned stations across the continent. The research program is a joint collaboration between the PFPC and the Australian Antarctic Division. It is tackling a unique set of engineering challenges that includes cold temperatures, ground that is frozen for most of the year, isolation as well as various

Dept of Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering

Student Profile > Kathy Northcott Kathy’s PhD work resulted in the design, construction and commissioning of a mobile water treatment system specifically for use at remote cold regions contaminated sites Cross country skiing in Antarctica. Photo: Nick Graham

Kathy returned to Melbourne University in January 2000 to undertake a PhD looking at the development of site remediation technologies for cold regions contaminated sites. Her work was the first of several collaborative PhD projects between the University of Melbourne and the Australian Antarctic Division, in the field of contaminated site remediation technologies. Her main research material and methods for removal of particulate contamination by coagulation/flocculation, dissolved metal contamination from waters using novel ion-exchangers/adsorbents. Kathy’s PhD work resulted in the design, construction and commissioning of a mobile water treatment system specifically for use at remote cold regions contaminated sites. Kathy is the winner of the 2004 Alstom Award for Engineering Excellence, as well as being a recipient of a 12 month research fellowship from the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science. Part of the collaboration between the Australian Antarctic Division and the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering at the University of Melbourne has focused on the recovery and return to Australia of wastes from abandoned Australian tip sites on the Antarctic continent. A former tip site near Casey Station was remediated and the wastes returned to Australia in the summer of 20032004. Kathy, together with Melbourne University postgraduate student Penny Woodberry, worked in the water treatment system mentioned above. Their role in the site clean-up project was to treat waters from the tip site, during excavation of the wastes and contaminated sediments from the site, to prevent dispersal of contaminants into the nearby marine environment. The major areas of research for the water treatment system were the removal of contaminated particles by coagulation and flocculation and the removal of dissolved metals by ion exchange. The water treatment technologies and methods developed for the site clean-up near Casey Station were shown to be effective for prevention of contaminated dispersal. It is expected that these technologies will be suitable for

Student Profile > Ainul Azzah Abd Aziz “For me science is the fundamentals and engineering is the application, together they bring a whole lot of new perspectives”

After completing her Bachelor of Science (Hons) in Chemistry at the University of Melbourne, Ainul worked with Malaysia Palm Oil Board (MPOB) as a research officer in formulation chemistry. After only 2½ months service she gained a scholarship from Majlis Amanah Rakyat Malaysia (MARA) to pursue her study at the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering. Her research work looked at the effect of shear in dewaterability of colloidal suspensions. Upon completion of her PhD, Ainul then worked with her supervisor Professor Peter Scales on a project to investigate the relationship of floc size and density on suspension dewaterability. Ainul is now working as a postdoctoral research fellow in the School of Chemistry, Monash University for the CRC for Clean Power from Lignite.

The Departments

The team is undertaking projects to develop new technologies for the remediation of heavy-metal contaminated areas as well as exploring permeable (bio-) reactive barriers for the containment and remediation of hydrocarbon spills. The knowledge that has been developed in this program is also now finding application in other remote areas, such as Canada and Alaska, United States.

contaminated site remediation projects at other cold regions sites, both in Antarctica and the Arctic.

73

Staff Profile > Professor Frank Caruso Frank Caruso is a Professor & Federation Fellow in the Department of Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering at the University of Melbourne.

Frank Caruso previously led an international research group at the Max Planck Institute of Colloids and Interfaces in Germany. He has been awarded numerous prizes for his scientific achievements: Alexander von Humboldt Research Fellowship; Max Planck Institute of Colloids and Interfaces award for research excellence; German Federal Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Technology bioscience research award; Royal Australian Chemical Institute Rennie Memorial Medal/ Royal Society of Chemistry - Royal Australian Chemical Institute Exchange Medal; ARC Federation Fellowship. Professor Caruso serves on the International Advisory Boards of the journals Advanced Functional Materials and Chemistry of Materials. His main interests are in combining recent new developments in bioscience with those in nanotechnology, in order to produce novel biofunctional materials for potential applications in medical diagnostics, pharmaceutics and catalysis. Nanotechnology has placed ever-increasing demands on materials synthesis and performance. To meet these needs, effective strategies to construct tailored nanomaterials reliably and predictably are required. A special and attractive class of building blocks from which to create ordered and complex materials with

Engineering > postgraduate

logistical challenges. The need for cost-effective and environmentally-acceptable solutions are further challenges and places limitations on remediation techniques that can be employed.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 74

unique properties are colloid particles. Colloids, or particles dispersed in a different phase (such as water), are ubiquitous, present all around us. Technologically, they have been of importance for centuries, and they have long been exploited in diverse areas ranging from additives and pigments (e.g., in foods, cosmetics, inks and paints), to catalysis, as well as in the photography, agriculture and mining industries. Recently, however, it has become apparent that significant advances can be made in high technology applications by using tailormade colloids with designed and functional properties. Professor Caruso’s research deals with a recently developed, versatile process based on self-assembly for the surface engineering of smart colloid particles at the nanoscale level. The strategy entails the step-by-step construction of well-defined layers of different composition on particles and flat surfaces, thereby allowing unprecedented control over the material properties and function. The potential applications of the nanoengineered particles are in the areas of biotechnology and nanotechnology, and as components in the construction of advanced materials for technology-driven applications.

The basic concept of light-responsive nanostructured capsules for controlled delivery: • the encapsulated material is released by irradiating the capsules with a short laser pulse in the near-infrared; • a cross section of the capsule shell (not to scale) showing multiple polyelectrolyte layers, light absorbing gold nanoparticles, an outer lipid coating, and surface receptor molecules.

Student Profile > Alexandra Angelatos Alexandra is a PhD Candidate in the Department of Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering

Tissue Engineering “Stimuli-responsive delivery vehicles have, over the years, attracted significant interest for applications in the areas of medicine, pharmaceutics, agriculture, and the food and cosmetics industries. Key requirements of the delivery vehicles in, for example, bioapplications are that they: possess a high loading capacity for the active materials; are stable during storage and circulation; transport their load specifically to the targeted site; and release their load in a controlled manner. The principal aim of my research is to develop stimuliresponsive delivery vehicles that exhibit optimal loading, stability, specificity, and release for use in bioapplications such as drug delivery and transfection. My work to date (A S Angelatos, B Radt, F Caruso, Journal of Phys. Chem. B 2005, 109, 3071-3076) has focused on the preparation and characterisation of light responsive delivery vehicles, namely microcapsules composed of multiple polyelectrolyte layers and light absorbing gold nanoparticles. We have loaded these nanostructured capsules with macromolecules by exploiting the pH-dependence of the shell permeability, and then studied the release of the encapsulated material upon irradiation with short laser pulses in the near-infrared. In addition, we have investigated the modification of the capsule shell with lipids and antibodies for the purpose of enhanced stability and targeted delivery, respectively.”

One very important area of learning and research in this Department is the area of Biotechnology. Professor Geoff Stevens and Dr Andrea Connor, from the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering at The University of Melbourne, and Professor W Morrisson, Dr A Penington, Dr K Knight, Dr R Thomson and Dr A Messina, from the Bernard O’Brien Institute of Microsurgery, are involved in the new venture in Tissue Engineering. The generation of new body parts and organs has many potential benefits. Engineered skin and cartilage are two tissues that are already being used clinically. Other potential products being trialled are artificial blood vessels and hearts. The common denominator is that they are two dimensional and relatively avascular. This work is on three-dimensional soft tissue. Threedimensional tissue engineering has three essential components: cells, scaffold and a blood supply. Cells are easily derived from the body by conventional tissue culture and are implanted into the required site. The development of tissue engineering relies heavily on the development of a biodegradable synthetic polymer structure in which the cells and blood supply can be placed and grown. These tissue engineering constructs provide the preliminary structural vascular and cellular support for the development of new extra cellular matrix within the body. Ideally these tissue engineering constructs are then completely absorbed into the body and leave only newly developed extra cellular matrix. The largest gap in the knowledge is the morphological control of these structures and this is the subject of

Dept of Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering

Staff Profile > Professor William Ducker Professor Ducker’s research is in the area of surface forces and adsorption, with a particular interest in Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM)

William Ducker is a Professor and Federation Fellow in the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering. He recently moved from the Chemistry department at Virginia Tech in the United States. William did his PhD at Australian National University (ANU) on Surface Forces under the supervision of Richard Pashley. He studied Atomic Force Microscopy for a year at IBM TJ Watson research in New York and then was a post-doc at the University of California in Santa Barbara (UCSB). He was a lecturer in Physical Chemistry at the University of Otago, New Zealand for four years before moving to Virginia Tech in 1998. Professor Ducker’s research is in the area of surface forces and adsorption, with a particular interest in Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM). Together with Tim Senden and Richard Pashley, he pioneered the use of AFM for measuring forces on colloidal particles. Colloidal particles are small (~1µm) particles that are commonly used to make ceramics, paints, food, photographic emulsions and other materials. Later at UCSB, this method was adapted for measurements for forces acting on bubbles, which are relevant to froth flotation, a process widely used for purifying minerals. At Virginia Tech, together with John Walz and Spencer Clark, he incorporated evanescent waves into the AFM to provide a direct measure of the separation in AFM measurements. This has been extended to measurements of the refractive index in thin films by his graduate student, Clayton McKee, who also joined us from Virginia Tech. Professor Ducker’s other research interest is adsorption of surfactants and polymers. He has published a series of papers on the organisation of surfactants that are adsorbed to solids, showing the effect of changes in the wettability and charge density of the solid. At the University of Melbourne he will focus on two areas: studies of the adsorption of artificial proteins to interfaces and the role of chiral selectivity in

Staff Profile > Dr Raymond Dagastine “I have found the last two years to be the most exciting and engaging of my research career”

As the Shell Graduate Fellow, Ray completed his PhD in Chemical Engineering in 2002 from Carnegie Mellon University, USA on colloidal force measurements using atomic force microscopy (AFM) and total internal reflection microscopy. He came to the Particulate Fluids Processing Centre (PFPC) for a two year international postdoctoral research fellowship funded by the National Science Foundation to study the interactions between emulsion droplets using AFM. These fellowships are designed to encourage US researchers to make research connections and gain experience outside the US.

The Departments

To date we have been able to generate skin flaps, fat, tissue, skeletal muscle, bone, breast and a primitive pancreas. All these tissues are well vasculated living structures that can be transferred from one site to another in the same animal or into another animal.

adsorption. This selective adsorption is the critical step in the purification of many therapeutic drugs.

75

Ray was initially attracted to the PFPC as a host institution for my fellowship based on the centre’s world renowned reputation for high quality research in colloids and the diversity in research background of the people in the PFPC. The other significant aspect was that the PFPC provided the opportunity to learn about new areas and expand his research directions because of the diversity of the people and research at the centre. “I have found the last two years to be the most exciting and engaging of my research career. In collaboration with researchers and students across the PFPC we have made some exciting discoveries in examining both the behaviour of surface forces between oil droplets and the hydrodynamic drainage between droplets on a length scale never before examined by using AFM. I have also had the opportunity to work in other PFPC research areas including froth flotation, diatom adhesion to surfaces and studying the dynamic forces and stability in nanoparticle synthesis.” In September 2004 Ray was appointed as a senior lecturer in the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering. He plans to establish a research program in the area of the interaction forces in ‘soft colloids’ and complex fluids, and apply this expertise to problems relevant to living systems on the cellular level.

Engineering > postgraduate

the work in Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering. The team has succeeded in making a chamber that can be moulded to any desired shape. This construct, including its specialised matrix, is an ideal environment in which new tissues can spontaneously grow. In addition, it provides optimal conditions for seeding cells, including stem cells that survive and subsequently differentiate into various types of tissues.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Student Profile > John Provis (PhD Candidate) Fulbright Scholar

76

Civil & Environmental Engineering “I am currently spending 12 months working in the USA at the Department of Materials Science and Engineering, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, and in the Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Delaware. My work here is continuing my PhD project on mathematical modelling of the structure and synthesis mechanisms of amorphous aluminosilicate geopolymers. I am working at Illinois with Professor Trudy Kriven, an Australian who has been in the USA for over 20 years, and at Delaware with Professor Dion Vlachos. My research here is funded by an AustralianAmerican Fulbright Postgraduate Scholarship, the Particulate Fluids Processing Centre (PFPC) and the University of Melbourne. The change of research focus between Chemical Engineering to Materials Science has been a very interesting experience for me, with the language divide between the two fields almost as challenging to overcome as the change from speaking ‘Australian’ to trying to speak ‘American’. I have had the opportunity to conduct some experiments at the National Synchotron Light Source at Brookhaven National Laboratory, which was a very informative experience. The two research groups I have worked with here have very different areas of expertise, and so I have been able to gain some understanding in a diverse range of research fields, which has been very interesting as well as being valuable in my PhD studies.”

With the world’s population soaring towards eight billion and as living standards continue to rise, the contribution that Civil & Environmental Engineering can make to a harmonious and sustainable future will be critical. The challenge is to develop a deep understanding of how the natural world works (both physically and biologically) and to incorporate this knowledge into sustainable engineering practices. The engineers who do this will be the leaders of the future in their field. www.civenv.unimelb.edu.au

Head of Department Professor David Smith T: + 61 3 8344 4061 F: + 61 3 8344 4616 E: [email protected]

We need intelligent, motivated and energetic men and women to turn their minds to the effective use of water, energy, infrastructure and natural resources: to the sustainable use of land, air and oceans so that the stunning diversity of life on earth is conserved or restored; and to ensure our privileged modern way of life is maintained and enhanced. The Civil & Environmental Engineering Department has established an international reputation for excellence in teaching, research and consulting. We are continuously and thoroughly revising our undergraduate and postgraduates degree programs to educate the future leaders of the profession. Postgraduate studies can be undertaken by research or coursework and areas include: Engineering Project and Construction Management, Structural and Earthquake Engineering, Hydrology and Water Resources, Environmental Engineering, Development Technologies, Energy Studies, Utilities Management, and the new Biomedical Engineering.

Academic Staff Professors D Smith, BE, PhD (Syd), FIAust, CPEng, MASCE, CPSS – biomechanics, cellular and developmental processes, geotechnical engineering G L Hutchinson, D Phil Oxford MEngSc Melb FIEAust MICE CPEng CEng – earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, structural application of synthetic materials

Dept of Civil & Environmental Engineering

Senior Lecturers L Aye, BE (Mech) Rgn, MEngSc Melb, PhD Melb, FAIE, MIEAust, MACS PCP, MASME, MSigma Xi, FAIRAH, MIIR – renewable energy, technology transfer, refrigeration and air conditioning H M Goldsworthy, BEng Hons Adel MSc Ill PhD Melb – earthquake engineering, steel structures, reinforced concrete structures, low seismicity N T K Lam, BSc (Leeds) MSc (ICST Lond) DIC PhD (Melb) CEng MICE MIStructE CPEng MIEAust – earthquake engineering & structural dynamics and bridge engineering G A Moore, BE PhD Melb – agricultural engineering, environmental engineering W J Robertson, Dip CE Footscray, MBA BE ME Melb, FIE Aust EWS (Vic), CPEng – systems planning, management, infrastructure J R Styles, Dip CE Footscray BE MEngSc Melb – geomechanics, cone penetration testing, soil vibration measurement, landfill R G Thompson, BAppSc RMIT MEngSc Monash PhD Melb – behavioural modelling of transport systems, advanced transport informatics J P Walker, BE Hons, B Surv Hons, PhD Newcastle – remote sensing, land surface modelling data assimilation S T S Yuen, BE Hons Birm MEngSc Melb PhD Melb MIEAust MICE MHKIE CPEng – geotechnical

Research Fellows R M Argent, BE Hons Melb MESc W Ont PhD Melb – hydrology, environmental management, tree ring analysis W E Bamford, BE NSW ME PhD Melb CPEng FIEAust – rock mechanics, tunnelling, rock cutting and sawing, tunnel excavation machinery B A George, BTech M Tech PhD – hydrology, water resources, irrigation management G C Lacey, BE (Civil) MEngSc Melb PhD Texas – scaling problems in hydrology M Peel, BSc(Geog) Hons Melb PhD Melb – global hydrology, forest hydrology A W Western, BE Hons BEc Monash PhD Melb – surface hydrology, hydraulics, salinity, scale issues, spatial variability S Zhou, BE Hohai MSc PhD Galway – water demand modelling for Melbourne Academic Associate N A Noonan, FIEAust, Dip CE RMIT – engineering project management

The Departments

Associate Professors F H S Chiew, BE PhD Melb – hydrology, water resources, hydrologic modelling, environmental engineering E Gad, BE (Hons) Monash PhD Melb MIEAust – earthquake engineering, light gauge steel, domestic C F Duffield, BE Hons Deakin MEngSc Melb PhD Melb – structural dynamics, engineering project management, risk, contracts, infrastructure R B Grayson, BE Hons PhD Melb – hydrology, environmental management, water quality, environmental monitoring networks, scale issues R Hughes, MEngSc Melb PhD Camb MIEAust – engineering mathematics, fluid dynamics, including physical oceanography and crowd motion N Haritos, BE MEngSc PhD Melb FIEAust MISOPE – structural dynamics, hydrodynamics, wind effects, computer applications, experimental modal analysis H M Malano, BSc Argentina MSc PhD Utah – management and operation of water resource and irrigation systems P Mendis, BSc Eng PhD Monash MIEAust CPEng MACI – highperformance concrete, seismic design of concrete structures, tall buildings Ass Prof B Finlayson, BA Qld PhD Bristol – geomorphology, hydrology water resources, speleologist

engineering, hydrogeological modelling, landfill management, landfill hydrology

77

Staff Profile > Professor David Smith Head of Department Associate Dean (Biomedical Engineering) “I joined The University of Melbourne in 2004 as Head of the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering. I graduated with a doctorate in Engineering from Sydney University in 1990 and was employed at the University of Newcastle from 1991 to 2004. My total research earnings over the past ten years are $1.8million and I have published extensively in international journals as well as being regularly invited to lecture at international conferences and symposia. I have taught extensively in geotechnical engineering, integrating a geoenvironmental component into the course which reflects my belief in remoulding courses to give graduates contemporary skills that are in demand by the profession and beyond. Geoenvironmental engineering and unsaturated soils have been a major focus of my research. My recent research focus however, has been on biomedical engineering. Four years of undergraduate medical education prior to engineering, left an indelible mark on my understanding of society, disease and the behaviour of people and a life long interest in biology and medicine. An example of this research is the developing of a new statistical theory to predict women that are likely to give birth prematurely. The idea is based around trajectories of measured variables in a multi-dimensional statespace, and is the subject of an international patent. An exciting new area in biotechnology will be based upon the elucidation of genome regulatory control systems, and I am keen to couple this with transport theory. Fostering multidisciplinary skills such as those in bioengineering is of extreme gain to our Department and our students. Generic skills are also highly prized and an interest of mine in the past has been teaching technical writing to postgraduates.

Engineering > postgraduate

T A McMahon, BE Melb DipEd Monash PhD NSW DEng Melb FTS FIEAust – hydrology, water resources, water management, environmental engineering Professorial Fellows D Fox, BAppSc MAppSc PhD – environmental statistics, operations research, environmental monitoring and evaluation D Young, BE Hons Tas MSc Queens FIEAust CPEng – engineering project and construction management

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Environmental ethics is another area that I believe has rich rewards and would help produce socially aware graduates who can participate on multiple levels in the professional and public debates that lie ahead.”

78

Staff Profile > Dr Jeffrey Walker “Research on water related remote sensing is of major significance in a continent where water scarcity is of the utmost concern”

“Upon completion of my PhD, I spent two years as a research scientist at NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center. During this time, a first-ever global data set of satellite derived near-surface soil moisture content was developed and assimilated into a global climate model for improving soil moisture profile initialisation and subsequent seasonal-tointerannual climate predictions. Since joining the University of Melbourne, I have continued this research thrust and fostered active research collaboration with NASA colleagues on a range of remote sensing topics. Research on water related remote sensing is of major significance in a continent where water scarcity is of the utmost concern. My current research focus includes validation of a new satellite for near-surface soil moisture measurement and risk reduction of a further proposed satellite, detecting changes in terrestrial water storage from satellite derived measurements of changes in the earth’s gravity field, monitoring irrigation efficiency from remote sensing estimates of evapotranspiration, and remote sensing of riparian vegetation. Students are also exploring ways to downscale the coarse resolution estimates that some of these sensors afford, integrate data from a range of sensors, compare the spatial patterns provided by remote sensors and models, and assimilate remote sensing data into models. Acquisition of a new airborne sensor will see this environmental remote sensing focus strengthened during coming years.”

Student Profile > Christoph Ruediger Research Area: Environmental Engineering “Kangaroos, koalas, the Red Centre, all this is known from postcards or television and to be honest - who never dreamt of coming to Australia?” “Kangaroos, koalas, the Red Centre, all this is known from postcards or television and to be honest - who never dreamt of coming to Australia? Yes, it is a far away, large country (most of the people who come down here forget that quite often) and 90% is just desert. But on the other hand it has much natural beauty and fabulous people. Spending some time abroad is always recommended, so why not in Australia? As for me, the decision to accept the challenge to study as a postgraduate student at the University of Melbourne was actually not made by me. I was a ‘study abroad’ student at the University of Newcastle in 1999 and my idea was to go back there since I knew the place and people I would be working with. Eventually, it turned out that Newcastle intended to send me to Melbourne to study directly with my supervisor here. At first I was disappointed. It meant that I had to come to a place where I did not know a single person and would have to start a totally new life, finding new friends, and settling in on my own. The transition between the life I had left behind in Europe and life here took two days, in which I learnt quite a bit about Australian hospitality. I needed some time to adjust to the Australian way of speaking and humour, of course. This accent, well, you just have to get used to it! In Germany I studied Civil Engineering, but eventually focused on environmental engineering, with an undergraduate thesis in groundwater modelling. Even though there is a large difference between the two academic systems and my background was slightly different to what I am doing now, I never had any problems being accepted as a PhD student here. After one year in this department I can honestly say that it is the best working place I have ever worked at. The academic support from my supervisor and the other members of the department is stunning. Computational and other resources are more easily available here in Melbourne than I dared to dream of in Germany. As my project involves work with satellite data and data from two field sites (one in Australia, another in New Zealand) I collaborate with the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA) in the USA - including some time to be spent at NASA in Washington - and the National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA) in New Zealand. Such collaborations are only possible from a few universities worldwide and make the work here even more interesting, as it involves a lot of travelling.”

Dept of Civil & Environmental Engineering

The current principal research foci are: > structural & earthquake engineering > engineering project & construction management > city logistics > intelligent transport systems > water resources, hydrology & environmental engineering > energy studies Structural & Earthquake Engineering The main focus of the structural research over the past 10 years has been in the field of earthquake engineering and structural dynamics. Significant funding has been obtained from a number of research grants including: Australian Research Council (ARC), Discovery and Linkage grants, and direct industry sources. These grants have funded research in the following fields of research: Earthquake ground motions low to moderate seismicity regions far field earthquakes soil amplification modelling Structural behaviour under earthquake excitation displacement and force based design methods soil-structure interaction effects wide band beam frames domestic structures tall reinforced concrete chimneys concentrically braced steel frames load bearing precast concrete structures unreinforced masonry structures R/C column splices R/C beam-column joints Structural dynamics experimental modal testing of bridges and structures hydrodynamic loading and damping floor vibration studies High performance concrete material behaviour bond behaviour column/slab interface design of concrete members for fire Bridge engineering experimental modal analysis repair, rehabilitation and retrofit prestressing systems fibre composites, synthetic materials System effects in buildings low rise domestic construction high rise construction vertical sub systems horizontal sub systems foundation systems soil-structure interaction The research outcomes have been disseminated to the profession via a large number of research publications and have resulted in contributions to the following standards and guidelines including: Joint Australian/NZ earthquake standard

Engineering Project & Construction Management This important multi-disciplinary activity deals with all phases of the management of a project life cycle. Emphasis is placed on project procurement techniques, risk analysis, contractual relationships, management techniques and other specialist activities undertaken with a view to meeting the needs of the profession. Research is available in the fields of: Project Initiation & Development The development of techniques and procedures for appropriate decision-making in the initial phase of a project with particular reference to privately funded infrastructure and local government projects. This involves such issues as planning, financing, delivery systems, and political, economic and sociological aspects. This research area includes the study of appropriate project management practices and procedures.

The Departments

www.civenv.unimelb.edu.au/research

APEC Earthquake loading standard AS3600 Concrete structures standard CICIND model code for concrete chimneys Performance based design guidelines for domestic structures VicRoads – Bridge Technical Note 99/016A

79

Risk Management This research area relates to the role of opportunity and risk assessment in project feasibility: the means of identifying opportunity and risk; their evaluation and the base of risk allocation and mitigation. Asset Management Study of the most appropriate management functions and activities for the operation and maintenance of engineering infrastructure projects both existing and proposed under the build, own, operate and transfer system. Remediation Management The development of project management principles and practices for the remediation of aged and deteriorating structures, and infrastructure systems. Engineering Project Management Education The understanding of the engineering project management education needs of developing countries and their adaptation to local culture, customs and practices. Engineering estimating and cost control systems, the investigation and development of integrated estimating and cost control systems for engineering construction, derived from work breakdown structures, measurement, “first principles” method statements and productivity estimating. Contractual Relationships Investigation of the general conditions of contract within Australia and internationally; the study of specific forms of contract such as design and construct, novation, and alliance contracts; and the selection of appropriate documentation and engineer/ superintendent qualifications to meet client needs.

Engineering > postgraduate

Principal Research Areas

City Logistics

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

The development of models for evaluating schemes that have the potential to reduce the economic, social and environmental costs associated with the movement of goods within urban areas.

80

Intelligent Transport Systems The development of methods that use advanced information technology for reducing the costs associated with the distribution of goods in urban areas. This includes integrating optimisation procedures with traffic information, geographic information systems and global position systems. Water Resources, Hydrology & Environmental Engineering The breadth and continuing excellent calibre of basic and applied research in this area has recently resulted in the extension of a cooperative research centre. Projects often involve specialist computer modelling and field observations of the natural environment including catchment hydrology, ground water studies and land and water management. Projects relating aquatic ecology to hydrology are carried out within the Department’s Centre for Environmental Applied Hydrology. Energy Studies Research areas include: advanced energy systems; heat pumps; drying and dehumidifying; natural working fluids; thermal storage; hydrogen storage; thermal system simulation and optimization; life cycle analysis of energy systems; energy efficiency; sustainable buildings; renewable energy technologies; and biomass gasification.

Computer Science & Software Engineering Computer science is the discipline concerned with the study of information, in particular how it can be represented and how it can be transformed from one form to another. Computer scientists study data structures, which are used to organise and represent information, and algorithms, which are the instructions that specify how the information is to be transformed to solve a given problem. www.csse.unimelb.edu.au

Head of Department Professor Rao Kotagiri T: + 61 3 8344 1301 F: + 61 3 9348 1184 E: [email protected]

Computers play a major and ever increasing role in the practice of many disciplines and their use is now essential in areas such as engineering, medicine, banking and finance. Software engineering is the study of how to specify, design and implement the large software systems necessary for such applications. The Department has an excellent international reputation in research and offers strong masters and PhD level research degrees. It also offers three coursework (professional) degrees at masters level: Master of Software Systems Engineering (MSSE) of one-year duration and Master of Information Technology (MIT) of 18 months duration (in some circumstances available on a one-year only basis) and Master of Engineering in Distributed Computing (MEDC) of one or two-years duration. The Department conducts research in several areas of computer science including: > autonomous and intelligent systems > declarative languages > knowledge discovery > software engineering > parallel and distributed computing. Across this group structure, the Department is a member of four world-class research activities: > The Australian National ICT Research Centre (NICTA) > The ARC Special Research Centre for Perceptive and Intelligent Machines in Complex Environments (PIMCE) > The ARC Special Research Centre for UltraBroadband Information Networks (CUBIN)

These Centres provide facilities and research opportunities for both research staff and research students. The Department has close links with the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, particularly through the NICTA and CUBIN research centres. For details about these centres see the Electrical and Electronic Engineering section of this handbook. The Department has a strong record of success in attracting competitive research funding from the Australian Research Council, and from other state, national, and international funding bodies. It consistently ranks at the top in surveys of like departments in Australia, when research outputs are measured as peer-reviewed papers per staff member, citations and graduate student completions per staff member. The Department’s web site contains other pertinent information including a full publications listing detailing our research output: www.csse.unimelb.edu.au

Academic Staff Professors R Kotagiri, BE Anthra ME IISc Bangalore PhD Monash FAA FTSE FIEAust CPEng – deductive databases, data mining, information retrieval, operating systems, computer architecture, agent systems A Moffat, BSc PhD Cant – data structures and algorithms, data compression, information retrieval L Sterling, BSc Melb PhD ANU FIEAust FACS– logic programming, artificial intelligence, software engineering, agent systems P J Stuckey, BSc PhD Monash – constraint programming, deductive databases, logic programming, dataflow analysis, linear programming Associate Professors S Bird, BSc Hons MSc Melb PhD Edinburgh AMusA – human language technology, linguistic databases, semistructured query languages B Nath, MA Panjab PhD Q’ld PGDipBusSys Monash SMIEEE – hybrid intelligent systems, image processing, data mining, neural networks, financial forecasting, optimisation H Sondergaard, MSc PhD Copenhagen – semantics of programming languages, logic and functional programming, program analysis, program transformation Senior Lecturers J Bailey, BE BSc PhD Melb – data mining, agent and database systems T Baldwin, BSc BA Melb PhD Tokyo IT – machine translation, machine learning R Buyya, BE Mysore ME Bangalore PhD Monash – grid computing, web services, distributed computing S Karunasekera, BSc Sri Lanka PhD Cambridge – software engineering, intelligent agents, image processing E Kazmierczak, BSc PhD Tas – safety critical systems, model driven systems engineering, complex systems

L Kitchen, BSc Syd PhD Maryland – computer vision, artificial intelligence, robotics C Leckie, BSc BE PhD Monash – artificial intelligence, data mining, telecommunications L Naish, BSc PhD Melb – logic programming, functional programming, parallelism, debugging U Parampalli, BE Mysore MTech PhD IIT Kanpur – cryptography, communications, security A Pearce, BSc Melb PhD Curtin – multi-agent systems, agent programming and specification, machine learning Z Somogyi, BSc PhD Melb – deductive databases, logic programming, computer architecture, operating systems, software engineering Lecturers J Chua, BSMath Ateneo de Manila MComp Monash A Harwood, BCIT BEng ME PhD Griffith – network programming, parallel algorithms, distributed systems M Kirley, BEd Deakin GDip (BusComp) Charles Sturt PhD Charles Sturt – complex systems, evolutionary computing L Kulik, BSc MSc PhD Hamburg – location-aware and mobile computing P Schachte, BS MSc Syracuse PhD Melb – logic programming, dataflow analysis L Stern, BA Columbia PhD EinsteinCollMed DipCompSt Melb – genetic algorithms, computational biology E Tanin, BSc MSc Bilkent MSc PhD Maryland – distributed data management, peer-to-peer data management, spatial databases, database visualization V Teague, BSc Melb PhD Stanford – game theory, cryptography A Wirth, BSc MSc Melb MA PhD Princeton – clustering, approximation algorithms Research Fellows R Becket, BA PhD Cambridge H Fan, BE ZhengZhou PhD Melb H Gibbins, BE Melb B Hughes, BA ANU MCSE CCNA H Kim T Ma K Nidiminti L Park, BE BSc PhD Melb M Park, BE Aju MCSE PhD UNSW T Peng, BE HUST, PhD Melb K Taveter, MSc PhD Tallin A Unruh, BSc UCal PhD Stanford Associate Lecturers S Araban, BSc Tehran MComp Monash M Ciavarella, BSc Hons Melb A Mendoza, BSc MSc MPhil Bharathiar A Senyard, BE BSc PhD Melb Professorial Fellow H Berghel, BA MA PhD Nebraska FACM FIEEE Principal Fellow P Thorne, BSc PhD DipPubPol Melb

81

Engineering > postgraduate

> The Smart Internet Cooperative Research Centre.

The Departments

Dept of Computer Science & Software Engineering

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Senior Fellows S Goss, BSc PhD LaTrobe GDIP(KBS) RMIT J Semkiw, ADipRadEng RMIT

82

Fellows D McCann, MEnvSc Monash PhD Melb DipAppCh BendigoIT GDipLib RMIT DipEd Hawthorn Staff Profile > Dr Vanessa Teague Dr Teague focuses on using techniques from cryptography “to design systems of computers that work well when rational but self-interested people control the computers”

Vanessa Teague is a lecturer in the Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering. She did her BSc (Hons) at the University of Melbourne, including research in both computer science and maths. This research included proving that you can find certain kinds of structures in graphs and writing a program to prove that other programs terminate. One summer she worked in Silicon Valley programming a robot to do lots of biochemistry experiments very quickly. Although doing some real work for real money was fun, she returned to academia to learn more. An honours degree from the University of Melbourne opened the door to a PhD at Stanford University. “My research focuses on using techniques from cryptography to design systems of computers that work well when selfish, rational people control the computers. This includes some traditional security analysis and some ideas from economics. It has a wide variety of exciting applications including online auctions, allocating network resources and electronic voting. When I arrived in America, I was surprised to learn that they use a rather primitive system of voting where whoever gets the most first-preference votes wins the election. Clearly this system could get any unsuitable candidate elected if there were several candidates on the other side, but the Americans didn’t seem to mind. When I returned to Australia I was equally horrified to see that one of the reasons often given for not introducing electronic voting here was that few of the available software products could handle our voting system. Of course, there are some good products available and some even better scientific advances for improving the integrity and transparency of our elections.

Staff Profile > Professor Peter Stuckey “My research focus has been on constraint programming... these problems are widespread, examples include scheduling of planes, setting up rosters for hospital departments [and] determining routes for delivery trucks” Peter Stuckey is a professor of Computer Science and leader of NICTA’s Network Information Processing program. He has published more than 140 papers and co-authored or edited five books. Over the past 10 years, his research group has attracted more than $3.6 million in external funding. Peter is an area editor for Theory and Practice of Logic Programming and a member of the editorial boards of Constraints and Logic Methods in Computer Science. “My research focus has been on constraint programming. This is the development of languages and systems to solve difficult combinatorial optimisation problems. Combinatorial optimisation problems are problems involving making many decisions that have to satisfy some constraints. These problems are widespread, examples include scheduling of planes, setting up rosters for hospital departments, determining routes for delivery trucks, and building the timetable for a school. These problems are challenging to solve well and there are many competing algorithmic approaches to tackle them. Constraint programming concentrates on building systems that allow the problems to be simply specified, and solving approaches to be developed rapidly, in order to allow easy experimentation. Constraint programming is a relatively new field, starting around 1987, but has become highly influential. Many of the world’s large companies use constraint programming technology to tackle their difficult combinatorial problems. I find constraints a fascinating area of research because it underlies so many other areas of computer science. I have used constraint solving to tackle hard problems in computer graphics, program analysis, type theory, recreational mathematics and other applications.” Student Profile > Aryana Haribawa Master of Software Systems Engineering Medal of Honour SATYA LANCANA WIRA KARYA

I am keen to ensure that the best ideas in this area can be used in Australia. I really enjoy applying my skills to such an important technology.” “In addition to being a government staff member at BPPT and IT Director of two foreign companies, I have been working (by government appointment) as a member of Information Technology Expert Team for the General Election Commission. In this role, I am the main system designer responsible for re-designing the system infrastructures (Datacenter, Disaster Recovery Centre, and Wide Area

Dept of Computer Science & Software Engineering

Network that links some 4985 sub districts across Indonesia), providing cost estimation for the project.

Student Profile > Andi Wahju Rahardjo Emanuel Masters of Software Systems Engineering

In 2004, the President of Indonesia, Megawati Soekarnoputri awarded me with a Medal of Honour. This medal is given only to those ‘who have contributed largely to the Country and to the people of Indonesia in such a way that can be used as a role model for every citizen of Indonesia.’ It is awarded for the ‘contribution of success in designing the information system of the 2004 General Election.’ Indeed, the University of Melbourne shares this acknowledgement since I gained the knowledge for designing such critical systems and all related aspects at university. For this, I would like to express my highest gratitude to the leaders and lecturers of Melbourne University, for all the knowledge, practical experience, and support given to me.” Student Profile > Narayan Shivaramakrishnan Master of Computer Science “My goal is to contribute to society“

“I took 12 months leave from my work in Indonesia to complete my Masters. I had been working as an Avionics Engineer with Indonesian Aerospace, but wished to change the direction of my career into IT, specifically Software Engineering. In 2001 - I completed my Masters of Software Systems Engineering, with the assistance of AusAID – an Australian government organisation which provides scholarships to overseas students each year. I chose to come to the University of Melbourne as it had a very good reputation, and I preferred to come to Melbourne rather than Sydney as it is more of a relaxed city.

The Departments

The system that I designed has worked very well. For the first time in Indonesian history, we have a computerised database of information of some 210 millions (157 million eligible voters), 30 provinces, 416 districts, close to 5000 sub districts and some 510,000 polling stations across Indonesia.

83

I have found my Masters course very interesting, especially because it is beyond all my previous studies and work experiences. I have found the engineering and management aspects of the course particularly valuable.” Staff Profile > Dr Raj Buyya

“The important factors for me when choosing a University to further my studies were quality of education, ongoing research and scope of growth, infrastructure and country. When I first came to the University of Melbourne I did not need to make any great changes in my lifestyle since the people are so tolerant that one would never feel like an outsider. The only change I noticed was the prominence given to practical knowledge with the scope to implement what you learn.

Dr Buyya is head of the Grid Computing and Distributed Systems (GRIDS) Laboratory within the Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering. He is one of the world’s leading authorities on grid computing.

The most interesting and challenging aspect about my area of research has been in the area of Network Security and Cryptography which I selected. This has been a field where a lot of research has been done and continues to attract on going growth since the field is ever evolving. To work in a field where extensive research is going on is tough as you need to keep yourself up-to-date about the ongoing research. The challenging thing is to produce results that contribute to society because the outcome of your research should be such that it can be utilised by industry. The art of encrypting and learning about how it can be achieved is really interesting. This is what motivated me to pursue research in this field.

He says the recognition is a great honour. The sponsorship means that he, his students within the GRIDS laboratory and members of the lab’s flagship Gridbus project will work with StorageTek consultants. Together they will develop “next-generation data and utility grid technologies that are going to power emerging e-science and e-business applications”.

I am interested in pursuing a career in research and development.”

Engineering > postgraduate

The University of Melbourne always encourages outstanding students as the focus of this university is ‘quality’ education. The infrastructure and support that the university provides is the best.

Dr Buyya has been named the inaugural StorageTek Fellow of Grid Computing under a sponsorship deal between the University of Melbourne and the USbased data storage company StorageTek.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

her with the opportunity to network by visiting international universities.

Electrical & Electronic Engineering The Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering has established a reputation for excellence in research and teaching. In recent international reviews of its research program, the Department has consistently been rated as one of the best Electrical and Electronic Engineering Departments in Australia. www.ee.unimelb.edu.au

Head of Department 84

Associate Professor Doreen Thomas T: + 61 3 8344 6699 F: + 61 3 8344 7412 E: [email protected]

The Department of Electrical & Electronic Engineering is a vibrant and dynamic environment that encourages excellence in research specifically in the areas of Telecommunications and Signals and Systems. The Telecommunications group has research programs in mobile and wireless networks, as well as telecommunications system and network design and management, and optical communication systems. The Signals and Systems group provides a focus for a wide range of activities in the Department, and has greatly enhanced the Department’s research opportunities in the areas of biomedical engineering, computer engineering, control systems, power systems, signal processing and radar tracking. The Department provides a world-class environment for research collaborations with industry. It receives financial support from industry, government and other sources and has a number of research agreements including ARC Special Research Centre, an ARC network, and the Victoria Research Laboratory - a node of NICTA (National ICT Australia) Australia’s Centre of Excellence in information and communication technology. Through these Centres the Department has very close links to other universities and industry. A number of exciting events have occurred recently, including Professor Rod Tucker being awarded a Federation Fellowship that is considered to be one of Australia’s most prestigious research fellowship awards. This is another national honour and recognition for Professor Tucker’s crystal clear research vision, continuing research leadership and years of research achievement. Associate Professor Doreen Thomas has been awarded a Universitas21 Fellowship, which provides

Dr. Dragan Nesic has been awarded an Australian Professorial Fellowship (2004-2009) awarded by ARC (Australia) and Humboldt Fellowship awarded by Alexander von Humboldt Foundation (Germany) to carry out research. The Department has over 70 research and 70 coursework postgraduate students who are supported by about 100 academic, research and general staff.

NICTA Victoria Research Laboratory www.ee.unimelb.edu.au/research/nicta Director Professor Rob Evans, ME PhD N’castle (NSW) FTSE FIEAust MIEEE MSIAM FAA E: [email protected] National ICT Australia plays a major role in the Australian Government’s policy to promote science and innovation. It is capitalising on Australia’s extensive ICT talent through world-class research, commercialisation, education, and industry collaboration. Australia has enormous, untapped ICT talent of an international standard. Established as part of Backing Australia’s Ability – an Australian Government initiative to promote science and innovation – National ICT Australia (NICTA) aims to capitalise on this untapped potential. NICTA was formed by the Federal Government’s Department of Communications, Information Technology and the Arts and the Australian Research Council. NICTA’s consortium partners are the Australian Capital Territory Government, the New South Wales Government, the University of New South Wales, and the Australian National University. A national laboratory has emerged from this powerful union based on the foundations of research, commercialisation, education and collaboration. With a focus on fundamental and use-inspired research, NICTA attracts, develops, and networks exceptional talent for Australia’s future prosperity. NICTA’s research efforts focus on the technology challenges facing industry, community and the national interest. The central drivers of NICTA’s research are the Priority Challenges. The creation of technology for use in society, the market, and the environment inspire the Priority Challenges. NICTA’s two initial Priority Challenges are Trusted Wireless Networks and From Data to Knowledge. NICTA brings together exceptional people from research and industry to create an ICT research centre of excellence that generates national wealth.

NICTA Research Programs > Network Information Processing Program > Network Technologies Program > Sensor Networks Program

Dept of Electrical & Electronic Engineering

Information Discovery > Media comprehension for key concept markup > Data mining of Networks of information > Mining data streams Distributed Computing > Peer-to-peer & grid computing > Simulation & computing for sensor networks using agent technologies Network Management > Intrusion detection > Optimisation of routing, scheduling, network configuration etc. > Fault detection & recovery Foundational Research > Constraint programming > Textual & spatio-temporal indexing > Natural language understanding > Data mining > Agents

www.ee.unimelb.edu.au/research/cubin The field of telecommunications has for many years been centered on telephone services. The explosive growth in the Internet has changed all this, and it now seems likely that the global telecommunications network will become a greatly enhanced Internet offering integrated multimedia services including data and video. Driven by an ever-increasing range of multimedia applications and services, the Internet is growing at more than 100% per annum. If this growth rate continues, the total capacity of the network will expand by up to three orders of magnitude within five to ten years and greatly enhanced network infrastructure will be needed. Based on the above growth projections, ultrabroadband networks of the future will provide customer access bit rates in the hundred megabit (108) per second to the gigabit (109) per second range. This will be supported by inter-city and intra-city links with data capacities in the multi-terabit (1012) per second regime, and major routing nodes with capacities that may ultimately approach one petabit (1015) per second.

Network Technologies Program

Director Iven Mareels, ir Gent PhD ANU FTSE FIEAust CPEng FIEEE MSIAM

Program Leader Assoc. Professor Thas Nirmalathas, BEE PhD Melb E: [email protected] > Wireless, cable and optical communications > Management of networks > Impairment mitigation and measurement > Core networks > Access networks > Wireless networks

Director, Research Rod Tucker, BE Melb PhD Melb FIEEE FTSE FIEAust FAA Deputy Director, CUBIN; Director, International Programs Rao Kotagiri, BE Andhra ME IISc-Bangalore PhD Monash FIEAust FTSE CPEng Deputy Director, Graduate Studies Moshe Zukerman, BSc IsraelIT MSc IsraelIT PhD UCLA SMIEEE Director, CUBIN Studentships Stephen Hanly, MSc W.Aust PhD Cambridge

Sensor Networks Program Program Leader Dr Stan Skafidas, BEE PhD Melb E: [email protected] Antenna Technologies > Efficient miniature patch antennas > Frequency processing for improved range & performance in interference constrained environments > Low power, high GPS performance in low signal strength environments > Technologies to improved performance due to power and manufacturing process Limitations (transceiver with low IP3 and P1dB levels) Protocols and medium access control > Adaptive routing protocols > Self organising & fault tolerant networks > Fundamental Technologies > Low data rate estimation & control > Sensor scheduling > Distributed tracking & localisation

The Departments

Program Leader Professor Peter Stuckey, BSc PhD Monash E: [email protected]

Centre for Ultra-Broadband Information Networks (CUBIN)

85

Administration Angie Laoumtzis Jan Richardson-Brown Research & Academic Staff Lachlan Andrew, BE Melb BSc Melb PhD Melb MIEEE AMIEE GIEAust Chandranath Athaudage, BScEng (Hons) Sri Lanka MSc JAIST PhD RMIT MIEEE AMIESL ASSTA Natashia Boland, BSc PhD UWA Marcus Brazil, MA PhD LaTrobe Subhrakanti Dey, India BTech MTech India PhD ANU MIEEE Jamie Evans, BE BSc N’castle (NSW) MEngSc PhD Melb MIEEE Peter Farrell, BSc PhD Griff Brian Krongold, BS MS PhD Illinois Jonathan Manton, BSc Melb BEng Melb PhD Melb Marimuthu Palaniswami, BE Madr ME IISc MEngSc Melb PhD N’castle (NSW) MIEEE Rajendran Parthidan, BE PhD Melb Graeme Pendock, BS MSc Cape Town PhD Taka Sakurai, BS BEng Adel PhD Melb William Shieh, BSc China MSc PhD

Engineering > postgraduate

Network Information Processing Program

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Doreen Thomas, BSc UCT MSc DPhil Oxf AMS Darryl Veitch, BSc Monash PhD Cambridge Hai Le Vu, MSc PhD Tech Uni Budapest Jia Weng, BSc Beijing PhD Flinders

86

Signals & Systems www.ee.unimelb.edu.au/research/ssl The Signals and Systems Division of the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering is well supported through the Australian Research Council Discovery and Linkage grant schemes. A large Commonwealth funded Cooperative Research Centre in Sensor Signal and Information Processing (CSSIP) is incorporated within this Division. The Division is also home to two smaller research centres, Centre of Expertise in Networked Decision & Sensor Systems (CENDSS) and Centre of Excellence in Guidance & Control (CEG&C). The researchers collaborate with a wide variety of industry partners, ranging from local small to medium size enterprises to large multinationals. Our philosophy is to undertake world class research motivated and inspired by problems relevant to society. The Signals and Systems Division researchers supervise a substantial number of PhD and Masters students, who are exposed to high level graduate courses that bring them to the fore of international research. Graduate courses of a more general nature are also provided, so that our students are well informed about how to work with industry and how to work in a commercial environment that is focused on intellectual property protection rather than scientific dissemination of results. The Signals and Systems Division works to maintain an inclusive culture of collaborative work, where teams of researchers can work together on important research problems and where individuals can achieve their full career potential. A number of collaborative projects in conjunction with the Bionic Ear Institute and Neuro Science Victoria, herald a new stream of collaborative research in the area of biomedical engineering. Academic & Research Staff Mohammed Aldeen, BAE Baghdad MES Mich PhD Brun MIEE SMIEEE MIEAust Marcus Brazil, MA PhD LaTrobe Michael Cantoni, BE BSc UWA PhD Cantab MIEEE Jen Davoren, BA (Hons) MSc PhD Cornell Peter Dower, BE N’castle (NSW) PhD ANU Rob Evans, ME PhD N’castle (NSW) FTSE FIEAust FIEEE MSIAM FAA Gordana Felic, BE Zagreb ME RMIT Kelvin Halsey, BE ME PhD Cambridge Isaac Kao, Bsci Msci Taiwan Osci MIT Emmanuel Koumoundouros, MAppSc Swinburne UT Margreta Kuijper, MSc VUAmpst PhD CWI KUB MIEEE Barbara La Scala, BSc Melb PhD ANU Iven Mareels, ir Gent PhD ANU FTSE FIEAust CPEng

FIEEE MSIAM Bill Moran, BSc Birm PhD Sheff Mark Morelande, BEng QUT PhD Curtin Darko Musicki, BSc MSc Belgrade PhD N’castle (NSW) Girish Nair, BE BSc PhD Melb Dragan Nesic, BME Belgrade PhD ANU Nickens Okello, BS Makerere Uni UK MS SIUC PhD Penn State MIEEE Su Ki Ooi, PhD Melb Marimuthu Palaniswami, BE Madr ME IISc MEngSc Melb PhD N’castle (NSW) Robert Schmid, BSc LaTrobe DipEd MSc PhD Melb Doreen Thomas, BSc UCT MSc DPhil Oxf AMS Gavin Thoms, PhD Melb Ba-Ngu Vo, BSc BE UWA PhD Curtin Weihua Wang, BE ME China PhD Melb Xuezhi Wang, BEng NWEU CN, PhD Melb Erik Weyer, BEng PhD NorwegIT MIEEE Ran Yang, BEng MSc PhD Yufan Zheng Dr Margreta Kuijper Senior Lecturer & Postgraduate Coordinator (Research)

Profile > Women in Electrical Engineering There are many successful and innovative women in the Department, occupying roles as academics, researchers, students and occupational trainees. The current Head of Department, Associate Professor Doreen Thomas, is a leading mathematician involved in the Faculty-wide Mathematics for Engineers Program. Associate Professor Thomas has received a Universitas 21 Fellowship in recognition of her commitment to excellence in teaching. Ms Patricia Culhane took out first place at the National Finals of the John Holland Young Engineers Public Presentation Competition. Dr Margreta Kuijper was awarded a Teaching Excellence Award for 2000 by the Faculty of Engineering. Ms Marguerite Fitzgerald and Ms Danielle Forster won the National Siemens Prize for Innovation in 2001 for their Bubble Continuous Airway Pressure Alarm System. Ms Elaine Wong received one of the few IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society’s (LEOS) Graduate Student Fellowships awarded to outstanding students in recognition of their research. These awards are made infrequently and are very prestigious. There are women within the Department who are working successfully on their theses and research or preparing lecture notes and journal or conference papers. Two women have been appointed as research fellows in the Department in positions established for women only.

Dept of Electrical & Electronic Engineering

The Women in Electrical Engineering get together over lunch every few months for support and networking. Occasionally successful women from the University or from industry will talk to the group about their experiences.

The Marconi Medal

Guglielmo Marconi

Student Profile > Andrea Varsavsky (PhD)

The Marconi Medal is awarded to the top student in each graduating class of the Master of Telecommunications Engineering by Coursework. It is named after the “inventor” of radio, Guglielmo Marconi. The prize consists of a medal and $1000.

And the good thing about academia is that there are many people to help you with these decisions – so use them! There is a very good support network of people willing to talk to you about what is available out there, what to expect, or to help you if you are confused about whether you should do a postgraduate degree. My advice is to think long and hard about things before you begin. In particular, I suggest that if you think you may want to change direction – don’t be scared to try something new just because you’ve never done it before. There is no better time for a change than this, and it can make your time at university even more exciting.”

In Semester 2, 2004 the Marconi Medal was won by Bo Zhang. Bo Zhang is now working in the area of telecommunications in China. In Semester 1, 2005 the medal was won by Soban Mughal. Soban, will return to the department shortly to pursue a research degree. Soban Mughal receiving the Marconi Medal from Professor Jannie van Deventer

87

Student Profile > Dr Maziar Nikpour Chancellor’s Prize Winner

Maziar Nikpour was presented with the Chancellor’s Prize for the best PhD in Engineering/Science for 2002. ‘Maziar developed a highly original and remarkable new approach to a classical and ubiquitous problem, the matrix Eigenvalue problem. Inspired by ideas from very recent work on optimisation on manifolds, he showed that the standard algorithm for solving these problems has a natural interpretation in the context of optimisation on manifolds. This insight led to the development of new algorithms that are particularly well suited to data transmission in wireless telecommunication networks. Additionally, his novel approach to the matrix Eigenvalue problem has opened up the possibility for developing new algorithms in a variety of applications including Internet search engines and medical data analysis.’

Engineering > postgraduate

“When I started my PhD I pretty much had no idea what to expect – I thought I knew the area that I wanted to do research into but I hadn’t chosen a topic yet. So the first two months of my PhD were a form of “transitional” period where a lot of my time was spent talking to the people in the department about what was available. That was really a great experience because everyone I talked to was so passionate about what they were interested in and they made everything sound so wonderful and exciting that it got me excited as well. The downside to that was that by the end of it all I came out more confused than when I started – now I wanted to do 10 or 20 different projects! So decision time came around – what to choose? That’s when I had to think long and hard and look at myself as a person. I asked myself: • What drives me? What am I excited about? What do I want to get out of this? A lot of these questions were answered by doing some reading into the relevant areas – did I like what was involved in the current research? Did it make me want to join their efforts? • Where do I want to be later in life? Personally, I came into this pretty sure that I wanted to be in telecommunications, but in the end, I chose a project in biomedical engineering, and so far have not regretted it! • What project is going to fully engage me for the next 3-4 years? A PhD is a long commitment. I certainly didn’t want to get bored half way through it.

The Departments

“My transition to PhD”

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

The University of Melbourne is regularly rated as Australia’s top research University. Geomatics is one of the best performing Departments within this exciting Research environment. This excellence in research underpins our research and coursework graduate programs.

88

Geomatics

Departmental Specialisations

Geomatics is the study of the science and technologies of three dimensional measurement, mapping and visualisation. It is one of the fastest growing IT industries in the world today. www.geom.unimelb.edu.au

Head of Department Professor Ian Williamson T: + 61 3 8344 4431 F: + 61 3 9347 4128 E: [email protected]

The Department of Geomatics offers a range of innovative and challenging postgraduate programs. The programs are flexible and can be adjusted to suit your needs, depending upon your previous education and work experience. The Department has an established reputation for excellence in teaching and research in three key disciplines: > measurement science > land management & administration > spatial information science & technology The Department has a full range of postgraduate study and research programs which include the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Geomatic Engineering, Master of Applied Science, Master of Geographic Information Technology and the Master of Utilities Management (jointly offered with the Department of Civil & Environmental Engineering). In addition, the Department offers the Graduate Diploma in Geographic Information Systems, the Graduate Diploma in Geomatic Science and the Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Systems, which enable people from diverse academic backgrounds to gain a working knowledge of the theory, technology and applications of geomatics and spatial information science and technology. The Department of Geomatics has received international acknowledgement as a Centre of Excellence in Land Information Studies and this has been enhanced by the Centre for Geographic Information Systems & Modelling (CGISM) and the Centre for Spatial Data Infrastructures and Land Administration. Both reside within the Department of Geomatics. In 2003 the Department was central to the formation of the Cooperative Research Centre for Spatial Information (CRC-SI). It is the site for the CRC headquarters and leads several of the research programs and projects.

The Department’s consulting and research activities are divided into three areas: measurement science; land management and administration; and spatial information science and technology. Measurement Science In the area of measurement science, the Department has developed a long-standing expertise in geodetic science and adjustment of large survey control networks. This includes the development of least squares collocation techniques to allow gravity fields to be taken into account as part of the high precision determination of height measurements using GPS. The Department also specialises in high-precision industrial and engineering measurement using computerised optical 3-D measurement techniques, including videometrics (metric machine vision) and digital photogrammetric mapping systems. Examples of projects in this area of specialisation are: > videometric inspection in the aerospace and manufacturing industries > rapid asset mapping using an integrated GPS/GIS solution > real time GPS for resource exploration > deformation monitoring by digital photogrammetry > use of photogrammetry in cultural monument recording, archaeology and biometry. Land Management & Administration Another core research area of the Department is land management and administration, and strong collaborative research links have been established with private industry and Federal, State and Local government bodies. The Department’s research agenda in this area embraces legal, institutional and technical issues facing land managers and administrators in the new millennium, in both developed and developing countries. Examples of the research projects being undertaken are: > diffusion of GIS in State and Local government > cadastral data and the Internet > design, construction and management of spatial data infrastructures > cadastral reform and land tenure in developing countries > development of a marine cadastre. Spatial Information Science & Technology Finally, the Department specialises in all aspects of spatial (geographic) information science and associated technologies. At the operational level, our educational programs and consulting activities include applications of spatial information systems for purposes such as land planning, facilities and utilities

Dept of Geomatics

Academic & Research Staff Professors Ian Bishop, BSc(Hons) MSc PhD Melb - community exploration of changing landscape values, using virtual environments to monitor human behaviour, collaborative virtual environments, using GIS, 3D rendering algorithms, virtual environments for rapid derivation of visual qualities and impacts for landscape planning, three-dimensional and multimedia delivery of tourist information and aesthetic, and wilderness values of Antarctica Clive Fraser, BAppSc Curtin MSurvSc NSW PhD Wash FTSE MISAust FIEAust CPEng - vision metrology for industrial measurement, geospatial information collection from high-resolution satellite imagery, digital photogrammetric system calibration, integrated systems for 3D modelling Ian Williamson, AM, BSurv(Hons) MSurvSc PhD NSW DrHC Olsztyn FTSE FISAust FIEAust HonMFIG HonFMSIAust LS CPEng - international trends in cadastral, land and geographic information systems, spatial data infrastructures – design, development and management, government/private/academic sector interface in spatial information development, economic evaluation of spatial information systems, cultural and traditional demands of cadastral and land information systems, and marine cadastre. Associate Professors Gary Hunter, BSurv(Hons) MSurvSc PhD Melb LS MISAust - the treatment of data quality and uncertainty in geographic information, and spatial data usability Senior Lecturers Phil Collier, BSurv (Hons) PhD Melb RS Vic - dynamic network adjustment, geodetic coordinate transformations, maritime boundary and continental shelf delimitation, marine cadastre, integrated geodesy, and high precision GPS Allison Kealy, BSc(Hons) Trinidad MSc PhD Newcastle-upon-Tyne - integrated positioning technologies, high precision GNSS, quality control for continuously operating reference station networks, and GNSS navigation and positioning applications Cliff Ogleby, BSurv, MSurv Melb LS MISAust heritage monument recording and documentation, digital imaging, photogrammetry, multi-media development, metadata standard for the visualisation of heritage, rock art recording, Thai and Lao architecture, and geographic information systems in archaeology Stephan Winter, MSc Bonn PhD Bonn - ontology in

Lecturers Matt Duckham, BSc (Hons) Edinburgh MSc Leicester PhD Glasgow - uncertainty in geospatial information, mobile and location-aware systems, spatial information fusion, and qualitative spatial reasoning Joseph Leach, BSc (Hons) PhD Melb - satellite and airborne remote sensing, digital image processing, and environmental assessment Professorial Fellow Kim Lowell, BSc MSc Vermont PhD Canterbury - relationships between digital spatial data and terrain-based data in forestry, methods for the quantification of interpreter uncertainty in forest maps, digital fuzzy surfaces to represent spatial uncertainty, examination of spatial data structures and concepts for application to forestry problems, and development and evaluation of spatial temporal modelling techniques for ecosystems Senior Research Fellows Harry Hanley, BEng Central Florida PhD Melb - 3D geopositioning data extraction using highresolution satellite imagery and automation in close-range photogrammetry Abbas Rajabifard, BSurv Tehran Postgrad-Dipl ITC MSc ITC PhD Melb MSSIAust MISAust MMSIAust - planning, management and implementation of spatial data infrastructures and spatial information systems, marine cadastre and marine SDI, SDI and capacity building, and virtual jurisdiction and spatial information enabling platforms Jude Wallace, LLB Melb LLM Virginia - National model for ICT enabled land administration for sustainable development, statistical rural land tenure data base for Asia and Pacific countries, and operation and efficiency of land markets Chunsun Zhang, BSc MSc TU Liaoning Dr Sc.Techn ETH Zurich - automation of man-made object extraction from aerial and space images, adaptive image matching for DEM and orthoimage generation, and image registration, data fusion, geopositioning using high-resolution satellite imagery Research Fellows Andrew Binns, BGeom Hons MGeomE Melb spatial data infrastructures, marine cadastre, and land administration Alexander Klippel, Dipl Geogr Trier PhD Comp Sci Bremen - spatial cognition wayfinding, location-based services, formal theory of conceptualisation, and multimodal communication Christian Stock, Dipl Phys Hamburg PhD Wellington - landscape visualisation, linking of virtual reality, GIS, and environmental process models, online access to spatial databases for visualisation purposes, and collaborative environments Jochen Willneff, Dipl-Ing Karlsruhe TH DrScTechn ETH Zurich) - high-resolution satellite imagery and close-range photogrammetry

The Departments

Examples of projects in this field of expertise are: > spatial information science, including spatial cognition > computer visualisation of environmental change > GIS for provision of location based services > modelling and communicating uncertainty in spatial databases > multi-spectral imaging for marine mapping and monitoring > collaborative decision support systems for environmental management

wayfinding and route modelling, interoperability, cognitive engineering in the design of spatial information services, and time geography

89

Engineering > postgraduate

management, emergency services delivery, and environmental monitoring and management.

Student Profile > Scott Selkirk Master of Applied Science (GIS)

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Geographic Information Systems (GIS) consultant

90

After graduation from the MAppSc (GIS) program, Scott Selkirk began consulting and contracting in GIS. His clients come from diverse industries such as natural resource management, archaeology, indigenous affairs, consultation, agriculture, telecommunications and utilities. He has worked for both public and private interests within Australia and abroad. In 2003 he accepted a full time position at AGL (The Australian Gas Light Company) as their Smallworld developer and has had the opportunity to take on Project Management and Business Analyst roles. In 2004 he was instrumental in helping AGL win the GITA Excellence Award. Student Profile > Sabine Glissman-Gough Grad Dip in Geographic Information Systems Sabine is a recent graduate of Geomatics (Grad Dip in Geographic Information Systems) - her original degree was in Landscape Planning

Sabine became involved in the production of the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne’s (RBGM) Masterplan when she graduated from the University of Melbourne. Her role in the Gardens was later focused on developing and implementing an integrated GIS/ GPS to be able to deal with the complex data requirements of this 150 year old heritage landscape. In the course of the Masterplan implementation she visualised change in the landscape using digital technologies and has trained staff in the use of the systems she has set up. In 2003 the University of Melbourne and the Royal Botanic Gardens (Melbourne) were successful in obtaining a research grant from the Australian Research Council entitled: Virtual Environments & Autonomous Agents for Urban Parks and Garden Management, which will use the abundant data of the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.

Student Profile > Recep Alakus Grad Dip in Geographic Information Systems Recep completed a Graduate Diploma in Geographic Information Systems

Recep is currently the GIS Administrator for the Hume City Council and has recently developed a comprehensive GIS Implementation Strategy for the Council. After gaining the Council and Executive’s approval he began implementing it in 2003. The strategy included the development of Intranet and Internet based GIS as well as several customer service modules. Recep has served as a committee member of AURISA (Australasian Urban and Regional Information Systems Association) for several years and as Victorian Chapter Chairman in 2002-2003. He is currently a committee member of Victorian Region of Spatial Sciences Institute and a member of Victorian Local Government GIS Reference Group. Staff Profile > Dr Matt Duckham Lecturer in Scripting & Programming with GIS, & Spatial Databases

Dr Matt Duckham has recently won two major research grants, one is an ARC linkage grant to look at navigation instructions in mobile location-aware computing and the other is to look at transport network databases, in particular storing dynamic events in the database, like traffic jams and accidents: “Geographic information is not quite like other types of information, such as the information in your bank account or in a library database: it is much more complex. I found the rich variety of problems in geographic information really hooked me on the topic, and intrigue me even more as I continue to discover more about geomatics. Given that there is so much to know in geomatics, there’s no chance that I shall ever run out of things to learn about. Teaching at the University of Melbourne is given a very high priority. I enjoy working in an environment where teaching is regarded as such an important activity. I also enjoy being able to interest students in the same things that interest me.”

Dept of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering

Student Profile > Alice O’Connor BGeomE, PhD (Candidate) Alice completed a Bachelor of Geomatic Engineering and is currently working on her PhD.

Instead of communicating spatial data, and associated spatial analysis, using 2D maps and graphs, SIEVE displays data in a highly interactive, computer game environment. Many people can use this environment simultaneously over the internet to explore and discuss issues such as salinity, flooding and potentially much more. The specific objectives of the project are to integrate GIS data into the Torque games engine to provide: 1. a process for generation of 3D data sets suitable for real-time visualisation from spatial data; 2. enhanced procedures for representation of output from scientific process models; and 3. integration of scientific and realistic visualisation tools within a common user interface. The research will combine scientific and realistic data to visualise impacts of environmental models in realistic manner, creating a platform for exploration and decision making. The effectiveness of 3D visualisation to communicate scientific model outputs will be evaluated for a range of users.” Student Profile > Melissa Johnson Master of Applied Science (GIS) ”I thoroughly enjoyed the time I spent at the Department of Geomatics where I obtained a number of important skills that I continue to use today, as both a GIS operator and an archaeologist” Melissa Johnson recently completed a Masters in GIS, combining her two loves of rock art and GIS by investigating ways to spatially analyse rock art sites with GIS applications. Her study site was at Euriowie, north of Broken Hill, in western New South Wales. Melissa has worked previously on recording rock art sites including those at Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park (Ayers Rock).

The Department of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering maintains a vigorous research effort, combining action on some of the urgent contemporary problems of our industrial society with fundamental investigations of physical and human-related phenomena in engineering settings. The major divisions of activity are thermofluids, mechatronics, mechanics and materials, biomechanics and engineering design. www.mame.mu.oz.au

91

Head of Department Professor Marcus Pandy T: +61 3 8344 4054 F: +61 3 8344 4290 E: [email protected]

The Department has an outstanding record in obtaining competitive grants to support its fundamental and applied research. Strong and rapidly growing support has also been obtained for collaborative work with industrial companies and government agencies. Close contacts are maintained with leading research laboratories in Australia and around the world. An international review of the Department found that teaching and research “have a very high standing by international standards”. The reviewers determined that “in the assessment system that is being applied to UK universities, the Department would be ranked as a 5A department”. This is the highest available research rating, and signifies that the whole of the Department’s research effort is of international significance. In relation to postgraduate teaching, the reviewers concluded that: “…all indicators point to the Department’s doctorates having a significant impact and profile worldwide”. The broad scope of research in the Department is illustrated by some recent highlights: > the Department has recently been successful in establishing RABiT (Research Centre for Advanced By-wire Technologies). This is a Strategic Technology Initiative (STI) venture in collaboration with the State Government of Victoria > the Department has also been successful in establishing the Advanced Centre for Automotive

Engineering > postgraduate

“My research involves the development of a tool called SIEVE (Spatial Information Exploration and Visualisation Environment). The tool aims to provide and evaluate 3D visualisation of spatial data and scientific models via a games engine.

The Departments

Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

>

> >

>

>

92 >

> >

>

Research and Testing (ACART). This is a STI initiative in collaboration with the Ford Motor Company and the State Government of Victoria the Department has completed the construction of a new high Reynolds number boundary layer wind tunnel which will allow measurements to be made at higher Reynolds numbers than previously obtained in laboratory experiments a review of the life cycle analysis of the application of over 30 alternative fuels from different sources to heavy and light duty vehicles the development of advanced digital engine controls for reduced combustion variability and fuel lean excursions during transient operation of car engines the Department has recently been awarded a major equipment grant for the purchase of laser combustion diagnostics equipment. This equipment will be used for collaborative research on an direct injection automotive engine with Australian automotive manufacturers, as well as more fundamental studies of premixed combustion in gas turbines a collaborative project with scientists in China to develop ultra fine, creep resistant Ti Al alloys for high temperature structural applications a facility for equal channel angular deformation to develop ultra fine grained alloys and composites has been established and work on Mg alloys has started in collaboration with industry, light weight Al matrix composites reinforced with fly ash particles are being developed for automotive applications in conjunction with the Royal Children’s Hospital, research is being carried out on the effect of the muscle forces on the development of the femur in children who have cerebral palsy an extensive research program is being developed under the guidance of Professor Pandy to investigate a number of problems in clinical biomechanics. These include studying muscle function during locomotion and joint mechanics involving ligament and joint function.

Research in the Department Some of the specialised research areas of the Department are listed below. The details of these research areas and related staff are available from the web at: www.mame.mu.oz.au Specialities > alternative fuels: CNG diesel and SI dual-fuel engines, hydrogen, oxygen enrichment > applied thermodynamics: heat and mass transfer, engine control, combustion and combustion control > biomechanics: medical prostheses, surgical techniques, kinematics and dynamics of locomotion, biomaterials and joint function > engineering design: intelligent CAD, concurrent design, design management > fluid mechanics: turbulent shear flows, computational fluid mechanics, bubble acoustics > machine dynamics: multi-bearing rotor systems, vibrations, laser-aided measurement > manufacturing processes: mechanics and economics of machining, forming, tool design and thermal imaging > manufacturing systems: operations and financial

> > > > >

management, quality control materials: solidification processing, metal-matrix composites, wear, polymer blends, nano and biomaterials mechatronics: drive-by-wire, embedded systems development, computational intelligence, data mining and vision recognition robotics & automation: kinematics of manipulation, sensor-based control solid mechanics: fatigue, fracture mechanics, composite material behaviour transport energy & emissions: vehicle behaviour and systems optimisation

Academic Staff Professors M Chong, MEngSc PhD Melb – fluid mechanics, computational mechanics, turbulence M Good, MEngSc PhD Melb FIEAust – dynamics and control, robotics, integrated manufacturing systems M Pandy, MengSc (Monash), PhD (Ohio), FAISME, FASME – biomechanics, kinetics of locomotion, joint mechanics, dynamics H Watson, (Personal Chair in the Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering) BSc (Eng) PhD Lond ACGI DIC CEng MIMechE FSAEAust – thermodynamics, transport energy, engine fuels and emissions Associate Professors and Readers Associate Professors S Halgamuge, BSc Moratuwa Dipl-Ing DrIng DUT – mechatronics, intelligent agents, neural networks J Williams, BE MEngSc PhD Melb FIEAust – fracture mechanics and fatigue, composites, biomechanics A Wirth, BSc PhD DipEd Monash – operations research, scheduling, decision analysis K Xia, MSc North Eastern Univ of China PhD Southern Calif – metal matrix composites, semisolid processing of engineering materials Senior Lecturers M Brear, BE/BSc Melb MPhil PhD Camb – combustion, power generation K Brown, BE PhD Melb MIEAust – continuum mechanics, wind power, composites, ship hull loading C Burvill, BE Ball PhD Melb – advanced product design, design for manufacture J Krodkiewski, MEngSc DrEngSc Lodz – dynamics of machines, mechanical vibrations A Ooi, BE PhD Melb – computational fluid dynamics, turbulence A Smith, BE PhD Melb MIEAust – metal machining, process optimisation, quality management Senior Lecturers K Gross, MengSc Monash PhD NY State – biomaterial, bioceramics, thermal sprayed coatings, nanofabrication Lecturers C Manzie, BSc/BE Melb PhD Melb – control engines, fuels and emissions J Weir, BE Melb MIEAust – engineering design, computer graphics

Professorial Fellows W Charters, BSc Leeds MSE Prin ME CEng FIMechE FIEAust E Jancauskas, BE PhD Monash P Joubert, OAM BE Syd ME Melb Principal Fellows B Field, BE MEngSc PhD Melb W Schofield, BE MEngSc PhD Melb N Verezub, PhD Kharkov Senior Fellows R Baker, MSc PhD Dundee S Henbest, BE PhD Melb D Horrigan, BE PhD Melb P McGowan, BE PhD Melb GDipMetE Monash G Pratt, BSc MA DAppSc Melbourne Fellow A Bezen, MSc PhD Gorky Student Profile > Kim Lien (PhD) Research Field: Fluid Mechanics

“My experience as an undergraduate engineer at RMIT kindled an urge to deepen my understanding of fluid mechanics and a desire for scientific discovery. This led me to the Fluids Engineering Research Group at the University of Melbourne. With a long-standing reputation for high quality research, this seemed the ideal choice for further study. My impression thus far of this research group has been of individuals with inexhaustible enthusiasm and curiosity, who delight in dissecting, explaining and learning about even the most seemingly trivial natural phenomenon. At the very outset, it was apparent that my supervisors, Dr Andrew Ooi and Professor Min Chong, possessed not only the expertise to guide me, but also great passion for their work and the integrity to uphold high standards and enforce the scientific rigor necessary for meaningful research. I was highly impressed to find the existence of people with the foresight to value the importance of fundamental scientific research, as well as the conviction to defend and maintain (through various affiliations with organisations such as DSTO, CSIRO, and VPAC) its continuance in the face of growing commercial pressures.

In the months here, I have learned that the postgraduate course does not necessarily attract or even aim to cultivate normal, well-rounded people. One discovers that the unique success of this group, this department, and indeed this university rests on the convergence of strong individuals with their own particular talents and idiosyncrasies. It is this combination that makes for the kind of lively, untrammelled debates and the constant interchange of perspectives and ideas that-- -coupled with the world-class facilities and effective support staff--make the sometimes difficult postgraduate journey an ongoing pleasure.” Student Profile > Waratt Rattasiri (PhD) “Coming to study at Melbourne was the best decision I have made in my entire life”

93 “At Melbourne, I have the opportunity to work with world-class academics and researchers, students from Australia and around the world. Working with these people has not only benefited my studies and research work, but has also undeniably broadened my perceptions. Before I came to Melbourne I obtained my Bachelor of Engineering in Electronics (Telecommunications) from Assumption University, Bangkok, Thailand, and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering (Control Systems) from Wichita State, Kansas, USA. My inspiration arose from my interest in the new trend of technology, called Artificial Intelligence, to which I believed I could extend my knowledge. I started my search for universities offering PhD programs relating to the field in the US, Canada, and Australia. I also had some other requirements in my mind; for example, the university should have a solid background and appreciation of research, as I preferred to further my studies on a research-based course rather than a coursework-based. I wanted a good opportunity to work with worldclass researchers, reasonable tuition fees and living expenses, friendly and safe surroundings, and if possible, not too far from Thailand, I already had enough 30-hour trips to the US. So, after I finished an extensive search through a good number of universities, only the University of Melbourne met my requirements, and I ended up sending my application to them. I was offered a place in the Mechatronics Research Group, where my PhD research topic is “Hierarchical Intelligent Systems”. Having been studying at Melbourne since 1999, I have found that it not only meets, but also exceeds all of my expectations. I hold a Melbourne International Research Scholarship (MIRS), which was generously granted to me since 2000. Melbourne is one of the best academic-based research institutes in the globe, ensuring our Research Group always has visiting prominent research scholars from around the world, allowing me to discuss and exchange ideas.

Engineering > postgraduate

Research Fellows J Fernandez, BE Auckland PhD Auckland bioengineering S Hafez, PhD Melb – fluid mechanics and turbulence S Jin, PhD Kyunghee (Korea) – combustion H Jookim, BS MS PhD Iowa J Monty, BE Melb PhD Melb – fluid mechanics X Wu, BE Harbin MengSc Monash PhD Melb

The Departments

Dept of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

I have a great opportunity to work with extraordinary local and international postgraduate students, who are so friendly and helpful whenever I need them. I have also had excellent supervision and guidance from world-class researchers and academics. Their help is a major motivation and contribution to my research papers being accepted for presentation at international conferences, and accepted for publication in international journals. With these achievements, I have been honourably granted a grade of Member of Institute of Engineers, Australia (MIEAust), the most prestigious engineering institution in Australia. Coming to Melbourne was the best decision I ever made, I can only suggest you to do the same.” Student Profile > Nader Karimi (PhD) “Why I chose Melbourne University for my postgraduate study”

94 “Honestly speaking - I came to University of Melbourne after facing severe difficulties in going to US, Canada and UK to do my PhD! That was a bit disappointing at first, particularly for a person like me, who was determined to advance his education at the best educational institutions in the world. In those days I thought that only those universities around the world with huge reputations and big names are able to provide satisfactory postgraduate programs. Since Australian universities were not among those super famous ones they did not come first on the list. These were my ideas when I came to Melbourne University for the first time. Nevertheless, after almost one year I am now convinced that sometimes certain events occur in favour of us and for me - joining Melbourne University was one of them. This will certainly have a significant effect on the rest of my life. When it comes to talk about different aspect of this university, what excited me is the chance to work in the group of researchers who are not only knowledgeable and experienced as professionals, but also very nice and welcoming as colleagues and friends. Undoubtedly for conducting any research, facilities and equipment are essential - but of equal importance is being well supervised and being a member of an active research group. To me, these are the most outstanding features of the University of Melbourne.”

Staff Profile > Dr Chris Manzie Chris Manzie - recipient of the Engineering Teaching Excellence Award, 2005

Dr Chris Manzie has a combined degree in Science and Engineering from the University of Melbourne, and a PhD. He is the Postgraduate Coordinator for Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, and teaches control and systems modelling courses in the Department. Prior to his current appointment he worked in the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering as a PostDoctoral Research Fellow. Dr Manzie’s research is in the development of advanced control algorithms, with application in automotive and industrial systems. Staff Profile > Professor Marcus Pandy) Professor Pandy’s research interests are in biomechanics and control of human movement. He and his colleagues have developed and used computer models of the musculoskeletal system to study muscle, ligament, and joint function during dynamic activity. Models of the lower limb have been used to describe and explain the relationships between muscle, ligament, and joint-contact loading in the intact and ACL-deficient knee. Computer models of the upper limb have been used to study the functional roles of individual shoulder muscles in arm movement. Models of the whole body have also been used to understand muscle coordination of multi-joint movement in tasks such as jumping and walking. He is a Fellow of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and a Fellow of the American Institute of Medical and Biological Engineering. Staff Profile > Dr Andrew Ooi Dr Andrew Ooi holds a BE and PhD from the University of Melbourne

“I have been lecturing for 5 years. I enjoy explaining difficult engineering concepts and theories to the students in my class. I find the questions that they ask me intellectually stimulating and I learn a lot from answering them. Aside from teaching I conduct research to understand and solve problems encountered everyday by practicing engineers. My main areas of research are turbulence, acoustics and bubble dynamics. We simulate real world situations and try to understand how turbulence effects drag on moving objects such as cars, planes, trains and submarines. We also investigate how bubbles in water influence the propagation of acoustic waves and how this could influence the life of marine animals.”

Research Centres

>

Research Centres

The PFPC is a special research centre of the Australian Research Council. The Centre exploits existing expertise in colloid science and in interfacial continuum mechanics within a process engineering framework. It aims to consolidate research and technological leadership to support production of value-added advanced materials for final fabrication from Australian oil, minerals and mineral products. The Centre is inter-disciplinary in nature, combining the skills of the Department of Physical Chemistry, the Department of Mathematics, and the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering. Director: Professor Geoff Stevens T: +61 3 8344 6621 F: +61 3 8344 4153 E: [email protected] www.pfpc.unimelb.edu.au

ARC Special Research Centre for Ultra-Broadband Information Networks (CUBIN) The Centre for Ultra-Broadband Information Networks (CUBIN) is an Australian Research Council funded Special Research Centre. The objective of CUBIN is to undertake research in leading edge technologies, architectures and protocols for future very high capacity telecommunications networks. CUBIN tackles longer-term problems and issues, with the goal of providing key fundamental insights and innovations in the ultra-broadband networks area. Director: Professor Iven Mareels Centre Coordinator: Angie Laoumtzis T: +61 3 8344 7682 F: +61 3 8344 3823 E: [email protected] www.ee.unimelb.edu.au/research/cubin

Engineering > postgraduate

ARC Special Research Centre for Particulate Fluids Processing (PFPC)

95

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 96

Centre for Geographic Information Systems & Modelling This Centre is the joint initiative of the Department of Geomatics and the Faculty of Architecture, Building & Planning. Its research program concerns the use of spatial data for planning, design and management of natural resources. This involves the use of Geographic Information Systems technology in modelling environmental processes, visual stimulation and decision support systems. Director: Professor Ian Bishop T: +61 3 8344 7500 F: +61 3 9347 2916 E: [email protected] www.geom.unimelb.edu.au/cgism

Centre of Spatial Data Infrastructures & Land Administration

Cooperative Research Centre for Bioproducts The Centre for Industrial Plant Biopolymers is a cooperative research centre managed from the Department of Botany. Its major aim is to establish the scientific and technological basis for the manufacture of plant biopolymers such as gums, thickeners and stabilisers for use in the food and other industries. It also aims to develop a range of commercially competitive biopolymers to replace currently imported gums and to establish a major export position in the international market. Participating organisations in the centre are the University of Melbourne, CSIRO Division of Food Science and Albright & Wilson (Australia) Limited. Professor Boger from the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering leads a group within the Centre in relating the physico-chemical properties of the manufactured gums to their structure and ultimate functional properties. Program Leader: Assoc Professor Dave Dunstan T: +61 8344 8261 F: +61 3 8344 4153 E: [email protected] www.bioproducts.org.au

The Centre provides a focus for research in Spatial Data Infrastructures and Land Administration by building on-going research relationships and creating new links through extended collaboration both nationally and internationally. Director: Professor Ian Williamson T: +61 3 8344 6806 F: +61 3 9347 2916 E: [email protected] www.geom.unimelb.edu.au/research/SDI_research

Ewater This Centre focuses on developing technologies related to the planning and management of water by industry and the community. It brings together water engineers and hydrologists from the University of Melbourne, Monash University, Griffith University, CSIRO Land & Water, Bureau of Meteorology, Goulburn-Murray Water, Murray-Darling Basin Commission, Department of Natural Resources & Environment (VIC), Melbourne Water, Southern Rural Water, Wimmera Mallee Water, Department of Land & Water Conservation (NSW), Brisbane City Council and Department of Natural Resources (QLD). Contact: Assoc Professor Francis Chiew T: +61 3 8344 6644 F: +61 3 8344 6215 E: [email protected] www.civenv.unimelb.edu.au/research

Cooperative Research Centre for Smart Internet Technology

The aim of CO2CRC is to help Australia decrease its green-house gas emissions while maintaining the competitiveness of its industries through the development of carbon capture and storage techniques.

The Smart Internet Cooperative Research Centre is a joint venture to research and develop high-value Internet-based technologies, solutions and services which are competitive in the international market place.

The idea is to capture carbon dioxide from industrial sources that would otherwise be released to the atmosphere and inject it deep underground for longterm storage in geological formations. Expertise is drawn from a variety of research institutions, including: CSIRO; Curtin University: Geoscience Australia: Monash University; University of Adelaide (Australian School of Petroleum); University of NSW; and Geological and Nuclear Sciences Ltd. Research within The University of Melbourne is focused on the development of absorption and membrane gas separation systems to separate the carbon dioxide from other gases.

It aims to develop enabling technologies, solutions and services which increase productivity and deliver efficiency gains for Australia through the use of the Internet. Its partners include ANU, UNSW, University of Sydney, University of Wollongong, Motorola, Telstra, the NSW and ACT Governments, Adacel, Novell, HP, Westpac, Creative Digital Technology, Griffith, RMIT, Swinburne, University of Adelaide, University of Tasmania along with the University of Melbourne. www.smartinternet.com.au

Research Centres

Cooperative Research Centre for Greenhouse Gas Technologies

97

Research Leader: Dr Sandra Kentish T: +61 3 8344 6682 F: +61 3 8344 4153 E: [email protected] www.chemeng.unimelb.edu.au/CO2CRC

Cooperative Research Centre for Spatial Information The mission of the Centre is to develop the concept of a Virtual Australia, uniting research and commercial innovation in spatial information.

The CRC research programs will focus on generating information to double productivity and halve rural and urban irrigation water use in Australia. Fundamental to research programs is recognising the importance of irrigation to the social and economic wellbeing of communities, as well as its environment impact. It brings together water engineers, scientists, agronomists, and economists from the GoulburnMurray Water, Land & Water Australia, Natural Resources and Mines Queensland, NSW Agriculture, Primary Industries and Resources South Australia, SunWater, University of Southern Queensland, University of Melbourne, University of South Australia and University of Western Sydney. www.irrigationfutures.org.au

The Centre will harness Australia’s recognised research and commercialisation strengths in spatial information technologies to create new opportunities and increase prosperity for all Australians. The Department of Geomatics at the University of Melbourne is a core participant. It is funded by the Commonwealth Government’s Cooperative Research Program from 2003-2010. T: +61 3 8344 9200 F: +61 3 9349 5185 www.spatialinfocrc.org

Engineering > postgraduate

Cooperative Research Centre for Irrigation Futures

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 98

The International Technologies Centre (IDTC)

National ICT Australia (NICTA)

The International Technologies Centre is a multidisciplinary academic and research unit within the Department of Civil & Environmental Engineering.

NICTA Victoria Research Laboratory

It has substantial enrolment of overseas and Australian postgraduate students. Students from over 30 countries have attended the Centre’s program since 1979. The Centre is strongly committed to providing education in engineering sciences and management disciplines for sustainable development. The Centre has a focus on engineering teaching, research and consulting interests including Development Technologies, Energy Studies, Environmental Engineering, Engineering Project Management, Utilities Management, Water Resources and from this year Biomedical Engineering and Engineering Structures. Director: Assoc Professor Hector Malano T: +61 3 8344 6645 F: +61 3 8344 6868 E: [email protected] www.civenv.unimelb.edu.au/research

NICTA is Australia’s centre for excellence in information and communications research. It operates nationally with laboratories in Canberra, Sydney, Brisbane and the Victoria Research Laboratory at the University of Melbourne. Focussing on two major priority challenges: ‘Trusted Wireless Networks’ and ‘From Data to Knowledge’, NICTA’s research focuses on serving the national interest by meeting the technological challenges facing industry and the Australian community. The Victoria Research Laboratory is a collaboration between the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering and the Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering. It has three programs: > Network Technologies: transforming the internet through intelligent measurement and design > Sensor Networks: developing world leading technology to promote a sensor networks industry in Australia > Network Information Processing: creating technologies to effectively use massive information networks. Taken together these programs will add substantially to improving network performance and effective human interaction with the networks of the future. Director: Professor Rob Evans E: [email protected] www.nicta.com.au

Applying for Courses

Applying for Courses Academic Requirements • Entry to a graduate certificate is normally available • • •

• •

•

•

to graduates of undergraduate programs of at least three years duration. Entry to a postgraduate certificate is normally available to graduates of courses with a minimum of three years duration in a cognate discipline. Entry to a graduate diploma normally is open to graduates with degrees in any discipline of at least three years duration with some work experience. Entry to a postgraduate diploma is only available to graduates with a qualification in the discipline to be studied of at least a three years duration with relevant work experience. Admission to coursework masters normally requires a four year degree at honours level. Admission to masters by research normally requires the equivalent of a four year degree with this University’s First Class Honours or high Second Class Honours. Applications from graduates with lower grades will be considered and other factors, including employment experience, will be taken into account in the Faculty’s consideration of a place offer. Graduates with an engineering or geomatic qualification normally will enrol for a Master of Engineering Science or Master of Geomatic Engineering degree respectively. Graduates in Applied Science normally will enrol for a Master of Applied Science degree. Graduates in science, agricultural science etc., intending to enrol for the Master of Applied Science degree, may be required to carry out additional studies to meet the requirements of technological and humanistic as well as scientific training. Master of Engineering Science and Master of Applied Science degrees are awarded in the areas

of development technologies, environmental engineering, energy studies, water resources management, engineering project management, engineering structures, biomedical engineering, geographic information systems, computer science, civil engineering, chemical engineering, mechanical and manufacturing engineering, electrical and electronic engineering. These Masters range from 100% research to 66% coursework and 33% research.

English Language Requirements Applicants for postgraduate degrees can satisfy the English language requirements in a number of ways as listed below: • Satisfactorily completing secondary studies in a country where English is the official language and gaining a satisfactory result in final year English (Applicants from countries with more than one official language may be required to meet TOEFL or IELTS requirements); • Satisfactorily completing the final two years of secondary studies in an approved Secondary School with English as the medium of instruction and gaining a pass in English in their final year; • Completing at least the first year of an approved tertiary program taught in the English language in an institution where English is the language of instruction and assessment. (Applicants should provide official documentation from the tertiary institution confirming that English is the language of instruction at the entire institution and that classes and assessment are conducted in English); • Satisfactorily completing additional English Language Studies, which in the opinion of the Selection Committee, is the equivalent of the other tests specified above; • Meeting the University’s TOEFL or IELTS

Engineering > postgraduate

Entry Requirements

>

99

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

requirements in a test taken no more than 24 months prior to application (an original copy of your TOEFL or IELTS test score must be included with your application). The University’s TOEFL or IELTS requirements are: • A paper-based TOEFL of at least 577 with a TWE of at least 4.5, or a computer-based TOEFL of at least 233 with an Essay Rating of at least 4.5, or an IELTS of at least 6.5. (A minimum band score of 6 is required in the Academic Writing module).

Faculty of Engineering English Language Alternative The Faculty of Engineering is able to admit students with lower English Language scores into most of its postgraduate programs providing those students take and pass Advanced English as a Second Language as an additional subject. This subject must be taken in the first semester of study.

The English Language requirement for acceptance under this Engineering Faculty scheme is a paper based TOEFL score of at least 550, with a TWE of at 100 least 4, or the computer-based TOEFL of at least 213 with an Essay Rating Score of at least 4 or an IELTS score of at least 6. Prospective students are warned that in some cases the term of their course may need to be increased to accommodate this requirement. In this case, students will have to pay an additional cost for the additional subject. For further information of how this option will impact on your course of study, please contact Ms Irene Brown at the Faculty of Engineering on +61 3 8344 6715 or E: [email protected] To minimise the impact taking additional English may make on your course you may wish to consider taking the English subject requirement in the Summer Semester before commencing your substantive course. Please contact the Faculty if you wish to take this option. PhD students are not able to gain entry with the Faculty English option of paper-based TOEFL score of at least 550 with a TWE 4, or the computer-based TOEFL of at least 213 with an Essay Rating Score of 4 or an IELTS score of at least 6. PhD students are required to have a paper-based TOEFL score of at least 580 with a TWE 4.5, or the computer-based TOEFL of at least 233 with an Essay Rating Score of 4.5 or an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (A minimum band score of 6 is required in the Academic Writing module). Note: While both the IELTS and TOEFL test are acceptable for meeting the University’s English language requirements, the requirements of the Australian Department of Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs (DIMIA) for the issue of a student visa may differ. It is recommended that you contact your nearest Australian Embassy or High Commission in order to ascertain the English requirements for obtaining a student visa. www.dimia.gov.au/wwi/index.htm#worldinde

Application Process: Australian Students PhD Step 1 Contact the School of Graduate Studies for an application form. T: 8344 8599 www.sgs.unimelb.edu.au Step 2 Complete and lodge your application with the School of Graduate Studies, Faculty or Department. Please ensure that a full transcript of results is included with your application, together with 2 referee reports and a research proposal. Applicants are required to meet English language requirements as set out earlier in the section entitled English Language Requirements. Step 3 On receipt of your application you will receive acknowledgement advice of receipt from the University. You should allow about four weeks for your application to be processed and for the outcome to be notified to you.

Masters by Research Step 1 Contact the Postgraduate Officer in the Faculty of Engineering for an application form. T: 8344 5170 E: [email protected] or download the form from www.eng.unimelb.edu.au/courses/pgrad/forms.html Step 2 Complete and lodge your application with the Faculty of Engineering. Please ensure that a full transcript of results is included with your application, together with two referee reports and a research proposal. Applicants are required to meet English language requirements as set out earlier in the section entitled English Language Requirements. Step 3 On receipt of your application you will receive acknowledgement advice of receipt by the University. You should allow about four weeks for your application to be processed and for the outcome to be notified to you.

Coursework Awards Step 1 Contact the Postgraduate Officer in the Faculty of Engineering for an appropriate application form. Tel: 8344 5170 E: [email protected] or download the form from www.eng.unimelb.edu.au/courses/pgrad/forms.html

Complete and lodge your application form:

Application Process: International Students

Postgraduate Manager Faculty of Engineering The University of Melbourne, VIC 3010.

To allow sufficient time for processing of your application and visa the following timelines are recommended:

Step 3 Allow about three weeks for your application to be processed and for the outcome to be notified to you.

Acceptance of an Offer PhD Liaise with your nominated supervisor regarding a commencement date. Ring the School of Graduate Studies for an enrolment appointment T: 8344 8599. Masters by Research Ring the Postgraduate Officer in the Faculty of Engineering T: 8344 5170 for an enrolment appointment. The enrolment process should take place about two weeks prior to the commencement of the semester for which your offer has been made. Unless you are in receipt of a scholarship which covers all fees you will need to pay your Services and Amenities Fee at the time of enrolment.

Certificate, Diploma & Masters by Coursework For commencement in February of the following year it is recommended that an application be submitted by 31 October in the year prior to commencement. For mid-year commencement in July it is recommended that an application be submitted by 30 April of the same year. Late applications will be accepted but the selection process may not allow sufficient time for processing visa requirements.

Masters by Research & PhD Candidates Apply any time. Please note that there are cut off dates for consideration of scholarship applications (see information on scholarships) and where there is a minor coursework component.

Please contact the Faculty of Engineering or International Admissions for an application form to be sent to you. To apply online or download an application form visit the following website: www.futurestudents.unimelb.edu.au/int/ipg/ ipgapply.html Step 1

Ring the Postgraduate Officer in the Faculty of Engineering T: 8344 5170 for an enrolment appointment.

Complete all sections of the application form, sign and date the form.

If you wish to study a specific subject or subjects as part of your course please check the availability of that subject with the department. Please check subject availability before enrolling.

101

Application Procedure

Coursework Awards

The enrolment process should take place about two weeks prior to the commencement of the semester for which your offer has been made. You will need to pay your coursework fees at the time of enrolment.

Applying for Courses

Your submission should include full academic transcripts of all your University study undertaken. An applicant whose first degree was studied in a language other than English is required to meet the Faculty’s English language requirements as set out earlier in the section entitled English Language Requirements.

Step 2 Attach certified copies of all relevant documents such as: • academic transcripts (including a key to the grading system used on your transcripts); • academic references; • evidence that you have a degree; • a research proposal if applying for a research degree. If you are applying for credit for subjects studied at another tertiary institution include: • a detailed description of each of the subjects with your application; • information about the proportion of the course represented by the subjects. If any of these documents are written in a language other than English, you must include an official certified translation of the document. Step 3 Provide evidence of English language proficiency, eg. original TOEFL or IELTS (academic) results.

Engineering > postgraduate

Step 2

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Step 4 Include with your application a non-refundable application fee of A$100. If you are accepted by the University this fee will be credited to your tuition fees. The application fee can be paid by bank draft (payable to The University of Melbourne) or by credit card (MasterCard, Bankcard or Visa). The credit card authorisation section of the application should be completed if you choose to pay by credit card. Step 5 Send the completed application form and supporting documentation to: International Admissions Unit International Centre The University of Melbourne Victoria 3010 Australia

On receipt of an application the International Admissions Unit will send an acknowledgment letter. If an application contains all the necessary documentation then the processing for coursework programs will normally take four weeks and processing 102 for research programs will take six weeks. If you do not receive an acknowledgement of receipt of your application or a request for further information do not hesitate to contact: International Admissions

payment (by bank draft, credit card or telegraphic transfer), to International Admissions, in order to secure your place. When you pay your tuition fees and accept your place, you must also pay a further fee (single or family) to cover Overseas Student Health Cover (OSHC) charges for 12 months. The cost of these fees will be detailed in your information package. Once your Acceptance Agreement Form and tuition and OSHC fees are received by the International Admissions Unit, you will be issued a Confirmation of Enrolment, the official document you will need to apply for a visa. Step 3 When you receive your Confirmation of Enrolment document from the University you must take it to an Australian Embassy or High Commission in order to apply for a student visa. You must be able to show that you have the financial resources to cover all expenses during your stay in Australia (such as tuition fees, return airfares and living expenses); are genuinely seeking temporary entry for the purpose of full-time study; and are in good health.

On Arrival You will need to show your original documents when you formally enrol in your course at the University of Melbourne.

T: +61 3 8344 4505 F: +61 3 9347 9062 E: [email protected]

Candidature

Queries: http://unimelb.custhelp.com

Full-time

Acceptance of an Offer Step 1 You will receive a letter of offer specifying the course into which you have been accepted, an Acceptance Agreement Form and a package containing information about the airport meeting service, accommodation, payment of fees etc. If you have received an unconditional offer you may accept your offer immediately. If your offer is conditional you must meet all those conditions prior to accepting your offer. If you are a citizen of a country with an assessment level 3, 4 or 5 you will be required to provide evidence of pre-visa assessment. Pre-visa assessment is undertaken through the Australian Embassy or High Commission. The process can take from four to six weeks (longer in some countries), and must be completed before you can accept your offer or apply for a student visa. If you wish to study a specific subject or subjects as part of your course please check the availability of that subject with the department. International students please check subject availability before leaving your country. Step 2 Once you have met any conditions of your offer and received pre-visa assessment (if required), you may accept your offer. Complete the Acceptance Agreement Form included in your offer package and forward the completed form, along with your fee

Candidates are required to devote themselves to their programs and may not engage in any significant employment. The accepted maximum employment is 9 hours per week up to a maximum of 32 hours per month during the academic year. The working week is defined as time spent on the project from Monday to Friday inclusive during normal working hours. Please note that these limits are inclusive of preparation and marking time in the case of tutorial and demonstrating work. Programs listed in this guide normally are offered on both a full-time or part-time basis. Overseas students must be enrolled as full-time students. For exceptions to this regulation please check with the Department of Immigration.

Part-time In the case of research masters programs, parttime students are required to have the equivalent of not less than 26 working weeks in a calendar year available for supervised research, less official University holidays and up to 2 weeks recreation leave. The working week is defined as time spent on the project from Monday to Friday inclusive in normal working hours. For a part-time student this equivalent of working weeks may be made up in various ways during any calendar year subject to the approval of the head of Department. Reasonable periods of continuous study and supervision are considered essential. Applicants for part-time masters and PhD candidature

Note on class timetable: applicants wishing to undertake part time study involving coursework should note that most classes are conducted during the day and are not available as evening classes. Applicants for part-time study will normally be required to provide evidence that they have substantial time available to devote to the course.

External/non-attendance External and non-attending candidatures are normally not available to candidates for higher degrees in the Engineering Faculty. Some international students may be eligible to undertake a University of Melbourne PhD with an approved external study component. This option requires a minimum of 12 months residency at the University which can be completed on a cumulative basis. Please contact the School of Graduate Studies for further information.

Preliminary Studies Where students lack the background necessary to proceed immediately to diploma or masters degree courses (for instance, a three-year degree or a fouryear degree which in the opinion of Faculty does not adequately equip the student for postgraduate work in the Faculty), they may be required to undertake a period of preliminary studies which will consist of selected undergraduate or postgraduate coursework. Progression to the diploma or masters program will be conditional on satisfactory performance in the preliminary studies. If the preliminary course of study consists of undergraduate units, the candidate will normally qualify for automatic entrance to full masters candidature, subject to availability of facilities and supervision, if H1 or H2A level has been achieved in those units. Where the final results are below H2A level, progression to full masters candidature will be referred to the Faculty’s Academic and Program Committee for consideration. If the preliminary course of study consists of postgraduate units, the candidate may qualify for entrance to full masters candidature if an average of >70% has been obtained in those units.

Probationary Candidature Under certain circumstances, for instance where an applicant has satisfied the minimum requirement for a masters program (by obtaining a four-year degree from a recognised institution), but where there remains some reservation about the applicant’s capacity for postgraduate work, probationary candidature may be recommended for a specified period (generally not less than six months), after which the progress of the candidate will be subject to review and, if satisfactory, the candidate will be confirmed in the course. The first 12 months of all PhD candidature is probationary and students must go through the process of confirming their candidature after at least 6 months of PhD study and normally before or at 12 months of their study.

Applying for Courses

In the case of 18-month coursework masters degrees being undertaken part-time, candidates are normally required to attend for an average of six hours per week over a period of three academic years. The equivalent of four weeks full-time attendance at times to be arranged during this period will be necessary for the research, design project to be supervised and monitored for courses in intensive teaching mode. Part-time candidates in diploma courses are normally required to complete in two years.

No credit for preliminary work can be given towards the subsequent postgraduate course, and in the case of a student who undertakes postgraduate units during their preliminary candidature, different postgraduate units must be taken in the masters studies.

103

Intake Postgraduate coursework programs usually commence at the beginning of Semester 1 of each year. Some courses also offer mid-year entry. Applicants need to consult the information on the specific course to see if mid-year entry is available. Postgraduate research degrees may be commenced any time throughout the year on two conditions. Firstly, that the starting time meets with the approval of the principal supervisor and secondly, that there is no required coursework component that necessitates commencement at the beginning of a particular semester.

Intellectual Property The topic of intellectual property rights and ownership is a very complex one with numerous exceptions to the many general rules. The following overview is by no means comprehensive and is not intended to be a precise statement of the law. If you have specific concerns about an issue to do with intellectual property you should obtain independent legal advice. In general, students of the University of Melbourne retain ownership of intellectual property created as part of their studies. There are exceptions in cases where, for example, a student is working on a project that is funded by or involves a third party and alternative arrangements have been made. If a student is employed by the University then intellectual property created in the course of that employment will generally be owned by the University. Unless work is created as part of an employment relationship, the creator of an original work as defined by the Copyright Act 1968 (including the rights relating to literary, including computer programs, dramatic, musical or artistic works) will generally own the work and all the rights which attach to it, with some exceptions. In relation to other intellectual property, such as inventions and designs, a creator wishing to

Engineering > postgraduate

are normally required to obtain some release from their employment duties. For further details, please apply to the PhD Secretary, School of Graduate Studies or to the Faculty in the case of masters candidature. A candidate who has substantially finished the research and obtains full-time employment away from the University may apply to the Faculty for permission to complete the writing of the thesis on a part-time basis while working full-time.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

protect his or her rights will often take steps to register and protect rights in some way, for example by taking out a patent or registering a design. The University’s policy requires that students who are working on a project where the intellectual property rights that come out of the project have been contractually assigned to a third party, such as a commercial partner, must be made aware of the rights of the third party before agreeing to work on the project. The student’s consent to work on the project must be informed. For further information see: www.unimelb.edu.au/compliance/manual/ch05.html

Fees: Australian Students Higher Level Masters: Master of Engineering, Master of Geomatics

(RTS) provides a quota of government funded places to higher education institutions. Students who are offered a research place and who fall into this quota have their tuition fees paid by the Government to the University for a defined period of time, namely: • Masters by Research for a maximum of 2 years • PhD for a maximum of 4 years. If, after this period, a student still needs to be enrolled that student may incur tuition fees. RTS students may be required to pay a student service and amenities fee on an annual basis. Postgraduate Coursework Awards All postgraduate coursework awards are full fee paying programs. In 2006 the indicative course fee for Australian students on a full-time basis for one year is $20,200 per annum . Part-time students are charged fees on a pro-rata basis. The Federal Government has established FEE-HELP for students undertaking postgraduate coursework courses. This scheme provides interest-free tuition fee loans to eligible students. Students eligible for this scheme may be required to pay a Services and Amenities.

Entry to examination $2,000 104 Higher Doctorates: Doctorate of Engineering, Doctorate of Applied Science Entry to examination $2,000. Research Degrees The Federal Government’s Research Training Scheme

For information on Research Training Scheme (RTS) for Australian Research Students see: www.goingtouni.gov.au/Main/ FeesLoansAndScholarships/Postgraduate/

Geomatics Graduate Certificate

(50 points)

Graduate Diploma

(100 points)

$10,100 $20,200

Graduate Diploma in Geomatic Science

$20,200

Master of Geographic Information Technology

$16,000

Master of Applied Science (GIS)

$20,200

Typical tuition fees for postgraduate coursework programs for Australian students in the Faculty of Engineering for 2006

Civil & Environmental Engineering Postgraduate/Graduate Certificate

(50 points)

$10.100

Postgraduate/Graduate Diploma

(100 points)

$20,200

Master of Biomedical Engineering

$20,200

Master of Development Technologies

$20,200

Master of Environmental Engineering

$20,200

Master of Energy Studies

$20,200

Master of Engineering Structures

$20,200

Master of Water Resources Management

$20,200

Master of Utilities Management

$20,200

Master of Engineering Project Management

$20,200

18 Month Masters

(150 points)

$20,200

Computer Science & Software Engineering Master of Engineering in Distributed Computing

$16,000

Master of Software Systems Engineering

(100 points)

$16,000

Master of Information Technology*

(150 points)

$17,500

Graduate Certificate*

(50 points)

$10,100

Graduate Diploma*

(100 points)

Electrical & Electronic Engineering

Master of Telecommunications Engineering*

$20,200 $20,000

* Telecommunications Engineering and Master of Information Technology students will be required to supply their own computers (e.g. PCs or Macs) and their own software (e.g. PC standard O/S and software + C compilers).

Please note: if you need to continue your course into another year your tuition fee may increase in subsequent years.

Fees: International Students All international students must pay tuition fees unless they have been awarded a scholarship. Fees for particular courses are listed in the Schedule of Courses and Fees for International Students which is published on the University’s web site at: www.futurestudents.unimelb.edu.au/courses/ fees.html In 2006 the indicative fees for international students studying at a postgraduate level in the Faculty of Engineering are: Research: $26,750 for masters by research and PhD Coursework: $12,875 for certificates (50 points) $25,750 for diplomas (100 points) except in Telecommunications ($26,500) $24,600 - 26,660 for masters (100 points) If you need to continue your course into another year your tuition fee may increase in the subsequent year(s).

APAs are valued at $18,837 per annum full-time (2005 rate). The 2006 rate will be announced by DEST towards the end of 2005. Students in receipt of an APA are also awarded a RTS place, which exempts them from liability under the Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) for their research higher degree studies. Time limits and other conditions apply to both a APA and RTS places. Melbourne Research Scholarships The University of Melbourne offers its own Melbourne Research Scholarships (MRS) program to support students undertaking research higher degrees. These scholarships are awarded in conjunction with faculties and are often referred to as Faculty MRSs. Each year the University offers approximatley 210 MRSs, of which about 120 are normally awarded to Australian and New Zealand students.

Australian Postgraduate Awards (Industry) A number of APAI awards are available under the Strategic Participation with Industry Research Training Scheme (SPIRT). These are for research higher degree students whose supervisor(s) have received grants in order to do collaborative research with industry. Further information and application forms are available from the Melbourne Research and Innovation Office. Other Scholarships All applicants for an APA and MRS are automatically considered for the following awards:

Research scholarships are available for outstanding Australian or eligible permanent resident students who wish to pursue a higher degree by research (PhD, approved Research Higher Doctorates and Masters by Research).

Pratt Foundation Scholarship

For further information on scholarships and the accompanying benefits and conditions please visit: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/pgrad Australian Postgraduate Awards Australian Postgraduate Awards (APA) provide valuable support for promising researchers. These

105

A MRS is valued at $18,277 per annum full-time (2005 rate). Recipients of a MRS also normally receive a Research Training Scheme (RTS) place. Students in receipt of an APA are also awarded a RTS place, which exempts them from liability under the Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) for their research higher degree studies. Time limits and other conditions apply to both an APA and RTS places.

Scholarships: Australian Students

Scholarships are usually only awarded to applicants planning to enrol on a full-time basis. If planning on part-time study, an applicant would need to demonstrate compelling social reasons that preclude enrolling on a full-time basis. Acceptable reasons include major family commitments involving the care of young children or parents, or medical conditions.

Applying for Courses

The table (page 104) shows typical tuition fees for postgraduate coursework programs for Australian students in the Faculty of Engineering for the year 2006. Fees may vary depending on your subject selection. The indicative fee is normally the upper level of what you can expect to pay.

awards are funded by the Australian Government through the Department of Education, Science and Training (DEST). The number of APAs available to the University of Melbourne in 2006 will be announced by DEST towards the end of 2005. As a guide, in 2005 the University was allocated 174 APAs.

First awarded in 1997, Pratt Foundation Scholarships are generously supported by Mr Richard Pratt and his family though the Pratt Foundation. A new scholarship is awarded each year to the highest ranked Victorian applicant for a research higher degree. This scholarship is valued at $22,000 per annum and other benefits as per the APA. Grimwade Scholarship Supported by the Russell and Mab Grimwade Miegunyah Fund, this scholarship is awarded to the highest ranked research higher degree applicant from interstate or New Zealand on the recommendation of the Miegunyah Fund Committee. This scholarship is valued at $22,000 per annum and also provides for conference and other travel expenses to the value of $3,500 per annum. In the first year $2500 of the $3500 is paid as a Relocation Grant. The recipient receives the $2500 Relocation Grant with their first

Engineering > postgraduate

Students who are offered a place in a postgraduate course will be sent a fees policy booklet with their letter of offer. This booklet should be read carefully and you have any questions please contact the Faculty Office T: 8344 6715 or E: [email protected] or Student Administration for clarification before you enrol.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Scholarship payment. The following scholarships are subject to funding availability and applicants should visit the University’s Scholarship site for information: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/pgrad • AO Capell Scholarship • Helen Macpherson Smith Scholarship NICTA Funded Scholarships NICTA Scholarships, in the areas of information and communications technology, are available for high achieving students commencing a PhD or a Masters leading to PhD within the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering or the Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering at the University of Melbourne.

NICTA Scholarships will provide tax free stipends of up to AUD $24,000 per annum. In some cases a fee remission scholarship may be offered to overseas students. For students who successfully obtain other scholarships, such as the Australian Postgraduate Award (APA), NICTA funded top up scholarships may 106 be available. www.ee.unimelb.edu.au/research/nicta

Scholarships: International Students The Melbourne Scholarships Program provides the following scholarships to students undertaking research higher degrees and postgraduate coursework programs. Eligible international students who have received an unconditional course offer are automatically considered for these scholarships. International scholarships are available to students from any overseas country (excluding permanent residents of Australia and citizens of New Zealand). Candidates are selected on academic merit and demonstrated research potential. All candidates must have an unconditional offer of a place in an eligible postgraduate program for which scholarships are available. This includes having met the University’s English language requirements. Applicants cannot be considered for a scholarship if they have already completed a qualification at the same or higher level as the course for which they seek scholarship support. Applicants cannot be considered for a University of Melbourne scholarship if they are already receiving, or later receive, a scholarship that provides benefits similar to the scholarship(s) they seek. For example, applicants who plan to undertake a research higher degree cannot be considered for University of Melbourne fee remission scholarships such as the International Postgraduate Research Scholarship (IPRS) or Melbourne International Fee Remission Scholarships (MIFRS) if they are awarded another scholarship that covers tuition fees for the research higher degree course. The University of Melbourne is unable to make offers of scholarships to students who have completed an AusAID funded course within the last two years or have other contractual obligations to sponsors, which may affect their ability to receive a scholarship.

Please see the Melbourne Scholarships website for further eligibility requirements: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/pgrad International Postgraduate Research Scholarship (IPRS) The University awards approximately 37 of these Australian Government funded scholarships each year. They are awarded on academic merit. This scholarship includes: • full tuition fees for each year of the course within candidature requirements • Overseas Student Health Care Cover (OSHC) • is usually coupled with a Melbourne International Research Scholarship which provides a living allowance. Melbourne International Research Scholarship (MIRS) & Melbourne International Fee Remission Scholarships (MIFRS) Each year the University offers about 210 new Melbourne Research Scholarships (MRS) of which about 90 are normally awarded to international students. MRSs awarded to international students are called Melbourne International Research Scholarships (MIRSs). The MIRS provides a living allowance of $18,277 per annum for full-time study (2005 rate) and a MIFRS covers tuition fees. Commencement of Scholarships Scholarship recipients usually commence their studies at any time in the semester for which they have an offer of candidature. An exception is a recipient of an IPRS who must commence by 30 September in any given year. Scholarships are unable to be deferred. Any applicant unable to take up their scholarship in the immediate academic year is invited to reapply at another time. Duration of Scholarships IPRSs, MIRSs and MIFRSs are awarded for three years for PhD and other doctorate by research studies. Students may be granted an extension of up to six months to their scholarship if their candidature is also extended. The tenure of IPRSs, MIRs and MIFRSs awarded to masters by research students is eighteen months (the standard duration of the masters by research course). An extension to scholarship is only possible if course tenure is extended. IPRSs, MIRSs and MIFRSs awarded to masters by research students can be held for a maximum of two years (If extended). Continued receipt of these scholarships requires satisfactory academic performance. Asian Development Bank Scholarships (ADB) The University offers a small number of Asian Development Bank Scholarships to students from developing countries within Asia. For full details of the benefits and eligibility criteria that apply to the Asian Development Bank Scholarship please visit: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/pgrad NICTA Funded Scholarships See Scholarships: Australian Students

or use SCHOLS to apply online: http://pgschols.acs.unimelb.edu.au/ApplicantLogon. aspx All applicants must submit with their application official transcripts that provide numeric marks (e.g. 85%) or GPAs, and a results key (e.g. A = 80-100%, B = 7079%, etc.) for all tertiary studies undertaken. Official transcripts and all other documentation requested on the application form must be submitted by the closing date for applications. Closing Dates & Postgraduate Scholarship Selection The closing date for IPRS, MIRS or MIFRS is the 15 September for applicants to be considered in the main round of offers. International applicants are strongly encouraged to submit their applications by the application closing date as this will enable their application to be considered for a greater range and number of scholarships. The majority of scholarships are offered immediately after the main rounds held in November and December each year. While applications submitted after the closing dates will be accepted, these applications will only be considered for any scholarships that remain in the relevant faculty’s allocation at the time the application is assessed. Note: the Faculty of Engineering does not provide Postgraduate Coursework Scholarships.

Travelling Scholarships The Melbourne Scholarships Program also offers a number of travelling scholarships to local and international students to enhance their studies and to develop and foster partnerships with institutions around the world: • Melbourne Abroad Travelling Scholarship • Postgraduate Overseas Research Experience Scholarship • MA Bartlett Special Travel Grant-in-Aid • Rae & Edith Bennett Travelling Scholarship • Sir Arthur Sims Travelling Scholarship • WEJ Craig Travelling Scholarship Melbourne Abroad Travelling Scholarships Each year approximately 100 Melbourne Abroad Travel Scholarships (MATS) are awarded to Melbourne PhD and other research doctorate students to enhance their research experience. Scholarships are awarded on a competitive basis to facilitate overseas travel for

Closing dates: 31 March and 31 August Postgraduate Overseas Research Experience Scholarship The Postgraduate Overseas Research Experience Scholarship (PORES) is designed to assist some of the University’s most able PhD students to gain international experience as part of their research higher degree training, and to consolidate research links with overseas universities and research institutions. A significant proportion of the funds from another source is required (usually from research funds available to the supervisor or Department). Information on scholarships is obtainable from the Melbourne Scholarships Office as well via the web. Applications can be downloaded from: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/

Applying for Courses

Students applying for a new course of study using the Application for Admission as an International Postgraduate Student form are not required to provide an additional application form or documentation for scholarship consideration. Students who receive an unconditional offer of a place will be considered automatically for a scholarship. Students already enrolled in the course for which they are seeking a scholarship should complete the scholarship application form available from the Melbourne Scholarships Office: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/pgrad

two or more of the following purposes: collection of field data; accessing research materials not available in Australia; presenting invited papers at relevant conferences; working in laboratory or research institute or meeting relevant researchers.

107

Melbourne Scholarships Office Level 3, John Smyth Building The University of Melbourne Victoria 3010, Australia T: +61 3 8344 8747 F: +61 3 9349 1740 E: [email protected]

Joint Academic Scholarships Online Network (JASON) The Joint Academic Scholarships Online Network (JASON) is a national database of postgraduate scholarships. JASON provides a single location through which students can search for postgraduate scholarships that will allow them to study in Australia and elsewhere. JASON contains information on a wide range of scholarship opportunities including those offered by universities, charitable foundations, state, federal and international governments and private organisations. New scholarships are entered daily and existing information is continually updated. JASON allows students to lodge a student profile. JASON will then send summaries of new and updated scholarships directly to students’ email accounts. www.jason.edu.au

Engineering > postgraduate

Application Procedure

108

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

The University

>

Living in Melbourne

Quality Postgraduate Education

Melbourne - voted the world’s most liveable city by the London-based Economist Intelligence Unit (2002) - is a vital and dynamic multicultural city.

The University of Melbourne is a world leader in research and postgraduate research education. Our overall patent performance over the past 10 years – as measured by United States assignments and citations – is the best of any Australian university. Melbourne ranks as one of Australia’s leading enterprises in intellectual property protection from all sectors.

As the gateway to Victoria, Melbourne enjoys an international reputation as a global city on a path to growing prosperity. Proudly pre-eminent in business, international trade, arts entertainment, sport and major international events, the City of Melbourne is home to around 50,000 people and welcomes more than 400,000 workers, visitors and tourists every day. The greater Melbourne population is 3.5 million. Celebrating a rich multicultural diversity, Melbourne’s residents combine to represent 110 nationalities and speak 151 languages. Around 30% of the city’s population speak a language other than English, compared with Australia’s average of 18%. Melbourne is home to key divisions of the CSIRO, Australia’s national science and technology research agency; some 200 biotechnology organisations, including eight of Australia’s most significant medical research institutes; and seven universities. Victoria’s economy is significantly larger than that of Singapore, Malaysia or the Philippines, and about twothirds the size of Hong Kong’s. Service industries, including the financial and information technology sectors, contribute 57% of Victoria’s gross state product. For more information on the City of Melbourne, see: www.melbourne.vic.gov.au

Our commitment to excellence ensures that only high-achieving students are accepted into our programs. In recent years our students have won many of the Rhodes Scholarships awarded in Victoria, and dominated the competition for those awarded nationally. If you are considering a quality postgraduate education, consider Melbourne first. As a postgraduate student at the University of Melbourne you will acquire discipline-based knowledge from working closely with world-renowned teachers and researchers. Melbourne is a vibrant centre of internationally significant research but the world of opportunities opened to you goes far beyond the intellectual excitement of discovery. A Melbourne postgraduate award will expand your career options and give you the competitive edge in your career. Our programs prepare you to become a leader in your chosen field. You will benefit from the breadth of research opportunities and industry experience available to you through our close links with business, industry and government. Our research strengths underpin our postgraduate coursework programs.

Engineering > postgraduate

The University

109

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au 110

Important Dates 2006

Semester Dates for 2006

Applications for Courses

Generally postgraduate coursework students are required to attend courses during the normal teaching semesters.

To allow sufficient time for processing an application and visa it is recommended that you submit your applications by the following dates: • For coursework programs commencing Semester 2, 2006: 30 April 2006 • For coursework programs commencing Semester 1, 2006: 31 October 2006 • Research applications are accepted all year. Applications for Scholarships All students see: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/pgrad

Some students in the International Technologies Centre (Civil Engineering) coursework programs are required to take intensive subjects two weeks prior to the commencement of semester. For some students these subjects are core subjects (see Course Structures page). Engineering Interactions with the Environment and Management for the Environment are core subjects for Environmental Coursework studies. Students undertaking research degrees normally work on their projects throughout the calendar year. Summer Semester • Tuesday 4 January 2006 - Sunday 20 February 2006 (7 Weeks) 175-501 Presenting Academic Discourse is generally available in summer semester (please check before making arrangements to come). If you are required to take English Language Studies as part of your enrolment, you may wish to take this subject during the Summer Semester prior to the commencement of your substantive course. Semester 1, 2006 • Orientation & Enrolment Tuesday 21 February - Friday 24 February • Teaching Period Monday 27 February - Sunday 28 May • Easter Non-Teaching Period Good Friday 14 April - Sunday 23 April • SWOT Vac Monday 29 May - Friday 2 June • Examination Period Monday 5 June - Friday 23 June • Results final release Friday 7 July • Winter Recess Monday 29 May - Sunday 23 July Semester 2, 2006 • Orientation & Enrolment Monday 17 July - Friday 21 July • Teaching Period Monday 24 July - Sunday 29 October • Non-Teaching Period Monday 18 September – Sunday 1 October • SWOT Vac Monday 30 October - Friday 3 November • Examination Period Monday 30 October - Sunday 10 December • Results final release Friday 8 December (subject to annual confirmation) www.unimelb.edu.au/keydates

The Baillieu iis one of the nation’s oldest and largest academic libraries and is spread across a number of branch libraries. The collection includes books, journals and magazines, periodicals, newspapers, parliamentary papers, audio-visual materials, microform and CD-ROM databases, maps, musical scores and recordings, rare books and prints. More than 20 languages are represented. www.lib.unimelb.edu.au Interlibrary Loan or Document Delivery This is a service whereby postgraduate students and staff can obtain research materials not held within the University of Melbourne libraries, including books, journal articles and conference papers. On behalf of postgraduate students, library staff can have items sent from libraries interstate and overseas. There is handling fee for each interlibrary loan request. Requests can be sent electronically upon registration for the online request service. Electronic Resources The Library provides access to a wide range of electronic databases, journals, and websites in all academic disciplines including Engineering. There are ‘Buddy’ work- stations in the Engineering Library for use of such resources, and most databases are also accessible remotely to students and staff on the web. Research Consultations & Classes Library staff are happy to assist postgraduate students to locate information needed for their research. For example, librarians can assist in: finding material in the library’s collections, using databases and indexes for literature searching, and locating information on the world wide web. Library staff also conduct research skills sessions w hich are arranged to suit the needs of groups of postgraduate and academic staff. Skills sessions as are advertised at: www.lib.unimelb.edu.au/skills.html Reciprocal Borrowing Any student at the University of Melbourne is eligible for a CAVAL reciprocal borrowing card, which provides borrowing rights at libraries of other tertiary institutions in Victoria. For enrolled postgraduate students who need to go interstate, it may also be possible for borrowing privileges to be arranged for a period of time at University libraries in other states. For further information about other library collections, specialist staff and services see: www.lib.unimelb.edu.au Faculty of Engineering Library The Faculty of Engineering has a library located within the Old Engineering Building. You can search the Engineering Library’s holdings on the University of Melbourne Library catalogue. The catalogue is accessible at: cat.lib.unimelb.edu.au For information about the Engineering Library’s

Support Network for Postgraduates Services & Facilities The Faculty of Engineering provides student support services for the whole range of problems that could face a student during their period of postgraduate study. Your teaching Department along with the Faculty of Engineering endeavours to make your study transition smooth so participation in your course of study is rewarding. The Faculty together with its Departments provides orientation programs before the start of both the February/March and July student intakes. When taking up your offer, please ensure you arrive in time to participate in the orientation provided. The orientation is designed to help with transition to postgraduate study at the University of Melbourne. Guidance is available on all personal and academic matters and can include referral to other support services and facilities within the university such as: the Language and Learning Skills Unit, counselling, Student Health, student clubs and societies, student housing and employment. These services are explained below.

The University

The Central Library (Baillieu)

resources and services including opening hours see: www.lib.unimelb.edu.au/collections/engineering

111

University of Melbourne Postgraduate Association (UMPA) The University of Melbourne Postgraduate Association (UMPA) represents the interests of all postgraduate students at the University, to enhance the quality of their academic experience and to foster the growth of a community of enquiring scholars. UMPA does this through skills workshops, publications, education advice and support including orientation activities, interdisciplinary seminars and conferences, assistance with postgraduate journals and presentations, and social and cultural activities. www.umpa.unimelb.edu.au Graduate Centre Located in the historic 1888 Building, and surrounded by beautifully landscaped gardens, the Graduate Centre provides numerous services and facilities for the exclusive use of postgraduate students. These include study rooms equipped with personal computers, meeting rooms, computer laboratories, the multimedia presentation and publishing centre, a café and bar, and seminars and social functions held specifically for postgraduate students. The Graduate Centre houses the School of Graduate Studies (SGS) and the Postgraduate Association (UMPA). School of Graduate Studies (SGS) SGS offers a comprehensive range of workshops, seminars and skills development courses for postgraduate students each semester. The School also organises a program of lectures and events that recognises and celebrates cultural diversity, interdisciplinary studies and the internationalisation of research.

Engineering > postgraduate

Library Services

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

The School’s Postgraduate Library Research Consultant runs workshops and seminars on the effective use of electronic databases and library print resources and provide individual advice to students. IT support staff are employed to assist postgraduate students. Individual study carrels are provided for students in the writing-up phase of their studies. SGS also administers all PhD programs, providing academic support, policy development and performance monitoring for PhD students. www.sgs.unimelb.edu.au

Other Services Student Programs

Provides students with a range of integrated services and programs that can enhance your personal and academic opportunities. Areas of service and expertise provided include: International Student Services, Student Housing Services, Financial Aid, Student Ambassador Leadership Program, and Careers and Employment. 112 www.services.unimelb.edu.au International Student Services (ISS) ISS is dedicated to the support of international students and their families. ISS offers pre-departure briefings in selected home countries, a student onarrival assistance program and programs to help you settle into university life. The on-arrival assistance program provides you with assistance by one of the University’s senior students who can help show you around the University and Melbourne, tell you the best places to eat, explain the public transport system, and can advise you on how to find somewhere to live. You should arrange temporary accommodation before you arrive in Melbourne. www.services.unimelb.edu.au/international Language & Learning Skills Unit (LLSU) The LLSU may assist postgraduates with a range of issues. LLSU advisers can help you with essay writing, thesis writing, time management, note-taking, efficient reading, oral presentations, academic style and exam preparation. The LLSU runs free workshops, credit subjects and individual appointments throughout the year. The LLSU also produces an extensive range of materials, many available free of charge. www.services.unimelb.edu.au/llsu Chaplaincy Chaplains of many religious denominations can offer counselling, support and information for students from any background. Melbourne University Sport Melbourne University Support provides some of the best and most extensive recreation facilities in Melbourne. Fees apply for the use of facilities. www.sports.unimelb.edu.au Clubs & Societies There are more than 100 student clubs and societies on campus, representing all interests and activities.

www.union.unimelb.edu.au/clubs Melbourne University Overseas Student Service (MUOSS) MUOSS is the official body for international students on campus. It is also the umbrella body for overseasfocussed clubs and societies at the University. www.union.unimelb.edu.au/muoss

Alumni Faculty of Engineering Alumni The Faculty of Engineering has over 14,000 alumni scattered throughout Australia and in many countries around the world. The aims of the Engineering Alumni Office are to: • Provide the Faculty’s alumni with opportunities to initiate and maintain contact with their classmates through programs such as the Email Forwarding Program, Dean’s Dinner, Year Reunions and 50 Years On Lunch. • Ensure the Faculty’s alumni are aware of the research activities, initiatives, and successes of the Faculty and University through the Faculty newsletter engineering@home, and the Faculty’s website. • Enable alumni to develop their careers and advance their engineering knowledge through networking functions in Australia and overseas, public lectures and further education. • Inform alumni of ways they can remain closely engaged with the University through activities such as career mentoring for current students, guest lectures, annual giving and school visits etc. • Continue to raise the profile of the Faculty, and increase awareness of the value of an Engineering degree from the University of Melbourne. Ms Elise Everest, Manager - Alumni & Corporate Relations (Faculty of Engineering) welcomes comments and advice from the Faculty’s alumni. Ms Elise Everest E: [email protected] T: +61 3 8344 7247 or 8344 6936. www.eng.unimelb.edu.au/alumni The University of Melbourne Alumni The University of Melbourne has a well-established network of 130,000 past students. Melbourne alumni hold qualifications from more than 100 different degree programs and feature prominently in all professions and walks of life. Membership to the University of Melbourne alumni community is free. The Alumni@Melbourne web site is the key contact point for alumni of the University of Melbourne. This interactive site has been developed to incorporate the Melbourne Forum, an online discussion board, epostcards, and a CyberMentoring Program. For more information on the Alumni Relations Program: T: 03 8344 7469 F: 03 8344 6895 E: [email protected] www.unimelb.edu.au/ alumni

The Student Housing Services team aims to enhance the Melbourne Experience by assisting students to source and maintain affordable, safe and appropriate accommodation.

The University does not arrange homestay. The Student Housing Service lists several placement agencies who do. The placement fee from the student to the homestay placement agency is usually between $100–$160. www.services.unimelb.edu.au/housing/options/ homestay Hostels (Rooming Houses)

More comprehensive housing information will be included with your letter of offer to study at the University of Melbourne. To keep up-to-date of options in the meantime, you can go to the Student Housing Services web site at: www.services.unimelb.edu.au/housing/

There are many privately run hostels close to the University. Hostels can provide single or shared rooms, furnished or unfurnished, with communal lounge, bathroom and laundry facilities. Some provide meals whilst others provide access to kitchen facilities. Lease arrangements vary from hostel to hostel.

Housing & Arrival Services

Private Rental & Shared Housing

The University can organise airport reception and temporary accommodation for newly arriving international students. International students may also be eligible for placement in College Square and Brookes Gillespie House.

Some students lease their own property in areas around the university campus. The main advantage is that the costs of living can be shared. As this option is difficult to organise before arrival in Melbourne, many students book temporary accommodation in advance and then seek permanent accommodation once they become familiar with Melbourne. Hosts from the Student on Arrival Assistance Program can also help when you arrive.

College Square is a modern student accommodation complex, just 10 minutes walking distance from the University. Apartments are all fully self-contained and comprise a living room, kitchen and bathroom. Brookes Gillespie House is a convenient and affordable hostel style facility directly across the road from the University on Swanston Street. Residents have their own bedroom and share cooking and bathroom facilities. www.services.unimelb.edu.au/housing/arrivemelb/ airport.html Residential Colleges & Halls of Residence There are 13 colleges at the University of Melbourne either on campus or within short walking distance. Students who are successful in their application to a College are provided with academic and pastoral support. The Colleges also offer educational programs of small-group tutorials and study related facilities such as libraries, computer rooms, and music practice rooms. Colleges usually require a minimum payment for the academic year of 31 or 32 weeks, enabling students to lower costs by returning home during vacations. All colleges in the University are co-educational and accept applicants regardless of gender or religion. For further information on college accommodation contact: Intercollegiate Office T: +61 3 9347 9320 F: +61 3 9347 9320 E: [email protected] www.colleges.unimelb.edu.au Homestay Homestay offers an excellent opportunity for students to experience the cultural and social advantages of living with a local family in Melbourne. Costs vary between $130–$200 per week (part or full board) and

The University

The University of Melbourne understands how important it is for international students to find appropriate accommodation. What suits one student may not suit another. That is why we have a number of housing options and services for international students.

usually include rental, gas, electricity and water bills. Full board also includes the cost of food.

113

The Student Housing Service has contact details for local real estate agents including tips on how to locate rental property that best suits your needs. For more information on the range of housing options for you to consider and for contact details of accommodation providers, consult the web site or contact: Student Housing Services T: +61 3 8344 6550 F: +61 3 8344 5624 E: [email protected] www.services.unimelb.edu.au/housing

Living Costs There are a number of factors that have to be taken into account when calculating your living costs while studying at university. Your main costs will relate to your accommodation (such as rent and bills), but you should also consider the amount of money you are likely to spend on food, drink, transport and entertainment. There will also be study-related expenses such as books, stationery and photocopying. When considering the type of accommodation you prefer, you have to weigh up the differences between living on your own and paying all the rent and household expenses, compared to sharing a flat or house and sharing the rent and household expenses. The tables on the following page gives a guide to how much it costs for a student to live in Melbourne for a year. www.services.unimelb.edu.au/finaid/planning/costliv/ internat.html

Engineering > postgraduate

Accommodation

Cost of Living: Homestay & Residential Colleges Homestay (Living with a local family)

Residential Colleges

n/a

n/a

Rent in Advance

n/a

n/a

Telephone Connection

n/a

n/a

General Establishment Costs

n/a

n/a

Application Fee

150

n/a

TOTAL

150

0

Amenities & Services Fee

392

392

Overseas Student Health Cover

330

330

College - average additional fees

n/a

1000

Books, Stationery, Photocopying etc.

615

615

TOTAL

1,337

2,337

195

400

Household Food/Contribution

n/a

n/a

Food: lunch & drinks Mon-Fri

20

30

Bills: gas, electricity

n/a*

n/a*

Telephone (not mobile)

10

10

Travel - Public transport

26#

13

Spending Money

40

40

Average Weekly Costs

291

493

TOTAL WEEKLY COSTS FOR 1 YR

12,120 (40 wks accomm)

16,576*** (32 wks accomm)

ANNUAL TOTAL (Number of weeks accommodation in brackets)

16,619 (52) or 13,607 (40)**

16,594 (32) or 19,810 (40)

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

ESTABLISHMENT COSTS ($) Bond

ANNUAL COSTS ($)

WEEKLY COSTS ($)

114

Rent/Board

Key: n/a = not applicable * Generally you are not expected to pay gas or electricity bills, however telephone calls (particularly international calls) are your responsibility. # Cost of a Zone 1 Weekly ticket. For further information on fares check out the Metlink website www.metlinkmelbourne.com.au/metcard/fares_zones ** Assumes student returns home for vacations, but still spends $40 “spending money” per week. *** Estimate is based on 32 weeks accommodation with student spending $40 per week “spending money” during vacation periods. A 40 week accommodation estimate is also given. For any additional weeks in college greater than 32 or 40 weeks, add an amount of $350-400 per week.

The following cost estimates should be added to weekly costs if relevant: • • • • •

Computer costs - $5-10 per week Car expenses - $35-45 per week Mobile telephone - $10-15 per week Work Visa - $55 per year Course related costs for postgraduate students may be in the $1000-2000 range for the year. This figure varies depending upon the discipline and any travel, conference or research costs incurred.

Cost of Living: Private Rental Market Type of Rental Property Sharing a Rented House with 2 Others

Apartment (eg. College Square)

Inner Suburb - within Close to University 6 kms (Zone 1, public - within walking transport) distance

One bedroom Single (not shared)

One bedroom - Twin share (2 beds per room)

Bond

434

520

997

585

Telephone Connection

82

82

180

180

General Establishment Costs

615

615

307

307

Application Fee

n/a

n/a

180

180

TOTAL

1,131

1,217

1,664

1,252

392

392

392

392

ANNUAL COSTS ($) Amenities & Services Fee Overseas Student Health Cover

330

330

330

330

Books, Stationery, Photocopying etc.

615

615

615

615

TOTAL

1,337

1,337

1,337

1,337

100

120

230

135

WEEKLY COSTS ($) Rent/Board Household Kitty/Contribution

55

55

55

55

Food: lunch & drinks Mon-Fri

30

30

30

30

Bills: gas, electricity

20

20

20

20

Telephone (not mobile)

10

10

10

10

Travel - Public transport/fuel

26

13

13

13

Spending Money

40

40

40

40

Average Weekly Costs

281

288

398

303

TOTAL WEEKLY COSTS FOR 1 YR

14,612

14,976

20,696

15,756

ANNUAL TOTAL

17,080

17,530

23,697

18,345

The University

ESTABLISHMENT COSTS ($)

115

Key: The following cost estimates should be added to weekly costs if relevant: • • • • •

Computer costs - $5-10 per week Car expenses - $35-45 per week Mobile telephone - $10-15 per week Work Visa - $55 per year Course related costs for postgraduate students may be in the $1000-2000 range for the year. This figure varies depending upon the discipline and any travel, conference or research costs incurred.

Engineering > postgraduate

n/a = not applicable * These estimates assume food, household costs and bills are being kept to a minimum. # Cost of a Zone 1 Weekly ticket. For further information on fares check out the Metlink website www.metlinkmelbourne.com.au/metcard/fares_zones

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Health Insurance: International Students

Career Opportunities

It is compulsory for international students to take out Overseas Student Health Cover (OSHC) while studying in Australia. In 2005 the cost of OSHC was A$330 (single) for 12 months’ coverage. Insurance for the length of your visa is also available. Fees may increase in 2005. Students receive their OSHC card during enrolment at the University.

Employers regard a University of Melbourne degree very highly and actively recruit on campus. The University of Melbourne Graduate Destination Survey results consistently show that our graduates enjoy one of the highest rates of employment of any Australian university.

Information about other OSHC providers can be found on the Department of Health and Ageing web page: www.health.gov.au:80/privatehealth/providers/oscover. htm The University of Melbourne operates a Student Health Service. The cost of a visit is covered by OSHC. The University also operates optometry and dental clinics that are not covered by OSHC but are reasonably priced compared to private practices.

Some Norwegian and Swedish students have been exempted from OSHC in favour of a scheme sourced by their governments. www.health.gov.au:80/privatehealth/osfaq/ 116 doihave.htm

Obtaining a Student Visa Visa requirements are subject to change from time to time. For the most up-to-date information you should consult the Australian Department of Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs web site: www.dimia.gov.au

Part-time Employment The Faculty of Engineering does not encourage employment whilst studying. The primary purpose of you coming to Australia is to study. In today’s competitive work environment the quality of your degree is very important. Given that international students must be enrolled full-time, employment can dilute your study effort so that your grades suffer. International students can obtain a work visa after enrolling in their course in Australia. The work visa currently costs A$55 and permits students to work up to 20 hours a week (which encompasses both part-time and voluntary work) during the semester period and to work full time outside the semester period. Spouses of graduate diploma students may only work 20 hours per week. They must have a work visa. Spouses of Masters and PhD students can work full time and must also have a work visa. Spouses of AusAID students can only work 20 hours per week irrespective of the course undertaken by their partner. The Careers and Employment Unit assists students to find part time work and also runs a number of courses and programs which provide students with skills and information to assist them. Part-time work can often be difficult to find, however, and students should not rely on part-time work to finance their living expenses and cost of tuition. Students will need to show evidence of sufficient funds to support themselves and to pay their tuition fees at the time of applying for a student visa.

In recent years, hundreds of companies have been actively involved with campus-based recruitment. These include: Accenture, Motorola, HSBC, KPMG, National Computer Systems, Deloitte & Touche, ING Barings, Siemens, Microsoft, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Samsung, Clifford Chance, Herbert Smith, Singhealth, National Health Organisation Singapore, UBS Warburg, Ernst & Young, and Unilever. Australian students Careers & Employment Strategies & Programs The “Industry and Employers” scheme offers a range of professional services to employers including advice on marketing organisation to students and graduates, effective recruitment strategies, assistance with advertising current job vacancies and making contact with some of the most talented people in Australia. The Industry and Employers Scheme provides: Industry Links Melbourne is associated to industry through its various Research Centres as well as being engaged in a number of commercial and cultural ventures. For a comprehensive list of Industry links see: www.unimelb.edu.au/industry/links Research Links For research services, centres and associated experts see: www.unimelb.edu.au/about/research Find an Expert For a wide range of experts covering a significant range of academic disciplines see: www.research.unimelb.edu.au/mediacontact Career & Employment Services The Careers and Advice service allows us to help you make the right decision about your future. The University of Melbourne has a host of services available to assist you. We have information about training, career pathways, expected incomes and vocational trends and lots more. www.services.unimelb.edu.au/careers Careers and Employment services are grouped into the following areas: Career Exploration Careers information and services such as careers counselling, career options, further study and resources. Employment Employment information including resumés, interviews and applications, job hunting strategies

Programs & Events Programs and events including careers fairs, employer information sessions, and programs and seminars to help you develop your career and employment skills. Log on to Careers Online for a summary of all upcoming career related events, including those organised by employers, departments and student societies. International Careers & Employment Strategies & Programs The University has put in place a number of strategies and programs to ensure the career prospects of its international students are maximised. These include: • a specialist International Careers Consultant • hundreds of jobs advertised every week on Careers and Employment’s database, Careers Online which provides access to graduate, voluntary, part-time and casual jobs, 24 hours a day. see: careersonline.acs.unimelb.edu.au/cae/studentscae • actively encouraging international employers to visit the campus and recruit students directly. Our International Careers Consultant undertakes regular overseas visits to forge close links with international employers • a weekly Careers email bulletin to keep you up-to-date with employment opportunities and programs • career seminars in the Orientation and Returning Home Programs

• • • •

•

seminar programs. Careers & Employment conducts a range of programs including skills training in resumé writing, interviews, employment search strategies, job seeking in a global world, finding vacation work, and more. Professional Skills seminars assist students to develop communication, leadership, teamwork, presentation skills, negotiation skills, problem solving and successful career management. www.services.unimelb.edu.au/careers/students/ career_exp employment-related seminars in Australia and overseas access to resources such as labour market analysis, global career web sites and company profiles a comprehensive list of web site links to employer contacts and recruitment companies visits overseas by Careers and Employment, and other University staff to enhance relationships with employers and to keep up-to-date with the skills, capabilities and personal attributes that employers are seeking annual employment functions in the AsiaPacific region, with a particular focus on recent graduates. These events involve employers, University of Melbourne alumni (many of whom are now employers themselves), industry associations, trade organisations and chambers of commerce

The University

• careers counselling and resumé review services • preparing for work and professional skills

117

The Careers and Employment web site advertises both international graduate, vacation and internship opportunities.

Engineering > postgraduate

and employment conditions plus information about graduate, vacation and international employment programs. Search and apply for part-time, casual, vacation, volunteer, graduate and international jobs via Careers Online.

Sources of Information

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

The Faculty of Engineering Building 173 The University of Melbourne Victoria 3010 Australia T: +61 3 8344 5170 F: +61 3 9349 2182 E: [email protected] www.eng.unimelb.edu.au Postgraduate Study in Engineering Irene Brown Manager, Postgraduate Programs E: [email protected] T: +61 3 8344 6715 Lyndel Saleeba Postgraduate Officer E: [email protected] T: +61 3 8344 5170 www.eng.unimelb.edu.au/courses/pgrad

118 School of Graduate Studies The University of Melbourne Victoria 3010 Australia T: +61 3 8344 8599 F: +61 3 9349 2103 www.sgs.unimelb.edu.au International Centre The University of Melbourne Victoria 3010 Australia T: +61 3 8344 4505 F: +61 3 9347 9062 E: [email protected] www.futurestudents.unimelb.edu.au Melbourne Scholarships Office John Smyth Building The University of Melbourne Victoria 3010 Australia T: +61 3 8344 8747 F: +61 3 9349 1740 E: [email protected] www.services.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships Melbourne Research & Innovation Office Level 5, Alan Gilbert Building 161 Barry Street, University Square Carlton VIC Australia www.research.unimelb.edu.au

Appendix

>

Legislation & Prescriptions Statute 11.3 Enrolment for a Higher Degree Enrolment generally 11.3.1 (1) Unless provided otherwise in this statute, the provisions of Statute 11.2 apply, the necessary changes being made, to the enrolment of a person who applies to be admitted as a candidate for a higher degree. (2) If the appropriate faculty or the Board has: (a) approved an application for candidature; or (b) approved preliminary studies; or (c) granted admission to candidature, by or to a person who applies to be admitted as a candidate for a higher degree, the person must enrol for the course for the higher degree within the time specified by the academic registrar. (3) An approval or admission referred to in subsection (2) lapse if the applicant does not enrol within the time specified by the academic registrar. Re-enrolment 11.3.2 (1) Unless exempted by the appropriate faculty or the Board, a candidate for a higher degree must enrol annually in the course for the higher degree within the time specified by the academic registrar until the candidate: (a) has qualified for the award of the higher degree; or (b) has completed the approved preliminary course of studies.

(2) A candidate for a higher degree who wishes to withdraw from the course for the higher degree must give notice in writing to the academic registrar of his or her intention to withdraw from the course. (3) A candidate for a higher degree who fails to re-enrol in accordance with sub-section (1) or who gives notice under sub-section (2) is to be regarded as having abandoned the candidature unless the Board, on the recommendation of the appropriate faculty, decides otherwise.

Statute 11.5 Unsatisfactory Progress Interpretation 11.5.1 In this statute unless the contrary intention appears - “component of assessment” means a component of assessment for which a substantial proportion of the total marks for a subject is assigned. Notification of Unsatisfactory Progress 11.5.2 If a student who is enrolled in a course under Statute 11.2 or 11.3 does not: (a) satisfy the examiners at a component of assessment; or (b) attend for the performance of a component of assessment; or (c) perform a component of assessment, the appropriate faculty may, or the Board, on the advice of the relevant Board committee after investigating the circumstances and allowing the student an opportunity to make submissions, may notify the student in writing that he or she has made unsatisfactory progress in the course.

Engineering > postgraduate

Appendix

119

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Faculty or Board may impose conditions 11.5.3

Faculty may recommend Suspension from Course 11.5.5

In addition to notifying a student under section 11.5.2, the appropriate faculty, or the Board, on the advice of the relevant Board committee may: (a) in the case of any student, specify the subjects for which the student may enrol in any subsequent year; or (b) in the case of a student enrolled under Statute 11.3: (i) impose new conditions on the student’s candidature; or (ii) terminate the student’s candidature.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this statute, if a student, other than a student enrolled under Statute 11.3, does not: (a) satisfy the examiners at a component of assessment; or (b) attend for the performance of a component of assessment; or (c) perform a component of assessment, the appropriate faculty, after investigating the circumstances and giving the student an opportunity to make submissions, may recommend to the Board that the student be suspended from the course.

Students enrolled in Higher Degrees 11.5.4 (1) If the appropriate faculty is of the opinion that a student enrolled under Statute 11.3 (other than a student to whom sub-section (2) applies) is not making satisfactory progress, the faculty may issue a written warning to the student stating that at the expiration of three months from the date of issue of the warning it intends to: (a) terminate the student’s candidature; or 120 (b) make such changes to the student’s candidature as are specified in the warning. (2) Subject to sub-sections (3) and (4), if the Board is of the opinion that a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy or a candidate for a degree or diploma which does not pertain to a faculty is not making satisfactory progress in the course of advanced study and research for the preparation of a thesis for submission for assessment, the Board may issue a written warning to the student stating that at the expiration of three months from the date of issue of the warning it intends to: (a) terminate the student’s candidature; or (b) make such changes to the student’s candidature as are specified in the warning. (3) In forming its opinion whether unsatisfactory progress is being made by a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, the Board must have regard to the recommendation of the School of Graduate Studies. (4) In forming its opinion whether unsatisfactory progress is being made by a candidate for a degree or diploma in a department or school where a Board committee carries out the functions of a faculty, the Board must have regard to the recommendation of the Board committee. (5) A student or candidate to whom a warning is issued under this section may, within six weeks of the date of issue of the warning, notify the faculty or the Board, as the case may be, of his or her wish to be heard in relation to the warning. (6) If a student gives notice under sub-section (5) the faculty or the Board, as the case may be, must conduct a hearing of the matter before the expiration of the period of three months from the date of issue of the warning.

Suspension or other action by the Board 11.5.6 After receiving a recommendation by the appropriate faculty, the School of Graduate Studies or the committee established by the Board to make recommendations with respect to courses not pertaining to a faculty, and after allowing the student an opportunity to make submissions, the Board may: (a) suspend the student from the course; or (b) specify the subjects for which the student may enrol; or (c) permit the student to continue the course; subject to any conditions it thinks fit. Appeals to the Board 11.5.7 A student may appeal to the Board against a decision by a faculty to terminate the student’s candidature under subparagraph 11.5.3(b)(ii) or sub-section 11.5.4(1). Re-admission of Suspended Students 11.5.8 (1) The Board may authorise the re-admission of any student to a course from which he or she has been suspended if: (a) the student is re-selected by the appropriate faculty, or in an appropriate case, by the Board Committee; and (b) the Board is satisfied that the student’s conditions or circumstances have so changed that there is a reasonable possibility that the student will make satisfactory progress in the course. (2) Any student re-admitted to a course under this section shall be subject to such conditions as the Board may impose.

Quorum for Meetings of Progress Committees 11.5.11 No question is to be decided at any meeting of a progress committee unless: (a) at least half of the members present are of the rank of senior lecturer or above; and (b) at least three members or one-fifth of the total membership of the committee, whichever is the greater, is present. Guidelines for Progress Committees 11.5.12 The guidelines to be observed by a progress committee in reaching a decision or forming an opinion must be decided by the appropriate faculty and published with the details of subjects. Meetings of the Board 11.5.13 (1) Subject to sub-section (2) the quorum for any meeting of the Board for the purpose of this statute is three members. (2) A member of the Board who is also a member of a progress committee of a faculty must not sit as a member of the Board or be present when the Board decides any matter in respect of which the progress committee has made a recommendation.

Submission of Theses 12.5.1 (1) A candidate for any higher degree who is required or permitted to submit a thesis or other work in full or partial satisfaction of the requirements for the higher degree must submit to the academic registrar three typewritten or printed copies of the thesis or work the format of which is in accordance with directions given by the board and published by the academic registrar, from time to time, in a form readily accessible to students. (2) Any theses or work submitted under this section shall be in the english language unless otherwise allowed by the board. Certification of Theses by Candidates 12.5.2 (1) A candidate who submits a thesis or work under section 12.5.1 must submit with the thesis or work a signed statement certifying that, except where due acknowledgment has been made in the thesis or work to other material, the thesis or work comprises only the candidate’s original work. (2) Subject to any other statute, if at any time the Council is satisfied that: (a) the certification by a candidate under subsection (1) is untrue or misleading; or (b) the thesis or work contains material which is false or fabricated or demonstrably inaccurate and, in all the circumstances, it can reasonably be assumed that the material was not submitted in good faith, the Council may cancel, revoke or withdraw the degree or diploma if awarded, or, if the degree or diploma has not been awarded, it may resolve not to make the award. (3) The Council may require a person whose degree or diploma is cancelled, revoked or withdrawn under this section to return to the University the certificate awarded in respect of the degree or diploma. (4) The provisions of sub-section (2) shall apply to any person admitted to a degree or granted a diploma at any time before or after the date of commencement of the subsection.

Appendix

Meetings of Progress Committees 11.5.10 (1) Meetings of a progress committee are to be chaired by the dean of the appropriate faculty or, in the absence of the dean, a person nominated by the dean from the members of the committee. (2) Subject to any rules of procedure made by the Board on the advice of the faculties, meetings of progress committees shall be conducted in accordance with Statute 1.3.

Statute 12.5 Examination of Theses For Higher Degrees

121

Subject Matter of Theses 12.5.3 No candidate shall submit for assessment a thesis or work in full or partial satisfaction of the requirements for any higher degree: (a) if it is substantially similar to a thesis or work previously examined or assessed and rejected in the University unless, in special circumstances, the appropriate faculty or the Board allows the thesis or work to be submitted; or (b) if it is substantially similar to a thesis or work upon which the candidate has qualified in whole or in part for a degree or diploma in the University or in any other university or tertiary educational; (c) while a thesis or work substantially similar to the thesis or work submitted for the degree or diploma remains submitted for examination or assessment for any other degree or diploma of the University, or in any other university or tertiary educational institution.

Engineering > postgraduate

Progress Committees 11.5.9 (1) For the purposes of this statute each faculty may appoint one or more progress committees to act on behalf of the faculty. (2) Each progress committee appointed under this section shall comprise: (a) at least three members of the full-time academic staff of the faculty of the rank of senior lecturer or above; and (b) the dean or, in the absence of the dean, the deputy dean of the faculty. (3) A decision taken or an opinion formed by a progress committee is to be regarded as the decision or opinion of the appropriate faculty.

www.eng.unimelb.edu.au

Examination of Theses 12.5.4 (1) A thesis or work submitted under this statute is to be examined in accordance with the following procedure: (a) each examiner must examine the quality of the thesis or work and make recommendations in writing as to the result of this examination; (b) before making their reports, the examiners may consult together and may request the Chairperson of the examiners to obtain from the candidate clarification of any part of the thesis or work; (c) if requested to do so by any examiner, the Chairperson of examiners must: (i) take steps to obtain clarification of any part of the thesis or work; or (ii) require the candidate to answer any questions concerning the thesis or work; and (iii) after consultation with the examiner, determine whether the answers of the candidate are to be in writing or oral. (d) if the examiners do not agree on the result 122 of their examination of the thesis or work, the Chairperson may require them to consult together; (e) if after consultation the Chairperson decides that the examiners are evenly divided in relation to the examination, the Council must designate an additional examiner in accordance with paragraph 2 (1) (b) of Statute 12.1 who may be the Chairperson of the examiners. (2) Subject to this section the result of the examination of a thesis or work is to be in accordance with the decision if a majority of the examiners. Theses to be deposited in the Library 12.5.5 (1) The academic registrar must deposit in the Library a copy of the thesis or work submitted by any candidate who has satisfied the examiners. (2) The academic registrar may, after consultation with the President of the Board, direct that any thesis or work so deposited be withheld from access to library users, or placed on restricted access, for a time to be specified in the direction. The academic registrar must report each such decision and state the reasons to the Council within three months.

General Informative Statement on Privacy Policy When dealing with personal or health information about individuals, the University of Melbourne is obliged to comply with the Information Privacy Act 2000 and the Health Records Act 2001. The University has a Privacy Policy which can be viewed at: www.unimelb.edu.au/unisec/privacy A link from this page provides detailed information about the contact details of the University’s Privacy Officer, complaints procedures and other aspects of the University’s privacy regime.

> North Court

North Court

BOTANY

System Garden

UNION HOUSE

South Lawn

GATE 11

WALTER BOAS

CHEMISTRY EAST WING

ALICE HOY

CHEM. ENG.1

OLD METALLURGY Block H

Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering

SIDNEY MYER ASIA CENTRE

DOUG McDONELL

Block G

EDUCATION RESOURCE LIBRARY

International Centre

FRANK TATE

International Centre

JOHN SMYTH GATE 6

ENGINEERING

Block B

Block C

GEOMATICS

Block D

CIVIL & ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING GATE 9

GATE 10

GATE 7

GATE 8

GRATTAN STREET

Student Services Information Centre

Student Services Information Centre

MALVINA PL

ALAN GILBERT BUILDING

UNIVERSITY SQUARE CAR PARK (UNDERGROUND)

LIT. GRATTAN ST

ST

SCHOOL OF POP. HEALTH

����� MELBOURNE BUSINESS SCHOOL

BOUVERIE

University Square

LEICESTER ST

BARRY ST

INFORMATION & COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY BUILDING

LINCOLN SQ NORTH

Engineering Faculty Office 1888 Building, School of Graduate Studies (SGS) Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering Civil & Enviro Eng Geomatics

LIT. PELHAM ST

PELHAM ST LAW BUILDING

Law Faculty Office ICT Building Computer Science & Software Engineering LEICESTER ST

GENERAL PRACTICE & PHYSIOTHERAPY

BERKELEY ST

CHURCH ST

SWANSTON STREET

1888 BUILDING

Block E

MEDICAL BUILDING

ARTS CENTRE

Block A

Kernot Road

Science Faculty Office

GATE 4

Monash Road

CSHE

Block J

JOHN MEDLEY

HOWARD FLOREY

RICHARD BERRY

MECH. & MANUF. ENGINEERING

PARADE

BROWNLESS BIOMEDICAL LIBRARY

GATE 3

OLD GEOLOGY SOUTH

Block F

MDU MICROBIOLOGY & IMMUNOLOGY

CHEMISTRY

Wilson Avenue

ROYAL

BIOCHEMISTRY

THE IAN POTTER MUSEUM OF ART

OLD GEOLOGY

WILSON HALL

Bookshop

BAILLIEU LIBRARY

Professor's Walk

Medical Road

Genetics Lane

PHYSICS ELISABETH MURDOCH

Masson Road

MacFarland Court

Old Quad

OLD ARTS

CONSERVATORIUM OF MUSIC

GATE 12

GATE 2

RAYMOND PRIESTLEY

OLD PHYSICS

ECONOMICS & COMMERCE

GENETICS

Foot bridge

Union Lawn

CHEM.ENG.2

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY

GATE 1

PHYSICS

ARCHITECTURE

ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING

Arts Faculty Office

REDMOND BARRY

Student Administration

ZOOLOGY

GATE 13

Tin Alley

BALDWIN SPENCER

Block K

BABEL GRAINGER MUSEUM

Tin Alley

Union Road

UNIVERSITY HOUSE

Professor's Walk

LAND & FOOD RESOURCES

BOTANY NORTH EXTENSION

Eco & Commerce Faculty Office

Student Support Services

Tin Alley

GATE 14 (exit only)

Admission University Map

Student Support Services Student Administration

Spencer Road

University Map

SEECS Building Electrical & Electronic Engineering

>

More More information Information Faculty of Engineering The University of Melbourne Faculty Engineering Victoria of 3010 Australia The University of Melbourne T: + 61 33010 8344Australia 6507 Victoria F: + 61 3 9349 2182 E: [email protected] T: 61 3 8344 6507 W: www.eng.unimelb.edu.au F: + 61 3 9349 2182 E: [email protected] Online enquiries W: www.eng.unimelb.edu.au http://eng-unimelb.custhelp.com Online Enquiries http://eng-unimelb.custhelp.com

This brochure is printed using vegetable based inks on Monza Satin Recycled which comprises 50% recycled and 50% oxygen bleached virgin fibres, sourced from sustainable forests, pulp bleached with an elemental chlorine free process. Cover images: Grant Hobson Photography: Grant Hobson, Drew Berry, Frank Caruso, Adrian Corvino, Philip Collier, Fiona Ellis, Cliff Ogleby, David Paul, Michael Silver & John Wilson. Authorised by: by: The The General General Manager, Manager, Faculty Faculty of of Engineering Engineering Authorised Published by: by: The The Faculty Faculty of of Engineering Engineering Published © The The University University of of Melbourne Melbourne 2005 2005 © The information in this publication was correct at the time of printing. The in this publication correct at the of printing. The information University reserves the right towas make changes astime appropriate. The University reserves the right to make changes as appropriate. CRICOS Provider Code: 00116K CRICOS Provider Code: 00116K